ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPA1GN PRODUCTION NOTE University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Library Brittle Books Project, 2015.COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION In Public Domain. Published prior to 1923. This digital copy was made from the printed version held by the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. It was made in compliance with copyright law. Prepared for the Brittle Books Project, Main Library, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign by Northern Micrographics Brookhaven Bindery La Crosse, Wisconsin 2015THE UNIVERSITY ' OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY From the 1 library of Charles Melville Moss Professor of Classics Presented by Mrs. Mosfirm Sw FIRST GREEK READER RUSH Β ROOK Ε aSontion MACMILLAN AND CO. PUBLISHERS TO THE UNIVERSITY OF ©ϊίοιδClmttirrrtt i^jems A FIRST GREEK READER BY W. G?0RTJS Η BROOKE, M. L. sf Formerly Scholar of St. John*s College, Cambridge Second Classical Master at the City of London School dtefirtr AT THE CLARENDON PRESS Μ DCCC LXXVIII [ All rights reserved ]v i ^ Τ\ 3 PREFACE. The object of this little book is to familiarize a pupil, as quickly as possible, with such idioms of the Greek language as are most, common, and yet, if unexplained, most likely to prove stumbling-blocks in his path. In order to secure that end, no sentences which do not illustrate some special Greek idiom have been introduced in the first hundred and twenty-five pages; and all points, which it seemed unnecessary to explain to an English boy possessed of some knowledge of another language beside his own, have been omitted. In the case of the Verb, for instance, no separate mention is made of the Active and Passive Voices, or of the Indicative and Imperative Moods. For it has been assumed, at the outset, that, as few boys begin Greek in England before they have made some acquaintance with the laws of English and Latin Grammar, to linger long upon such constructions as are common in our own language or Latin would be mere waste of time. The first Exercises, or lists of Examples, will not be found to make any heavy demands upon the reader's knowledge of Greek Accidence. By degrees, however, the Examples be- come more difficult; but their increasing difficulty will, it is hoped, be fully met by the completeness of the Glossary. For the sake of beginners, the Glossary contains not 6nly the present tense of every verb used in the course of the book, but nearly all the augmented and reduplicated tenses as well, each under its own initial letters. After a pupil has mastered^ the idioms contained in thevi PREFACE. earlier parts of the book, it should be possible for him to proceed to the ' Miscellaneous Extracts' and read them, by the aid of the Glossary, with tolerable ease. It need scarcely be stated that, unless by an oversight, no usage foreign to Attic Greek has been admitted; and no poetical words or constructions have been inserted without an accompanying statement of their nature. In compiling the Glossary, I have made great use of that at the end of the Rev. Prof. Mayor's ζ First Greek Reader,' and in my search for Examples to be inserted among the * Miscellaneous Extracts,' I have been guided mainly by the list of authorities quoted in Professor Mayor's'preface. Many of the instances of idioms in the earlier part are taken from the Grammars of Rost, Madvig, Donaldson, and Jelf. I cannot conclude without acknowledging the material help which I have received from Mr. R. R. D. Adams, of the Inner Temple, in revising the proofsheets; nor without owning my great obligation to the Rev. Dr. Abbott, Head Master of the City of London School, and to Mr. J. S. Reid, Fellow and Lecturer of Christ's College, Cambridge, to whose frequents and valuable aid whatever is good in this book is due. City of London School, Cheaps ide, February, 1878.CONTENTS. PART I. SIMPLE SENTENCES. PAGE I· §§ I_3 · · Subject and Predicate . ... ι II. §§4-11 . Article with. Noun .... 2 Adjective Predicate (§4)......2 Article shows Subject (§§ 5-7) .... 3 Adj. Pred. in Accusative (§§ 8-11) .... 5 III. §§ 12-20 . Article with Adjective . ... 7 Adjective Attribute (§§ 12, 13) . . . . 7 Adjectival Phrases (§§ 14-17).....8 Ellipse (§§ 18-20) . . . . . . .10 IV. §21. . . Article as Possessive Pronoun . . 13 V. § 22 . . . Article to denote a Class ... 14 VI. §§ 23, 24 . Article with. Numbers . . . 15 VII. § 25 . . . Adjective translateable as Adverb . 16 VIII. §26. . . Concord. Neuter Plurals . . .17 IX. §§ 27-32 . Suspensive Conjunctions . . . 18 X. §§ 33-49 . Pronouns......,21 Personal and Possessive (§§ 33-35) . . . .21 Demohstrative (§§ 36-38).....23 Relative (§§ 39-43) . . . . . .24 Other Pronominals (§§ 44-49) . · . .26 XI. §§ 50-55 . Accusative Case . . . 28 XII. §§56-70 . Genitive Case.....31 Genitive of Ablation (§§ 58-61) 33 Genitive of Connexion (§§ 62-70) .... 35 XIII. §§ 71-79 . Dative Case......39 Dative for Locative (§ 72) · · · 39 Dative Proper (§'§ 73—75) . . . . 40 Dative for Instrumental (§§ 76-79) . . . . 42 XIV. §§ 80-122 , Prepositions . . . . 44 With a single Case (§§ 81-90) .... 46 With two Cases (§§ 91-98) ..... 49 With three Cases (§§ 99-121).....52 Prepositional Phrases (§ 12 2) . . 59viii CONTENTS. XV. §§ 123-135 Tenses...... PAGE 62 Aorist distinguished from other Tenses (§§ 125-130) 63 Aorist Frequentative (§131) 66 Aorist translated by Pluperfect (§ 132) 67 Aorist translated by Present (§ 133) . 67 Certain exceptional Tenses (§§ 134, 135) . 68 XVI. §§136-138 The Middle Voice .... 70 XVII, §§ I39-i5I The Participle ..... 73 With Article (§ 140) . . . . . 74 Without Article (§§ 141-143) .... 74 After Verbs of Perception (§ 144) 77 Attracted (§ 145)...... 78 Distinguished from Infin. after same Verb (§§ 146,7) 79 Genitive Absolute (§§ 148, 149) . . 81 Accusative Absolute (§§ 150, 151) 82 XVIII. §§ 152-154 Verbal Adjective .... 84 XIX. §§ 155-179 The Infinitive..... 86 As a Noun (§§ 156-160)..... 86 Its Subject (§§ 161, 162)..... 88 Accusative with Infinitive (§§ 163-172) . 90 Future Infinitive (§§ 173, 174) . 93 Subject not repeated (§§ 175, 176) 94 Subject attracted (§ 177)..... 96 Infinitive of Purpose (§§ 178, 179) 97 XX. §§ 180-186 Subjunctive and Optative 98 PART II. COMPOUND SENTENCES. XXI. §§ 187, 188 Pinal Sentences .... 102 XXII. §§ 189-203 Conditional Sentences . 105 Of Future Time (§§ 193-198) .... 106 Of Past Time (§§ 199-201) .... 109 Ellipse of One Clause (§§ 202, 203) . ΙΪ2 XXIII. §§ 204-209 Temporal Sentences 114 XXIV. §§ 210-214 Heported Speech .... Il8 Oratio Recta (§§ 210, 211 and 162-170) . Il8 Oratio Obliqua (§§ 212-214) .... II9 , XXV. §§ 215-223 The Negatives..... I 21 Miscellaneous Extracts. Hints for Translation 127 Glossary.......... 163 CONTENTS.FIRST GREEK READER. PART I. SIMPLE SENTENCES. I. Subject and Predicate. 1. In every statement1 are two parts— (i) The Predicate. {%) The Subject. The Predicate consists of the stating word or words. The Subject is the word that answers to the question ' WhoV or ' WhatV before the Predicate. In the former of the two statements, ' He comes/ and £He is coming,' the single word ccomes* is the Predicate; in the latter the two words ' is coming,' taken together, form the complete Predicate. To both questions ' Who comes V and 'Who is com- ing?' the word 1 Hey is the answer; eHe* there- fore, is the Subject of both the statements. 1 It is of course possible for every statement to be turned into a command or a question. Thus, in the statement4 Thou art,' in the command 4 Be thou,' and in the question 4 Art thou?* the Subject and Predicate do not really undergo any change. Β% SIMPLE SENTENCES. [II. 2. In the Teutonic languages, as well as in Latin and Greek, every tense-form of the finite verb con- sisted originally of two parts, the verb and the personal pronoun. So long as this fact was not forgotten, and the personal endings were preserved in a recognizable form, so long was it possible for a single word to form a complete statement. Hence, λ^γο-μεμ, dici-mus (c we say'), IXcyoi/ (' / said'), dixeram (' I had said'), are each of them felt to include a Subject as well as a Predicate, and used accordingly. In English, however, the personal endings gra- dually died off from the verb-stem, and it has now become necessary, where there is no noun-subject, to use the personal pronoun over again, if a sen- tence is to be distinctly understood. 3» When a statement contains any word that answers to the question £whom?* or ^what?* after the Predicate, that word is called the Object. II. Article with Noun. (i.) Adjective Predicate. 4, There is a want of completeness in such a sen- tence as 6 παις €σύν> 'the boy is . . .' It is clear that o ttols, 'the boy/ is the Subject spoken of; but what is said about him ? * The boy is5—what ? This instance shows that ζστίν is not a complete Predicate. Hence, in δ wals εστίν άγαθό$, β the boyπ.] ARTICLE WITH NOUN. 3 is good,5 we call the two words ζσύν αγαθός, €is good,' the Predicate, It is very important to notice that in all such sentences it is the Adjective that constitutes, the main part of the Predicate> while Ιστϊν1 serves rather as a connecting link between the Subject and the Predicate. Examples. to έργον εστι καλόν. at ήμερα ι €ΐσ\ν Hepal. μέγας ίστ\ν ο Χεων. ο \εώς εστι σοφός. ευθεία εστίν η 68ός. η μήτηρ εστ\ καλή. θνητός εστίν ό φιλόσοφος. οί λόγοι άληθτΐς είσίν. εισιν οί θεοί. » fP t » A 3/ ραοιον εστι το €ργον. * Λ / 9 f ^ τ/σι/? εστίν ο οίνος. ημείς εσμεν ΊτοΧλοί. (ii.) Article put with Subject to distinguish it from predicate. 5. In all the above sentences ΙστΙ, clal, or &τμ€ΐ> may be omitted. Instead of ο ανηρ εστίν αγαθός,4 the man is good/ we might have 6 άκήρ άγαθόδ. This, 1 It may be well to state here that if ίατιν is written with the acute accent on the first syllable, it is a complete Predicate, and means, * is*' exists/ etc. Thus Qeos Ζστι,1 there is a God* Β %4 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [II. though brief, is not confusing: for in such sen- tences the Article goes with the Subject1 and so distinguishes it from the Predicate. Thus, in the sentence fcoGXos ό άνθρωπος, 'the man is a slave,' it is only the position of the Article that stamps άνθρωπος as the Subject. 6. If the Article is not used in such sentences, the Subject and Predicate cannot be distinguished. Thus, the words μαθήματα παθήματα are quite am- biguous, and may mean either ' learning is suffer- ing' or 'suffering is learning., 7. The order is no guide. It does not matter whether Predicate or Subject stands first, so long as the Article is with the Subject1. Thus ή μητηρ καλή and καλη ή μητηρ are equally good Greek for ' the mother is beautiful.5 Obs. In Greek, as in Latin, verbs signifying ' to be,'' to be called,' Ho be thought/ 'to be made/ have the same case after them as before them. Examples. oi ν αύται ζίνοι. αθ\ιος 6 ^ενστής. ^ κΧέπτης ό Κι/κλω"ψ\ μακροί at KeXevOoi. > θνητοί οι άνθρωποι. αμήχανος ή συμφορά. 1 The Article always stands before the word it goes with. One could no more say in Greek άνθρωπος δ than in English ' man the.'II.] ARTICLE WITH NOUN. 5 ό πύργος ασφαλής ίστιν. to vSoop οΐνος ylyverai. αθάνατος ή καΐ άνώλεθρος. ~ βασιλεύς ονομάζεται ο Ααρεΐος. — οι παίδες άνδρες γίγνονται, — (ϊϊϊ.) Predicative Adjective in Accusative Case. 8. All the Adjectives, so far, have been in the Nominative, and no sentence has involved more than one Predicate. But in such a sentence as tous Xoyous ψευδεΐ? \4yei, 'he says his words false,' two distinct Pre- dications or statements are made :— (1) λέγει λόγους—'he speaks words;'—an alto- gether unimportant statement. (2) ol λόγοι ψευδβΐ? είσιν, 'those words (the words which he speaks) are false:5 im- portant. So too μεγάληκ την Κεφαλήν εχεί involves— (ι) κεφαλήν εχει, {he has a head:' unim- portant. (%) η κεφαλή μεγάλη εστίν, ζ that head is large:5 important. 9. Further, in a' sentence like μεγα το δίκτνον εχονσιν ol ναυται both the Predicates are important, though in different degrees :— (i) δίκτνον εχουσιν ol ναυται, 'the sailors have a net.' {%) μέγα εστί το δίκτνον, e the net is large.'6 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [II. 10. We see then that, for Adjectives in the Accusative as well as in the Nominative Case, this rule holds good:—Where a Noun has the Article, an Adjective agreeing with that Noun, if not immediately preceded by the Article, becomes a Predicate. 11. Exactly similar is the French '11 a les yeux beaux.' Such sentences as these may always be translated into English hy inserting a relative clause to hold the less important Predicate:— e The words (that) he speaks are false.' ' The net (that) the sailors have is large.' This method is, however, sometimes cumbrous, and it is occasionally neater to turn such sentences by the use of the Possessive as ' His words are false.' 'The net of the sailors is large/ etc. Examples. τους οφθαλμούς καΧους εχει ό αετός. _ ποΧΧους εγομεν τους εύεργετας. aSuca τα εργα βονΧβνβι ο τύραννος* ό ρινόκερως την δοραν ϊσγυροτάτην εχει. φαιδρον το πρόσωπον εγει ή κόρη. μεγαΧην την δίκην δίδωσιν ό ασεβής. μακραν την ε'ίσοδον εχει το σπήΧαιον. τ- αθάνατον την μνήμην ol αγαθοί καταΧείπουσιν. ._ κοινον νομιζουσι τον πΧοΰτον οί φίΧοι.III.] ARTICLE WITH ADJECTIVE. 1 οζυν τον veXeicvv εχεί 6 ύΧοτόμο?. SnrXijv τίνουσι την $ίκην οι 11ριαμί$αι. Instances will be found further on with the Predicate Adjective in the Genitive and Dative Case, so that the rule in § ι ο will hold for all the Gases. the good man.' III. Article with Adjective. (i.) Attributive Adjective. 12· There are three ways in which Article \ Adjective, and Noun may be arranged, when the Adjective is not a Predicate, but merely an Attri- bute of the Noun. (i) Article Adjective Noun— ό dya0os ανθρωτπ^ (a) Article Noun Article Adjective— δ ά^θρωποξ δ άγαθδ$, (3) Noun Article Adjective— άνθρωπος δ άγαθ^ Of these (ι) ο αγαθός άνθρωπος is the ordinary un- emphatic form; the other two do not materially differ from one another; but in both of them more emphasis is thrown upon the Adjective from its unusual position. The meaning in (a) and (3) is rather 6 the man—I mean the good man.' Observe, that all these three modes of expression 1 When an Attributive Adjective goes with a Noun, and there is no Article, it does not matter in what order the Noun and Adjective come. Thus ayaΘοΙ άνθρωποι and άνθρωποι άβαθοι, like viri boni and boni viri in Latin, are identical in meaning.8 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [ill. are alike in having the Adjective immediately pre- ceded by the Article. RULE.—An Adjective immediately preceded by the Article is an Attribute and not a Predicate. 13. But from §§ 5 and 7 we see that ο άνθρωπος αγαθός and αγαθός δ άνθρωπος both mean 'the man is good.5 Hence— Rule.-—An Adjective not preceded by the Arti- cle, if in agreement with a Noun that has the Article, is a Predicate (see §7). Examples. ό μακρό9 γβόνος απαντα $η\οΐ. ο χρυσους στέφανος εστίν ev τ$ οικία. ιταΐ8ες ol αγαθοί τον ιτατερα ωφεΧοΰσιν. τα μακρα τείχη οϊκο8ομουσιν ol Άθηναΐοι. τους μεγάλους σταύρους ανα-κΧωσιν ol ναΰται. — τιμωμεν πάντες τον αργοντα· τις τον θεον τιμα; εκ του μεγάΧου Χιμενος εκ-πΧεουσιν οι ^Συρακόσιοι. τας ναΰς τας μακρας ev τω νεωσοικω ευρ'ισκομεν. ^ τον aSiKOV τυραννον πάντες οι ιτοΧϊται μισοΰσιν. .....,πτω^ας .~κμ- · Set η μας τον πτωχον ωφεΧεΐν. (ii.) Adjectival Phrases. 14. All that comes between the Article and its Noun is of the nature of an Attributive Adjective, and simply qualifies the Noun. Thus τά ttjs πόλεως τΑη may be rendered 'theIII.] ARTICLE WITH ADJECTIVE. 9 magistrates of the city,5 'the city magistrates/ or 'the civic magistrates.' And it is clear that, as these phrases mean precisely the same thing, τrjs ΐΓ0λ€ω$ has the same adjectival force in the first as ' civic' has in the last of them. 15. So, too, in οί iv τη ττόλει ayfcpes, the words iv ty) ttoXci are adjectival, limiting the meaning of ol avbpes to c the men who-are-in-the-city.' The last instance gives the key by which all such sentences may be translated. It is always possible, and often necessary, to turn them by a relative clause. Thus τα της πόλ€ως τέλη1 may be rendered 'the magistrates who belong to the city.' In German this employment of huge compound Adjectives is constant, in English it is occasional: we say, for instance, ζ the never-to-be-forgotten day.' 16. Adverbs of time and place are very fre- quently found in this adjectival position. Thus ol νυν άνθρωποι, 'the now men,' 'the men of the present day,' and ol Ιμθάδε στραηώται, 'the here soldiers,' ' the soldiers in this position.' 17. Observe that these Adjectival phrases, like the simple Attributive Adjective (see § 12), are sometimes placed after the Noun, with the Article repeated before them ; as yevvaia iarlv ή τέγνη ή του ποιητου, 'Noble is the art—(I mean) the (art) of the poet.' rovs ποι,ητα$ του$ ττάλαι Θανμάζομζν, 'We ad- mire the poets of olden time.' 1 Observe that this sentence might be written tol τέλη τψ ιτόλ*ω$, but the order given above is more common.ΙΟ SIMPLE SENTENCES. [in. Examples. καλόν εστι το της αρετής- άθλοι/. 7Γολλοι εισιν οι εν Trj ηπείρω βάρβαροι. οι εν Trj οικία Πλαταί?? την θύραν εκλειον. ο τύραννος ο πανάθλιος Χιμω αϊτ-εθνησκεν. ιστορία και θεωρία τα του θεου εργα μανθάνομεν. την τον έμοΰ ιτατρος οίκιαν εσωζον οι πολέμιοι, ο του §εσπότον όψθαλμος αυξάνει την σπου§ην των Sούλων. τα της πόλεως πράγματα οι στρατηγοί κακώς επραττον. οι στρατηγοί των βαρβάρων την ανω πόλιν κατ- ελάμβανον. οί στρατηγικοί νομιζόμενοι άν$ρες εν πολεμώ εξετάζονται. (iii.) Omission of words meaning 'Man,' 'Woman,' cThing.' 18» The words αι/θρωττος, fman,' γυμή, c woman,' πραγμα, ' thing,' are often left out with the Article and Adjective, and almost always with the Article and Participle :—as ol ποι/ηρο!, cthe bad (men).' ol κολυμβώκτες^4 the diving (men),'' those who dive,' ' the divers.' ol ταΟτα γράψαι/τες, or ol γράψαντες ταντa} (the people who wrote these (things).5iii.] ARTICLE WITH ADJECTIVE. ii So too at νΰν, οί πάλαι etc., 4 the women of to-day,' ' the men of long ago,' etc. 19. The neuter of the Adjective is often found with the Article to express a corresponding Noun. Thus:—το ά\η0€$, 'the true,' = ή αλήθεια, 'truth;' τα καλόρ, βthe beautiful,'= τό κάλλο?, 'beauty;' το βΕ\\η>Ίκόι/=ο6 "Ελληνα, ζ the people of Hellas;' το βαρβαρικοί/ = ot βάρβαροι (as we say Christendom, heathendom). Examples. οι θνητοί πολλα ποθοΰσιν. οί ανόητοι τους σοφούς μισουσιν. at νυν ταύτα πράττουσιν. οί εν Trj νηί δια-φθείρονται. ιτειρωμεθα 7τάντες το αληθές έξ-ευρεΐν. παν το συμμαγ^ικον αν-έστησεν ο στρατηγός. τα της πόλεως οί πλούσιοι πράττουσιν. τα δεινότατα πάσγουσιν οί αιχμάλωτοι. οί ανόητοι τους σοφούς πειράσουσι §ι§άσκειν· οί εν τ\J πόλει δεΰρο πρέσβεις πέμψουσιν. Μίνως το λρστικον καθ-ήρει εκ της θαλάσσης, οί ύπο της νόσου αποθανόντες §ισμύριοι ησαν. τους τα πονηρά πράττοντας πείρα ο κριτής κωλύειν. οί την άρετην ασκούντες θαυμάζονται. κελεύσει ό στρατηγός πάντας τους εν Trj πόλει απ-ιεναι.12 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [III. (iv.) Omission of words meaning ' Son,' 'Daughter,' 'Road,' etc. 20. The words ulos, £ son,' θυγάτηρ, {daughter,' οίκος, ' house,' οδός, c road,5 γή, - land,' μοίρα and F^P0^ ' part/ χρήματα, £ property/ are often left out when they may be easily supplied from the con- text. Σωκράτης ό Σωφροιάσκου (vlos), ' Socrates the (son) of Sophroniscus.' τηκ έπ 'Αθηι^ώκ (obov) iropeuo^Tai, 'they are pro- ceeding along the road to Athens.' So in Latin, ' Ventum erat ad Vestae,' 'We came to Vesta's (temple);' and in English, ' We saw St. Paul's( He went to his mother's, sc. (house.' Examples. Δημοσθένης ό Δημοσθένους λέγει τάδε, εν Ttj αλλότρια τροπαΐον στήσουνιν. την ταγίστην ηκουσιν ol κήρυκες. την οικάδε πορεύονται οι ζένοι. πάσα ή οικουμένη μεστή γέγονε προδοτών ; τις ουκ Άντιγόνην, την του Οιδίποδος θαυμάζει ; δια της αλλότριας πορεύονται οι στρατιωται. την Κλυταιμνήστρας θυσαι έπειρα Αγαμέμνων. πάρεστιν fΈρμης ό Μα/α? της3Άτλαντος. την ιεραν ες Αελφους οι πρέσβεις πορεύσονται. την πολλην της Έλλαίο? τέμνουσιν οι βάρβαροι. την των τα της πόλεως πραττοντων άρετην θαυμάζω.IV.] ARTICLE EQUIVALENT TO POSS. PRONOUN. 13 IV. Article equivalent to Possessive Pronoun. 21. The article in such a sentence as δδ$ ταύτα τί μητρί is often to be translated by the Possessive Pronoun, 'Give these (things) to your mother:' for, except to mark an emphasis, Possessive Pronouns are but little used in Greek. So regularly in French:—e.g.c J'ai mal έ la tete,' άλγώ τηρ κεφαλήν: and sometimes in English, e. g. 41 have a pain in the head,'(my head aches.' In δ ipos δούλος καΐ ό του αδελφού, (my slave and my brother's (slave),' the εμος is inserted for the sake of the antithesis, but there is no need of εμον with του αδελφού. Examples. τω αδεΧφω ταύτα δέδωκα. οι παίδες την μητέρα φιΧοΰσιν. την θυγατέρα ακων απο-πεπομφεν ο στρατηγός+ ες την γηντην 7τατρωαν ουκ ασμενος κατ-εργομαι. πάρεστιν ό νεανιας· ο γαρ πατήρ ασθενής εστίν. αθΧιαι αϊ αδεΧφαί* ή γαρ μήτηρ τεθνηκεν. προδεδωκασιν οι εντός την πόΧιν τοις ποΧεμίοις· εκ της οικίας ό δεσπότης συν τοις δούΧοις εΧήΧυθεν. άπ-εσταΧκα τους παΐδας· ουκ άπο-στεΧεΐς τά? μητέρας; πεπονθα δεινότατα, ω παίδες' ουκ ωφελήσετε τον πατέρα;14 SIMPLE SENTENCES. V. Generic use of the Article. 22. δ γέρων may mean either (ι) {the old man yonder,' where the Article points to some particular old man; or (2) 'the man (be he who he may) who is old ;' that is, c any old man/ In this latter case we have what is meant by the generic (genus, 4 a class') use of the Article; that is, a Noun, which in itself would denote an individual, denotes a class when preceded by the Article. In γ^ρο^τα Set αι&€Ϊσθαι, and every similar case, it is best perhaps to translate by the Plural, thus ' One ought to reverence1 old men? Sometimes we use the Article in English in the same way, as, ' the good man will do so and so.' Examples. top τυραννον πάντες μισουσιν, ό βοΰς εστ\ ζφον χρησιμώτατον. οξύθυμος ή σφηζ πέφυκε. ό καΧος και αγαθός τα καλά διώκει. μεταβάλλει το 'χρώμα ή κίχλη. κάλους τους οφθαλμούς εχει ό αετός. ό σοφος την πάλιν βελτίονα πείρα ποιεΐν. 1 If it be observed that in English we say also 4 One ought to reverence an old man,' it must not be inferred that ο, ή, rb may be translated by an indefinite Article.vi.] ARTICLE WITH NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS. 15 Set τον στρατιώτην τον αργοντα ψοβεΐσθαι. 3ος ταύτα τω βουλομενω λαμβάνειν. ό ανόητος τυ\ γαστρι αε\ δουλεύει. μεγάλαις ταΐς ζημίαις δει τον άσεβη κολάζει ν. VI. Article with Numerical Expressions. 23. The Article is generally put with fractions in Greek and with numerical expressions considered as fractions. Thus :— ol βάρβαροι τά δύο μέρη της νήσου εχουσιν, 'the barbarians hold two-thirds of the island.5 ήσαν εμοί πεντε bov\oi9 &v ol τίτταρες τεθνηκασι, £ I had five slaves1 and four of them are dead.' In these cases it is contrary to the English idiom to retain the Article in translation. 24. Mark the difference between £λλοι—alii, cothers/ and οί άλλοι—ceteri, 'the rest'; and between ττολλοί—multi, £ many,' and ol πολλοί— plerique, cmost people/ Examples. το ήμισυ της βασιλείας δώσω τω υίω. α! εκκαίδεκα των νεων ετι μενουσιν. της τρίτης μοίρας βασιλεύς εστίν ό ΤΙολυκράτης. εκατόν ναΰς τταρεΐσιν· αί δε ε'ίκοσιν απο-πεπλεύκασιν. 1 See § 39» Pronouns, p. 23»16 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [vil. των πολιτων τους ίξακοσίους Set i/c της πόλβως έζέρχεσθαι. τα §ύο μέρη της γης ταΐς θυγατράσι $έ§ωκ€ν ό βασιλεύς. των χιλίων στρατιώτων οί ίνβνήκοντα ίκπβφβύ- γασιν. τα όωό€κα €στι οις βξ, τρις τ€τταρα, €ζακις ουο9 τετράκις τρία. το τέταρτον μέρος συ €χεις, ol Se άλλοι τα τρία μέρη. οί πολλοί θαυμαζουσι τον βασιλέα, ol Se άλλοι μισοΰσιν, VII. Adjectives translateable as Adverbs. 25. Adjectives in Greek, as well as in Latin, must in many cases be translated by Adverbs or by Adverbial expressions. Thus ακωμ έποίησα—invitus feci, 'I did it unwillingly/ χθιζδ$ airrjei, £ he went away yesterday/ Thus in Latin poetry, 'Saxosusque sonans Hypanis/ and in poetical prose,6 Gitus irrupit.' Examples. ίκόντες άμαρτάν€τ€. χρόνιοι ηκουσιν οί παΐ$€ς. μέγας pel ο ποταμός. άφθονος eppei η πηγή. sf \ «ο 9 c» / η y ασμένος τον παιόα εόιόαξα.VIII.] CONCORD. 17 τβταρταΐος άψΐκται ό ιερεύς. άκοντες απεργεσθε. ακων, ονχ εκων, την θυγατέρα εθυσεν. ύστατο? ηκει ο άρχων. πρώτος 1 έγραφα την εττιστοΧην. ασμενοι ν-π εμου διδάσκεσθε. ακων διδάσκεται νεανίας ό αργός. υπ εμου άκοντος ol γέροντες εδιδάσκοντο. VIII. Concord. Exception in the case of Neuter Plurals. 26. In English, as well as in Latin, it is a law that the Verb should agree with its subject in Number; but there is an exception to this law in Greek. Neuter things are looked on as possessing no individuality2. Hence a number of them can be put together by the mind, and regarded as a single class rather than as a collection of individuals. There- fore a Verb in the Singular is used with a neuter Noun in the Plural, except where the notion of individuality is preserved. 1 πρώτον typatya would be 'First I wrote, then I did something else,' or' I wrote before doing anything else.* πρώτοε eypcaf/a is like4 primus scripsi,' ' I was the first to write*, or ' I wrote before any one else.' 2 Hence no neuter Noun in Greek or in Latin has the termination s of the Nominative Case. In genus, yews, the s is not the nominative suffix, but part of the stem, and when, in declension, it comes between two vowels, it regularly passes to r in Latin, while in Greek it drops out altogether and contraction ensues. Contrast dv6e(r~ καλό?, χρυσός δε καλλίων, ' silver is good, but gold is better/ Here the use of μ^ is to cause the hearer to suspend his judgment until the whole sentence is complete.IX.] SUSPENSIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 19 28. These conjunctions may be translated by <1*0 («) (1) ' on the one hand/ ' on the other hand,' (2) iwhile/ 'whereas/ 'although,' '(yet)/ and in various other ways. Thus: (1) ol jmep avbp€s εμειναν, ai δε γυναίκες εφενγον, cthe men stayed certainly, but the women were running away.' (2) ol μεν είκοσιν άπ-έφνγον, ol he αλλοί άπ~εθανον, ' though twenty escaped, (yet) the rest1 were slain.' 29. Even when, in translating, we do not insert English words exactly corresponding to μεν and δ€, the suspensive force of these conjunctions must be borne in mind. Thus, ol , ol SI..., mean ' some ..., others .. / οι μ€ΐ> πάρεισιν, ol 8e οιγονται, 1 some are here, but others are-gone.' 30. Similarly re—και (Latin que—et), 'both— and,' ' not only—but also/ are used with the same suspensive force as μεν and δε. Thus:—νυν tc καΐ πάλαι = 'both now and long ago.' 31. Other suspensive conjunctions are— η ..., ή either ..., or €ΐτ€ ...,eit€ ..., whether ..., or ουτ€ ..., ουτ€ ..., neither ..., nor ου ..., ouSe ..., not ..., nor even ... ου μό^ομ ..., ά\\ά καΐ ..., not only ..., but also ... ουχ δτι ..., αλλά και ..., not only ..., but also ... 1 άποθνήσκω is used as the Passive of άποκτύνω. C %20 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [IX. 32· Observe (r)that while oure = nec, 'nor,' ουδε is rather ne... quidem,, c not even :' (2) that μ€ΐ/ and δε and τβ stand after the first emphatic word in their several clauses, and there- fore are generally found in the second place: (3) that και always stands first in its clause when it means 'and': in any other position it means 4 even,'' also,' 'indeed,' 'really/ 'too,' &c., like the Latin ' etiam/ ό χρηστός καΐ rots εκγόνοις φυτενσει, 'good men will plant even for posterity.' For this use of και, compare the Latin et in ' timeo Danaos et dona ferentes,' '/ fear the Greeks even when they bring gifts? Examples. 7Γολλοί μεν οι άφρονες, ιταύροι Se 01 φρόνιμοι είσιν. τους τε ιππείς και τους όπλιτας απ-επεμ^\τεν ο στρατηγός. 6 μα/ προς βορραν τρέπεται, 6 Se προς νότον. εν μεν τοις λόγοις σοφκ>ς et, εν Se τοις ερ*γοις ού σοφός. ού μόνον οι στρατιωται, άλλα και 6 στρατηγός εμα- χεσατο. ημείς μεν πενεστεροι γεγενήμεθα, ύμεΐς Se πλου- σιώτεροι. τους τ€ λύκους και τους λέοντας πάντας άπ-εκτεινον. εγώ τ ε κα\ συ τους τα της πόλεως eu πράττοντας θαυμάζομεν.X;] PRONOUNS. 21 ο μεν στρατιώτης βούλεται αποδημεΐν, ή $ε γυνη ού βούλεται. τους μεν ^μαστίγωσε τε και άπ-εκτεινε, τους <5e ηλενθερωσεν. ol μεν ήνδραποδισθησαν, ο/ <^έ πολλοί αποθανόν, τον μεν λύκον §ι-βφυ*γες, τον Se λέοντα ού νικήσεις, η τον 7ταΐ§α η τον $οΰλον 'Αθήναζε αττό-στειλον. εγω θρασυς ουτ είμ\, οϋτε, ως y εμοί $οκεΐ, γενή- σομαι. ου μόνον θεάζτασθαι τους μαγομενους βούλομαι9 άλλα και αυτός μάγεσθαι. ■ο/ στρατιωται ούκετι άντ-εΐγον τοις βαρβάροις, ον$ε ο στρατηγός παρ-εκελεύσατο αυτούς. Χ. Pronouns· (i.) Personal and Possessive. 33. The Greeks, as a rule, do not use the Per- sonal Pronouns with the Tenses of the Verb ; they usually say λεγω, λεγομεν, and not ey& λ4γω, ημείς λέγομεν. The fact is that εγω, ήμεΐς are not gener- ally necessary, because, as we saw before (§ 2), λεγω, λεγομεν really contain already each of them a Personal Pronoun. When the Personal Pronouns are -used, there is always strong emphasis or con- trast. Thus:—εγώ λεγω, 61 (not some one else) say,' &C.; €γώ μεμ άπειμι, συ Sc μενε} (I am going away, do you remain.'%% SIMPLE SENTENCES. [χ. 34. When a Personal Pronoun stands first in its clause, it is emphatic, as ae επαισεν1, ' (it was) you he struck/ 35. The Possessive Pronouns also are rarely used except to mark an emphasis. In a former section (§ 31) it was shown that the Article frequently sup- plies their place. Thus :—tous obovras άλγώy c my teeth are aching;' but bet σε, πατέρα οντα, καϊ τους ifious παΐδας οϊκτεφειν, 'you ought, as a father, to have pity for my children too.5 When the Possessive Pronouns are employed, they are usually, as in the last example, inserted between the Article and the Noun. In such cases the Article is left untranslated. Examples. εγώ μεν 3ι§άσκω, ύμεΐς $ε παίζετε. SeSoiKaς apa κα\ συ, ωσττερ οι αΧΧοι. συ την σην γυναίκα ταύτα ττοιειν κεΧευσον. ττεμ^ω και εγώ §ώρα νύμφρ. ουτ εγώ υμάς, ουθ' νμεΐς την μητερ αύθις είσ- όψεσθε. ημείς μεν ταύτα εΧεγομεν, εκείνοι 3ε εσίγων. την μεν εμην θυγατέρα ιγοΧΧο) φιΧοΰσιν, την §ε σην μισουσιν. καΧΧίων εστίν η εμη μήτηρ η πασαι αι ενθά§ε γυναίκες. 1 67ταισα and Ιπάτα£α are used in Attic prose as the Aorists of τί/7ττα>. Scarcely any forms of τνπτω are used by the Attic prose- writers except the Present and Imperfect and a Future τυπτήσω.χ.] PRONOUNS. 23 ύμεΐς μεν εατε μ οϊκεΐν ενθάδε, εγώ δε νμϊν χάριν εΊσομαι. οι εμο\ δονΧοι εΧεύθεροι σήμερον γενήσονται. εβουΧόμην σε διδάσκειν· συ §' ου θεΧεις διδάσκεσθαι. 7τλε/ω συ ε'ιΧηφας η δεδωκας, και εγώ ττασι τοις "ΕΧΧησί δηΧώσω σε κΧεπτην. (ii.) Demonstrative Pronouns. 36. Observe that, as a rule, o8c means 'this person by me,' outos „ c that person by you,' έκεΐΐΌζ „ ' that third person.' The contrast between oSe and outos is the same as that between ' hie' and c iste'; while the con- trast between either δδε or outos and Ikcii/os is the same as that between ' hie' and ' ille? 37. When a Demonstrative Pronoun has a Noun in agreement with it, that Noun must be preceded by the Article1. Thus, we find o8e ό oikos and 6 olkos o8e for 'this house,' but never 6 οδε οίκος. When a Demonstrative Pronoun has a Noun in apposition to it, or connected with it as a predicate, the Article is not employed. Thus:—αντη εστίν avbpos άρετη, ' this is a man's virtue ;' but ταντην τημ αρετή ν εχει, c he has this virtue.' 38. ταύτα and τοιαΟτα usually refer to what has gone before, τάδε and τοιάδε to what is coming. 1 The same rule applies to άμφω, i/cdrepos, άμφότ€ρο$. In all these cases the Article is untranslatable in English.24 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [X. Thus:—ταΰτα εΊπεν ο κήρυξ, c that was what the herald said ;' but είπε τάδε, 'he spoke as follows Examples. αυτη η 68ος Άθήναζε φερει. ούτος ό ποιητης Αθηναίος εστίν. τάδε τα κατηγορήματα "ψ-ει/^ί εστίν. εκείνη η κίνησις μεγίστη ην. τούτων των νήσων η μεση εστ\ μεγίστη. αΰτη η κόρη ταύτα Χεγει, ίναντία δε αί αΧλαι. τοιαύτα μεν οί αΧλοι άπ-αγγε\ονσι9 εγω δε τοιάδε αϊr-αγγεΧλω. Άθήναζε μεν οδε κατ-εργεσθαι θελει, οδτο? δε ετι αποδημεϊν. εκείνος ό Φίλιππος τοις Άθηναίοις φίΧος είναι ηθελησεν. (ιϊϊ.) Relative Pronouns. 39. Relative Pronouns can often, in translating, be conveniently turned into English by a conjunc- tion such as ' and,' ' but,' c for' See., followed by the Demonstrative or Personal Pronoun. Thus :—τοιαύτα μεν ή γννη ελεγεν, fi ό στρατηγός άπεκρίνατο τάδε, 'such indeed were the things the woman kept saying, but the general answered her thus/ 40. There is a great difference in English between the meaning of Ί have what I see,' and £I see what I have;' a difference, however, which is entirely due to the order of the words, forχ.] PRONOUNS. 25 the words themselves are the same in both cases. Precisely the same difference exists in Latin be- tween ' Habeo quae video' and ' Video quae habeo ;' and in Greek between Ιγω ά όρώ and ορώ α Ιχ». The principle of arrangement which is exemplified in these sentences, and which runs through the Aryan languages, may be briefly expressed thus: the Relative word must be taken with the Verb that follows next. 41. The above sentences illustrate another idiom which, though occurring in English and Latin, is so much more common in Greek, and causes so many seeming irregularities as to call for special notice : it is the omission of the antecedent. A Relative Pronoun, as its name denotes, relates to some Noun or Pronoun, which, therefore, in sense at all events, is antecedent to it. Had the instances just given been written out in full, they would have become— (1) £ I have the things that I see/ (2) Habeo ea quae video, and (3) *Χω τα"τα & ορώ. So far the three languages run on parallel lines ; but neither English nor Latin can offer anything precisely similar to what happens in Greek when the antecedent, if inserted, should be a Genitive or Dative Case. For the Relative is then attracted into the Case of the lost Antecedent; and so, in- stead of Xeye μφ\ν τούτων a hιϊστασαι, 'say nothing of those things which you know,' we meet with λέγε μηδε^ ων Ιπίστασαι, which has the same meaning.%β SIMPLE SENTENCES. [Χ. 42. Frequently, also, if the Antecedent imply a Noun that is not easily supplied from the context, that Noun is inserted in the Relative clause after the attracted Relative ; so that, instead of χρωμαι τούτοις τοις βιβλίοις α Ιχω, £ I use those books which I have/ we find χρωμαι οις έχω βιβλίο is. 43. Notice the Greek idiom in οΐδα σ€ όστις cT, CI know (you) who you are ;' ουκ άκήκοας τόν 'Αχιλλέα, δτι υπ 'Αλεξάνδρου άπεθα^μ, c have you not heard of Achilles, that he (i. e. have you not heard that Achilles) was slain by Paris ?' (iv.) Other Pronominal Words. 44· It is most important to observe that the meaning of αυτός varies with its position. When preceded by the Article it means ς the same;5 in any other position it means ' self! Thus:—δ αυτός άμήρ is £ the same man/ but αυτό$ 6 άι/ήρ and ό άνήρ αυτός mean Vthe man himself V 45. The oblique cases2 of αυτός are used, when alone, for the obsolete 3rd Personal Pronoun; but with a Personal Pronoun they become reflexive. Thus :—διαφθείρεις αντον, ' you are ruining him ;* but σε-αντον (or σαυτον) διαφθείρεις c you are ruining yourself.' 1 In Shakespeare the word 'self' similarly has two distinct usages: (1) before a noun, in the sense of 'same,'' this self metal'; and (2) in 4himself,' &c., as we use it. 2 That is, all Cases except the Nominative are so used. The Nominative, when apparently standing alone, really combines with the Personal Pronoun in the verb (see § 2).χ.] PRONOUNS. %7 46. Note the phrases, τρίτος, τέταρτος αυτός, &c., ' himself the third, fourth,' &c., that is, 4 with two or three others;' and αντοΐς avbpdvi, δονλοις, &c., 'men and all,' 'slaves and all/ &c.: e.g. Μιλτι^ης δέκατος αυτός στρατηγός άπζδβίχΘη, ' Miltiades was appointed general with nine colleagues.' ή νανς αυτοΐς ά^δράσι^ άπωλ^Γο, ' the ship was lost with all her crew.5 47. Care must be taken to distinguish— (ι) ή αντη (όδό?), ' the same (way),' from αντη ή (obos), ' this (way).' (2) τούτου, ταύτης, τούτον, &c., from ταυτου, con- tracted from τον αντον, &c. (3) αντον, αντης, αντον, &c. from αυτου, &c., con- tracted from e-αυτου, &c. 48. The Indefinite Pronoun τις, (a certain oriel is distinguishable from the Interrogative τις ; ' who ?' (1) because it can never stand first in its clause: (2) because it has no accent of its own. ci7re τις, =' some one said ;' τίς tine, =' who said ?9 49. The Greeks are fond of asking two questions at once by combining an Interrogative Pronoun with an Interrogative Adverb, so that, for instance, τίς itei; is a regular way of asking 'Who are you? and where have you come from?' Examples. t\ J/ <■» t α €γω, ταύτα σοι οιοωμι. τις ei, ω £eve, και πόθεν ηκβις; μιαν νανν αύτοΐς avSpacri κατ-ελαβον.28 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xi. τα αντα αν θ η εμο\ eScοκεν9 ά τταρα σου ειΧήφει. δέκατος αυτός ο Σωκράτης στρατηγός γρίθη. €υρυ εχει το μετωττον ούτος ό ανηρ. αύτος ο ανηρ, ον συ εΐ§ες9 ταΰτά μοι εδωκεν. ττερι-εγενετο ούτοσι πάντων ων είχε ιτοΧεμιων. γυνή τις ορνιν εΐχεν, η χρυσουν ωον όσημεραι ετικτεν. οι μεν κριτα\ ταύτα εΐττον, αύτος δε 6 βασιΧευς άπ-εκρίνατο τάδε. το της ΙΣφιγγος αίνιγμα ην τόδε' * Τ/ εστί το αύτο τζτράττουν και δίπονν και τριττουν;' ούχ όρας τα Αθηναίων δικαστήρια, ως ττόΧΧάκις ούδεν αδικουντας απ-εκτειναν \ ούτοι μεν ουν οΐ ττενητες άΧΧήΧους ωφελούν, οι δί ττΧούσιοι αε) εβΧατττον. ούδεν τούτων εγω ίττισταμαι · ει δε τις ταύτα εττί- σταται, αυτοί/ ερωτάτε. τον ΑαιδαΧον ουκ ακήκοας, οτι ήναγκάζετο Μ/νω δουΧεύειν; XI. The Accusative Case· 50. The Accusative Case denotes primarily 4motion to' and is therefore easily distinguished from the Dative and Genitive, which have come to include the notions of West at' and c motion from' respectively. (i) Hence we have the Accusative of the Object to which the action of Transitive Verbs passes over.XI.] THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. 29 Thus:—τνπτω σ€,c I strike you,' i. e. a blow passes over from me to you. 51. (2) Probably because c motion to9 an object implies space traversed, there is the Accusative of Space Traversed. Thus not only have we (in poetry) ηκω τή^€ τήμ γαΐαμ, ζ I have come to this land,' but also ήκω τρία στάδια, 41 have come three furlongs.5 52. (3) By a very ordinary1 metaphor, this usage is transferred from space to time, so that we find also the Accusative of Duration. Thus :—ταύτης τήμ νύκτα iv rrf τΐόλπ ίμβιναν^ i dur- ing that night they abode in the city/ 53. (4) By an equally easy transition, we find the Accusative of the Extent over which the action of any Verb prevails. Thus :—άλγώ τη μ κεφαλή μ, c I ache as-to-my-head/ (see § 3 τ), Ί have a headache'; καλοί άσι τά όμματα, 'they are beautiful as-to-their eyes,' 'they have beautiful eyes.' This is sometimes called the Accusative of Reference or the Accusative of nearer Definition. The Neuter Accusative of a Pronoun is frequently employed in this way to denote the extent or compass of an action. Thus- σμικρόν τι άπορώ, ' I am at a loss in one little point.' 54. (5) Double Accusative. This Accusative of reference or extent can be used also with Verbs 1 As a matter of fact, in all languages, the words which are used in reference to time, originally referred to space. Take as instances ubi, before, interval, point.3° SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XI. that have an Accusative of the object, as μεγάλα βλάπτει τη μ ττ6\ιν, ζ he injures the city greatly.' And it is also found when these Verbs are in the Passive, as:— μεγάλα εβλάβη ή ττόλι$, ' the city was greatly injured.' Thus also επιτρέπω σοι την αρχήν, {I entrust the government to you,' becomes in the Passive επιτ^- τραμμαι τηο άρχήι>, ' I have been entrusted with the government.' 55. (6) Another usage of the Accusative in Greek is what is called the Cognate (or kindred) Accusative. c I laughed a laugh,' ' he blew a blast,' &c0 are instances of the Cognate Accusative in English. Besides these, many Verbs, which are what we should call Intransitive, and therefore incapable of taking an Accusative of the Object, are nevertheless in Greek commonly followed by an Accusative of some Noun relating to or expressing the same notion as the Verb, or a notion kindred to it. Thus, ήδομαι tcLs μεγίστάς ήδο^άς, ' I experience the greatest pleasures,' is so translated, not be- cause ήΰομαι means ' I experience,' but because the idiom, as it stands, does not admit of a literal rendering, and the easiest method of turning it into English is to make the Accusative the direct object to some Verb of general meaning instead of an indirect object to the special Verb given. So too ευτυχουσι τό αυτό ευτύχημα, 6 they expe- rience the same good fortune'; ξυ^φυγε τη ν φυγή ν£11.] THE GENITIVE CASE. 31 ταύτης £ he shared in this flight'; Tpls €ΐ/ίκησ€ΐ> 'ολύμπια, che was thrice victor in the Olympic (contests).' Examples. 7τολλά και δείνα ήδικήθηv. ουπω είκοσιν ετη <γεγονας. μύριοι %σαν το πλήθος οι ΤΙερσαι. τα αύτα ύμϊν γαίρομεν, ωρκωσα τους στρατιώτας τον ορκον. εν σοι τούτο οι5χ ομολογώ, μεγα ψεύδεται ο πρεσβευτής. Ααρεΐος Κυρον σατράπην ίποίησεν. πλέον η τριάκοντα στάδια απ-εγει ή πόλις. εγώ μεν την κεφαλήν, συ δε τα γόνατα άλγεΐς. δει τον πολίτην ύπερ της πατρίδος κινδυνον κινδυνεύειν. πρώτους εαυτους οι προδόται πωλουσιν. αυτοΰ εμενον επτα ημέρας και επτα νύκτας. χαλεπην δουλεία ν δουλεύουσιν οι ήμετεροι αδελφοί, πρόνοιαν ανθρώπους χρόνος διδάσκει. τον 'Ολύμπια νικήσαντα πάντες οι "Ελληνες τιμώσιν. τους κόλακας ό τύραννος πλουσιωτερονς των πολι- τών φιλεΐ ποιεΐν. XII. The Genitive Case. 56. The Genitive Case, ή γενική πτωσις, was originally the Case that denoted the γένος, genus, or class > of any object.33 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xil. The word Genitive, ' Genitivus casus,' is a mistranslation of the Greek name ή γενική irruais. Τ ενική means 'pertaining to a class,' 'generic.' That the original use of the Genitive was Adjectival may be seen from the identity of the suffix in Adjectives like δημό- σιο-s with that of the Genitive in Nouns of the ο stem, δημο-σιο, δημοΐο, δήμοο, δήμου. Very many of its usages are still clearly trace- able to this idea. But there are others that cannot be so traced, owing to the fact that far more work has been thrown upon the Genitive Case than it originally had to perform. We know from a comparison of the Latin and Sanskrit, and from evidence in the Greek language itself which will be found in books devoted to phi- lology, that there were in ancient times eight Cases in all, comprising a Locative and an Instrumental Case besides the six we find in Latin. The Loca- tive Case was that employed to denote position at, an idea which, as we shall see (§ 71), now belongs to the so-called Dative. The Instrumental Case indicated the instrument or means by which an action was performed; and as it was needful to express the idea of instrumentality or agency after the old form once used to express it had dropped into disuse, the Latins employed the Ablative to do the work of the old Instrumental as well as its own proper work, while in Greek most of the work of the old Instrumental was thrown upon the so-called Dative. 57. But in Greek the Ablative Case, that is, the Case originally employed to denote motion from, alsoXII.] THE GENITIVE CASE. 33 fell"out of common use; and so it was that the Genitive Case, the primary duty of which was to indicate the genus of an object—the connexion of one thing with another—came, as has been said (§ 5°)j to embrace the idea of motion from. Hence the uses of the Greek Genitive may be conveniently summed up under two heads :— A. the Genitive of Ablation (i.e. the old Ablative). B. the Genitive of Connexion (i. e. the old Genitive). A. Genitive of Ablation. 58. (x) Literal Ablation. The primary idea is that of motion from a starting-point. Hence we have such phrases as γή$ ξ&ης άφΐγμαι, * from a foreign land have I come/ It is to be noted, however, that this Genitive of motion from is usually defined in prose by some preposition such as άπδ or it 59. (s) Metaphorical Ablation. The idea of actual movement from an actual starting-point was easily transferred to a metaphorical source or origin. Hence there are the Genitives which denote— (i.) the Cause. (ii.) the Maker, an4 (hence) Owner. (iii.) the Material. (iv.) the Source of Perception. Thus (i.) ζηλω σ€ τή$ «Was, Ί envy you because of your simplicity.5 D34 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xil. (ii.) έργον Πραξιτέλους, {a work made by Praxi- teles,' ό του βασιλέως κήπος, £ the garden belonging to the king.5 (iii.) νόμισμα άργυρίου, 'a coin made of silver/ It is probable that— 60. (iv.) the Genitive of Perception is due to the idea that every perception came from the thing perceived. Thus we find— άκονω σου9 ζ I hear you.' αισθάνομαι τίνος, ' I perceive some one/ 61. The Genitive is not however always found after Verbs of Perception. Many such Verbs take an Accusative; thus the person or thing perceived is regarded as being acted upon by the subject to the Verb, rather than as causing, or being the source of, the perception. Examples. γσθόμην τον θορύβου. t « t ο^ονσι 7τιττης α ι πευκαι. Αναξαγόρας εφνγεν ασεβείας· etc της ύλης οι Χεοντες έζ-ηΧθον. οι ξένοι μισθον της φνΧακης λέγονται. εν$αιμονίζω σε της εύτνγίας. Χιθον εστρωμενη εστίν η ο$ός. ως ηκονσε τον αγγέΧου, εζ-επΧάγη, πάντες οι Αθηναίοι εθιγον της εικόνος. οι οψων γενσαμενοι την μάζαν ατοιττνουσιν. άρ9 ού σεβεσθε τον Μέμνονα, τον της Έω νΐόν fXII.] THE GENITIVE CASE. 35 e£ έχθρων στάσεις eyyiyvovrai, e/c 5e στάσεων φόνοι. ]Σωκράτους άκουαν οι 9Α-θηναΐοι όσημεραι ε§υναντο. 4 πόθεν ηκεις9 ω Ίτοιητά' εκ της ίοστεψάνου πό- λεως ιτάρειμι.' Β. Genitive of Connexion. 62. The usages which follow are those which originally belonged to the Genitive Case. And with reference to these alone the old name of γενική would be better turned by generic, i.e. that which indicates the γένος, genus, or ' class/ to which any- thing belongs. 63. (i.) The Generic or Adjectival Genitive defines or specializes some word, which by itself would be more or less vague, by adding a reference toa special genus or class. Thus the vague άγελη, 6 a herd,' may be special- ized by adding βοών: and πλήθος, 6a multitude/ by adding ανθρώπων. Then αγέλη βοώμ is c a herd of oxen/ πλήθος άμθρώττωμ, ' a multitude of men.5 All words which imply ς fullness ' or ' want' take a Generic Genitive of a Noun denoting the thing of which they are full or empty. Thus :■— πλήρης στ€μαγμώι> ονδε δακρυωμ κενός, 6 full of groans, nor void of tears/ εν-επλησαν αγγος οϊμου, 'they filled a jar with wTine/ ανεν κίτρου, ' without (the) spur.' 64. (ii.) The distinction between the Subjective and Objective Genitive really follows from the D %36 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xii. meaning of the Generic Genitive. Take any word denoting < a transitive action, such as λνσις, ' re- leasing,' or ζχθρα, ' hatred.' Clearly to conceive of λνσις or Ζχθρα it is necessary to conceive— (1) some subject that ' releases' or 'hates/ (2) some object that is ' released' or ' hated,' some object with regard to which the action is specialized. If with any such transitive Noun there be found a Genitive case, it will be a question which the con- text alone can solve whether that Genitive represents the subject or the object of the action. Thus, ό φόβο? iw πολεμίων may mean either (1) (the fear which the enemy feels for us'—Sub- jective Genitive, a genitive of origin (§ 59) ; or (3) ' the fear which we feel for the enemy'—Objec- tive Genitive, Genitive of the sphere to which the action of φο'βο? is specialized. 65. (iii.) Partitive Genitive. The ideas of part and whole are so closely connected that it is not possible to think of a part without also thinking of the whole1. Hence— ol dvo αυτών, ' two of them.' 5os μοι του ΰδατοδ, ' give me (some) of the water.' It must not be supposed that τοΟ ύδατος is the direct object of the Verb. Some word denoting *part9 is probably to be understood. 1 Or it is possible to look on the part as cut out of ox proceeding from the whole. Upon this view, the Partitive Genitive would require to be classed with the Genitive of Ablation.XIX.] THE GENITIVE CASE. 37 66. (iv.) Genitive of Necessary Relationship. This is seen in such phrases as <3 του δουλου δεσ- TTOTTjSy (the servant's master;' ό του τέκνου πατήρ, 4 the father of the son ;' for the notion of τέκνον is necessarily connected with that of πατήρ, and the notion of bodkos is involved in that of δξσπότψ. 67. (v.) Genitive of Price and Value. The idea of 'price' or 'value/ is necessarily connected with that of 'buying' or 'selling' anything. Hence we find 4price' or 'value' put in the Genitive. ταλάμτου €7τριάμην την οΐκίαν, Ί bought the house for a talent.' πόσου τιμάται δ στέφανος; ' how much is the crown worth ?* 68. (vi.) Genitive of Comparison. When A is said to be greater or less than Β it is clear that the notion of Β is necessarily connected with that of A. Hence we have the Genitive of Com- parison as:— μει^ωκ Ιστ\ν δ vios του πατρδ§; ' the boy IS taller than his father.' 69. To this class belong all Genitives after Verbs expressing superiority or the reverse. Verbs of ruling take a Genitive probably because they imply supe- riority :—ζβασίλζυε τής Σάμου, 'he was king of Samos.' 70. (vii.) Genitives of Place and Time are by no means uncommon, perhaps because it is felt that the natural way of defining every action is by referring to the space within which it takes place, or the time during which, or to both. Thus :—38 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xil. που 1 yap εσμεν; ' why, where are we ?' αύτοΟ 1 εμενον, c there they stayed.' Sis του €tous, £ twice in the year/ ταύτης της ήρίρα^ κατήλθον, ' I came back that day.' Examples. ■x ■ t sry· \ cf a πλειστου άξιον to υοωρ. ου χρη το δίκαιον ήττασθαι του φθόνου. έτερον το ηδύ του αγαθού. 2όλων των επτα σοφιστών εκληθη. σταγόνες ύδατος κοιλαίνουσι πέτρας. την ημίσειαν της γης ετεμον ol πολέμιοι. πάντων δεσπόζειν άζιοΐ ό τύραννος. λόγων 6 ρητωρ είστία τους συνόντας. ό μεν νεώτερος εστίν εμοΰ, εγώ δε του αδελφού, και θέρους κα} "χειμωνος ταύτα εποίουν. δει σε ταπεινην είναι, κα\ γνωναι 1ν εΐ γης. d\f/-e της ημέρας Άθήναζε επορευόμην. τήνδε την οίκίαν πεντε ταλάντων ώνεΐσθαι θελω. πατρός λεγεται ό Κυρος γενεσθαι Ίίαμβύσου. πολλοί το ώφελιμον του δικαίου προτιθεασιν. ούκ ελάχιστον εστι σοφίας έργον εαυτόνγιγνώσκειν. σφραγίδα χρυσου εΐχεν έκαστος των ιππέων, σοφώτεροι οι 'Α-θηναΐοι των Βοιωτων ησαν. τούτου του χρόνου ετυράννει ΐίολυκράτης Σάμου, οι τύραννοι τιμώνται διαφερόντως των άλλων ανθρώπων. - 1 που and αντον, although called Adverbs of place, are really Genitives of (u-os) and axirds respectively.xiii.] THE DATIVE CASE. 39 XIII. The Dative Case. 71· The original suffix of the Dative Singular was ai; that of the Locative was i. Owing to the inevitable confusion arising from the existence of forms so similar, the Dative form almost entirely1 dropped out in Greek, and its functions were trans- ferred to the Locative. Now we have already seen (§ 56) that when the Old Instrumental Case was lost, most of its work was thrown upon the so-called Dative. Here, then, we have one case doing the work of three cases : in other words, the Dative (which is a Locative in form) performs the various functions of— (A) the Locative; (B) the Dative ; (C) the Lnstrumental. A. Dative for Locative. Dative of Place and Time. 72. Originally a Locative, the Greek Dative denotes, first, position at a place ; afterwards, by the inevitable process by which all words referring to space are extended so as to embrace the notion of time, it denotes the time at which a thing occurs. Observe, that the Preposition Iv is almost in- 1 The only real Datives preserved in Attic Greek belong to Nouns of the a- and o- stems, where χώρα, ο'ίκω, etc., have the form as well as the signification of the Dative, and may be contrasted with χάμαι (~χαμα + t) and οίκοι ( = oi«o + t), the almost unique Locatives from or and 0- stem nouns.4° SIMPLE SENTENCES. variably used in Prose with the Dative of Place, and frequently with the Dative of Time. Thus:— iv rrj ΣικΐΧία ωκουν ol Κνκλωπζς, 4 the Cyclopes used to live in Sicily.' τβ μουμημια £ορτην tfyov, £ they used to hold a festival on the first day of the month.' Names of towns, &c., are often used adverbially without the Preposition, as Μαραθωνι e/χαχβσατο, s he fought at Mara- thon.' Gf. Romae, Carthagine, &c., in Latin. B. Dative Proper. (i.) Dative of the Remoter Object. 73. The proper function of the Dative, is to express (a) the person to whom a thing is given. From this it is used generally to express (b) the remoter object of an action, the person with refer- ence to whom,—for whose advantage or disad- vantage,—a statement is made. Hence it is used especially (c) with Intransitive Verbs and phrases which imply a relation. Thus :— (α) δίδωμί σοι την θυγατέρα, {I give you my daughter.' ντέσγ^το τω τταιδίω τον αϊλονρον, 6 he promised the cat to the child/ (b) \σιί μοι μςγάλη οϊκία, c I have a big house.' vrjes ονχ νπάρχονσίν 'Αθη^αιοΐζ, ' the Athenians have no ships belonging to them.' (c) 7τολζμεΐν1 tols Πέρσας, 4 to be at war with (i.e. against) the Persians/ 1 Notice that πολ^μήσαι rots Πepaais would be rather * to make war upon the Persians; and πολ€μήσαι συν tols Πέρσαις would be ' to make war in conjunction with the Persians.' ·XIII. J THE DATIVE CASE. 41 ευχζσΘαι. tois 0cois, 4 to pray to the gods.5 μη δμίλζι τοΐ? icaKois, 'do not associate with the bad.' 74. Carefully notice the phrases βουλομενω μο( έστι, yiyverai τι,, &c., Lat. mihi fit volenti. Here the Dative is a Dative of Interest, the difficulty of the sentences lying in the fact that the participle con- tains the chief predicate. Thus :— ήΰομένω μοι tovto γίγνζται is equivalent to the two sentences (1) τοϋτο yiyvtrai μοι, and (2) και ηΰομαι. (ii.) Ethic Dative. 75. To this Dative of the Remoter Object, some- times called the Dative of Interest, or Dative of Reference, belongs the apparently superfluous Emotional or Ethic Dative, as it is called. This is a Dative of the Personal Pronoun, loosely sub- joined to a sentence to indicate the interest which the person speaking or spoken to takes in what is being said. Thus :— αλλά μοι €σθί€, (but, pray, go on eating.5 eyco σοι κζϊνός €ΐ'μι, 4 see, I am that man.5 So in Shakespeare, 'Knock me on this doorand in Latin, Quid mihi Celsus agitf ' What is my Celsus doing?' Examples. ανάγκη μοι αϊrievai, eoiKGV ο παις τω ιτατρί, Trj υστεραία olicaSe ατΓ-ίττΧευσαν. ταύτα ΑβΧφοΐς ί'χρησεν ΆττόλΧων.42 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xill. vir-εσχετο τον μισθοί> τοις στρατιωταις. τω θεω όμοιοΰνται πάντες οί αγαθοί. Trj αντί} ήμερα άπ-εθανεν ο βασιλεύς. πόθεν αϊ διαβολαί σοι αύται γε^όνασιν; ταύτ)7 τ>/ νυκτι ίτλήρης εγενετο ή σελήνη. φθόνος μεγιστον κακόν τοις φθονεροΐς. εν τω νυν χρόνω ούχ ίκανως οί γεροντες τιμώνται. ασφάλειαν παρεχουσι τοις πολίταις οί νόμοι. εν εκεινω τω καιρώ οί τριάκοντα ετνράννευον. διανεμουσι σΐτον τοις ιτολίταις οί άρχοντες. ύπηρετεΐν τυ\ ιτόλει δει τους ιτοΚιτας. τω πλήθει ού βουλομενω ην ο πόλεμος. α μοι φαίνεται βέλτιστα, ταύτα πράττω. πολλοίς ή γλωττα προτρεχει της διανοίας. ο Κΰρος εν Λυδία παράδεισον αυτός κατ-εφύτευσεν. εν τω τότε οί Λακεδαιμόνιοι τον γέροντα ετιμων. Μαραθωνι κα\ Ίϊαλαμΐνι κα\ Τίλαταιασιν ενίκησαν τους βαρβάρους οί Αθηναίοι. βοήθειαν τοις Άθηναίοις οί ΓΙλαταί^? μόνοι επεμ^ΐταν. C. Dative for Instrumental· (ί.) Dative of the Instrument. 76. ράβδω τόπτεΐΓ, ' to beat with a stick.' ξίφ€ΐ άττοθαμ€ΐν, ' to be slain by the sword.' χρώμαί σοι φίλω, {I make use of you (i. e. treat you) as a friend/ Latin, ' utor te\ amico.'xiii.] THE DATIVE CASE. 43 This Dative of the Instrument is used, like the Latin Ablative of the Instrument, to express, with a Comparative, the measure of excess or defect. Thus, ττοΧΧω ςλάσσων, μζίζων, &c., ζ much less,' 4 greater,5 &c., really mean ' by much less/ 'greater,' &c. But the question ' By what instrument ?' is really equivalent to the question fIn what manner?' Hence we get the— (ii.) Dative of the Manner. 77. βία darrjkeev, σιγτϊ, δρόμω, &c., ' he entered by force, in silence, at a run,5 &c. To this Dative of the Manner also probably belongs what may be called the Dative of Equip- ment or Military Dative, seen in such phrases as— ττοΧλω στρατω, όλίγαΐξ μαυσ!ι>, ού μεγάλτ) \eipl άφικνεισθαι, c to arrive with a large army, a few ships, no great force,' See. (iii.) Dative of Accompaniment. 78. σύι> τω αδελφω ηλθοκ, £ I came with my brother.' Observe that the Preposition συν—Latin cum, e together with'—is almost always found with this Dative of Accompaniment, avros (see § 46) being the only word with which it is regularly omitted. auTois Ιματιοις άπέβαψςν kavTov iv τω ποταμω, 'he dipped himself, clothes and all, in the stream.'44 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiy. (vii.) Dative of the Living Agent. 79. It is probable that in this usage the living agent is looked upon rather as the Instrument. This Dative is almost confined, in good prose, to the Verbal Adjective (see § 152), ami to the Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses of Passive Verbs. τα ejjioi πεπραγμένα νμϊν Ζρώ, 61 will tell you the things that have been done by me? Examples. Προμηθευς ε§ωκε τοις άνθρώποις το πυρ. εβαΧΧον τον φονεα Χίθοις, Χόγω μεν ευ 7τοιεϊ ημάς5 εργφ Se κακώς ποιεί. αγνοία ηαεΐς τότε ήμ,αρτάνομεν. αύτοϊς τοις οπΧοις εΐΧε τους Ιππίας. ναυσ\ κα\ πεζω ενικηθησαν ol βάρβαροι. α εμο\ πεπρακται, πάντα δίκαια εστίν. 8ιακοσίαις vavcrlv ηΧθεν ό βασιλεύς. παντί τρόπω επειρωντο αποφυγών. αληθη εστί πάνθ' α τω κηρυκι άπ-ήγγεΧται. τον στρατηγον αυτω ΐππω ηφανισεν. κραυγή τroXXfj έπ-^εσαν οι ποΧεμιοι. φοβούμεθα μη ημάς αύταΐς ταΐς τριήρεσι κατα§ύ<τtj. XIV. Prepositions. 80. The ambiguity which might have arisen from the variety of meanings exhibited by theXIV.] PREPOSITIONS. 45 cases, is in a great measure avoided by the use of a class of words called Prepositions1. To take a single instance, του υδατο§ may mean 'of/ 'from/ 'on,' 'some of/ 'than/ or 'by means of the water;9 but if Ik, ' out of/ be put before it, Ik του uScn-os can mean nothing but4 out of the water.' It is therefore more accurate to say that Preposi- tions define the particular meaning belonging to a case, than to say that they govern that case or endow it with a new meaning. The general mean- ing is always fixed by the nature of the case itself. 4 It is the case which borrows the aid of the Preposition, not the Preposition which requires that of the case 5 (Farrar). And of course no case will borrow the aid of any preposition the root idea of which is contradictory to its own2. Hence there are some Prepositions which are used with one case, but are never found in the company of any other. For instance, Prepositions which denote (i) motion from, are only found with the Genitive ; (a) rest aiy are only found with the Dative ; (3) motion to, are only found with the Accusative. 1 ιτροθέσαε—praeverbia—so called because in composition with verbs or nouns they always stand before the verb or noun. At an early date most of these words were Adverbs; at a still earlier date all Adverbs were recognisable as compounds, or as case-forms of inflected stems. 2 Just as, in English, we could not attach the preposition 'at,' which indicates '«si,' to the word 'homewards,* which denotes • motion. For the ideas of motion and rest are mutually contra- dictory.φ SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiV. 81. I. The following Prepositions only stand with a single Case. With the Genitive only—άπο, (ck), άμτι, προ, a^eu, άτ€ρ. από—Lat. aby ' away from.' Literally— (a) of space ; αφ' ίππων αλλεσθαι, ' to leap from one's chariot.' (b) of time; άπο τήσΰς τή$ νυκτός, 4 from this night': αφ' ου, 'since.' Metaphorically— (c) of any origin,, descent, or cause; από ηνος αρχεσθαι, καλείσθαι, e to begin with, to be called some one.' . 82. ii. εξ («κ)—Lat. (^), ^ 'out of.' Literally— (#) of space; εκ της πόλεως, ' out of the city.' (£) of time ; e£ o£, ex quo,' since.' Metaphorically— (c) of origin,, material, cause, &c.; εκ τούτων, Springing out of,' 'in consequence of these things.' The Genitive with e£ and άπο is always the GV/zz- /m? of Ablation, literal or metaphorical (see §§58,59)· Note that e* often implies motion from interior, άπο motion from the exterior. Thus a besieging army would come άπο της πόλεως, but the besieged force would issue εκ της πόλεως. The same distinction holds good between ab urbe and ex urbe in Latin. -XIV.] PREPOSITIONS. 47 83. iii. dm—Lat. ante, 'opposite.' Literally— (a) of space ; ' opposite/ a usage which is only now seen in the compound Ιναντίον. Metaphorically— (1b) instead of; αντί χρνσου χαλκός, ' brass in- stead of gold.5 (ic) on account of; ανθέων, 'wherefore.' 84. iv. προ—Lat. pro, prae—Eng. fore, 4 in front of,' ' before.' Literally— (a) of space; προ Θύρας, 'before the door.' (b) of time ; προ τούδε, (before now.' Metaphorically— (c) προ παίδων μάγζσθαι, 'to fight in front of, (i. e. in defence of) one's children:' προ τούτων τάδε αιρόνμαι, 'I choose these before those.5 No clear distinction can be drawn between προ δουλείας and αντί bovXeias θάνατον £λ4σθαι, ' to choose death instead of slavery/ 85. v. αι>€υ ι both mean (withoutI and take the arep J Genitive of want (p. 2j). The Genitive often accompanies the words πλην, 'except/ αλις, 'enough,' evem, (on account of,* and also the adverbial accusatives δίκην, ' like J χάριν, (on account of,' and the various adverbs of place and time. With the Dative only—Iv, συν. 86. i. iv—Lat. in with Abl.—'rest in.'48 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiY. Literally— {a) of space ; ev rff οίκια, ' in the house ev ύμΐν, ' among you,' (b) of time ; ev τω Bepei> 'in the summer.' Metaphorically— (c) of manner ; ev τάχζι, 'with speed ev δολω, 'craftily.' 87. When iv is found before a Genitive, it is because a Dative has been left out. Thus iv Σωκράτους stands for ev Σωκράτους οΙκία, rin Socrates' house.' eh χ€Ϊpas λαβείν τι is ' to take into one's hands iv χερσι λαβείν τι is c to take—and hold—in one's hands.' 88. ii. σύν (ξύν)—Lat. cum, ' together with,' Literally—■ (α) συν τοΐς παισιν ηλθον,41 came with my boys.' Μ etaphorically— (b) συν τάχει, cwith speed/ Observe that the Dative stands also with the semi- prepositions αμα, δμον, and with the adverbs Ιξ Ισου, ομοίως, &C. With the Accusative only—els, (ώ$, rare). 89. i. els (Is)—(Lat. in with Accus.),f motion to.' Literally—: (a) of space ; eh την νήσον, 'to the island.' (J?) of time ; els το λοιπός,c for the future.' Metaphorically— (c) els δνναμιν, £up to my power;' els εκατόν, ' up to a hundred.'XIV.] PREPOSITIONS. 49 ds like ev is used elliptically with a Genitive, as in els "Ahov (sc. δο/χοζ>), ' into (the house) of Hades/ 90. ii. ώ$. ω? ror βασιλέα eXOeiv, e to come into the king's presence.' Probably this use of ως (itself not properly a preposition) is due to the omission of one of the prepositions els, em or irpos, which were frequently preceded by ώ?. Thus is αντον may stand for &>s els, eirl or irpos αυτόν. 91. II. Prepositions that stand with two cases— άνα} κατά, δια, wep. Other Prepositions are used with more than one case, but not with all. For example, ava is never used with the Genitive, and only in poetry with the Dative; while κατα, bta and virep are never found with the Dative. The usage of these four Prepositions is as follows:— 92. && (cp.arw)·—Hip] 'up through' = 'over' with a notion of completeness : compare 4 to reckon up? With Accusative— Literally— (α) ανά ρόον, e up stream/ adverso flumine. (b) ava πάσαν γην, ζ over every land.' Metaphorically— (c) ava τ pels, ' by threes ;' ava ixepos; ' by turns;* ava λόγον, 'according to reckoning,' i.e. c proportionally' [analogous). ava, with Dative, up-on, c upon,' is only found in Poetry :—evbei ava σκήπτρω Alos aeros, ' the eagle sleeps upon the sceptre of Zeus/ Ε5© SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiV. 93. κατά (cp. κάτω)—the opposite of ova—down- ward motion along. i. With Accusative— Literally— (a) of space; κατα ρόον, ' down stream,5 secundo flumine. (a2) κατα το στράτευμα μίγα πένθος ην, ' there was great mourning throughout the army/ (b) of time; κατα τον αντον χρόνον> ' about the same time/ Μ etaphorically— (c) τα κατα νόμον, ' things according to law/ 94. ii. With Genitive— Literally— (a) down from ; κατα ^Ολύμπου ίβη,(down from Olympus he came/ Μ etaphorically— (b) with reference to ; not always, but often in the sense of hostility againstl; κατά twos Xiyeiv,6 to speak against one/ 95. διά—ethrough'—[connected with bvo, twoy between\. 1 This is a common meaning of κατά in composition with Verbs, Thus:— καταφρονίΐν, * to think against, despise/ κατηγορών, * to speak against, accuse/ καταψ^νώσκαν, ' to decide against, condemn When one of these Verbs, e. g. καταψρον€ΐν, governs an Accusative it is because the force of the κατά is no longer separately felt, the whole idea of the Verb having become a simple conception. Compare κατ€πιορκ€Ϊν τινά and τινά».XIV.] PREPOSITIONS. 51 i. With. Genitive— Literally— (a) of place,' through and out of;' bia της πόλεως peΐ ο πόταμος, 6the river flows through the city/ (l>) of time, ς throughout ovbtls δια βίου ευτυχής ϊστιν, e no man is fortunate throughout his life.5 (c) of an interval of time; δια χρόνου, c after an interval.' Metaphorically— (d) per, by means of; denoting the instrument not the agent, because the action passes to completion through the instrument; hC €μοϋ πάσχειςi you suffer by means of me:' δια των οφθαλμών όρώμςν3 6 we see with (through) our eyes.' 96. ii. With Accusative—'through and towards;' only used metaphorically, 'for the sake of,5 'on account of.' δια το αθλον hτόνησα, c I worked for the prize.' hi ejute ίπαθςν ο πατήρ, i my father suffered for my sake.' Observe that with the Genitive δια denotes the instrument; with the Accusative, the cause. 97· υττβρ—Lat. super—Germ, iiber, cup] £over' With Genitive— Literally— (a) (position) 'over'—'super;' virep θαλάσσης, £ overhanging the sea/ Ε %52 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiV. Metaphorically— (b) ' on behalf ofvirep εμον rhe spoke for me.' 98. With Accusative—4 over and beyond,' 'ultra.' Literally— (α) νττβρ την θάλασσαν, ( beyond the sea.' Metaphorically— (b) vitep h-ύναμιν, ' above (one's) strength.' 99; III. Some Prepositions are used with all the cases. For whenever the root idea of a Preposition is such as not to contradict the root idea of any of the cases, then it is natural for that Proposition to stand with any of the casesx. 100. i. τταρά denotes proximity. The three ideas of motion to, rest at, and motion from, which attach respectively to the Accusative, Dative, and Genitive Case (see §§ 50, 57, 71), may all be easily combined with the idea of proximity, so as to result in the three compound notions of— to the side of, at the side of, and from the side of. Hence we have :— παρά τον βασιλέα ieVai, c to go into the king's presence.' παρά τω βασιλεϊ etmi, '.to be in the king's pre- sence.' 1 See foot-note to § 80.XIV.] PREPOSITIONS. 53 παρά του βασιλέως έλθεις 'to come1 from the king's presence.' Such are the main uses of τταρα, but there are some special meanings that it bears in connexion with the Accusative, which must be carefully dis- tinguished from each other. 101. (i.) Akin to the use of 7ταρα with an Accu- sative after a Verb of motion is its use after a Verb of Rest, when the idea of motion is implied rather than expressed. παρ' ϊστασο, ' (come and) stand by my side.' 102. (ii.) One thing may be put by the side of another, either (a) for the sake of Comparison, or (b) for the sake of Classification. (a) avbptLos et 7ταρα πάνθ1 οντινονν, 4 you are brave in comparison with (lit. when placed by the side of) any one.' (b) παρ ovbiv σ€ ποιούμαι3 c I esteem you as (lit. by the side of, i. e. in the same class with) nothing.' 103. (iii.) From 7ταρα with the Accusative, de- noting motion to the side of comes παρά with the Accusative denoting extent by the side of, just as we found the Accusative of Extension arising from that of Motion (see §§ 50, 51). η 7ταρα θάλατταν Μακώονία, ' Macedonia along the sea coast.' 1 Cf. the French ' Venir de chez quelqu'un/54 SIMPLE SENTENCES.. 104. (iv.) This notion of Extent in space is naturally transferred to Duration in time. τταρα πάντα τον βίον, ' during all one's life.' 105. (v.) Again, movement continued along the whole length of an object may end in movement beyond it. 7ταρα την Βαβυλώνα παριίναι, (to pass beyond Babylon5 (to leave Babylon on one side). 106. (vi.) From this there is no difficulty in passing to such metaphorical phrases as— τταρα την δνναμιν, c beyond one's power/ 107. (vii.) And when the context makes it clear that it is a duty not to go beyond, but to keep along- side of \ we translate by contrary to \ τταρα τους νόμους, 'contrary to.the laws.' τταρα το δίκαιον, * contrary to justice.' 108. (viii.) The road along which motion takes place is sometimes conceived as contributing to that motion. Thus τταρα answers to our colloquial 4 all along of' —' through.' τταρα σ€ γίγνζται η σωτηρία, ζ it is through you that the deliverance comes.' 109. (ix.) From the notion of actual passing by and so leaving on one side, [see (v.) above] comes the metaphorical one of Heaving on one side in consideration' omitting to take account of' 6 beside,' ' except.' ουκ ίστι 7ταρα ταντ* αλλα> 6 besides this, there is nothing else.' 1 In ti^is sense παρά is the exact opposite of κατά.XIV.] / prepositions. 55 παρ 1 tz> γράμμα αρκος ei, (a j oke on a man named Marcus, αρκος being another form for the com- moner άρκτος, 'a bear5) 'you are a bear, Marcus, but for one letter.' παρ kv πάλαισμα Ινίκησεν, 'he won, except in a single contest.' 7ταρα τοσούτον ήλθε κίνδυνου,c he came within such a degree of peril,' 'he was in such peril.' 110. ii. irpos—akin to προ—seems to mean cin front of—* προς της Βοιωτίας ΧαλκΙς κεΐται, € Chalds lies in front as regards Boeotia,' i. e. as we say, 4 off Boeotia,' προς τω λιμίνι Ιτττα ναΰς ήσαν, (there were seven ships at the harbour·' προς τον λιμένα απέπλευσαν, 6 they sailed off to the harbour.' 111. Especially note the meanings of πρό$ τούτωy, 4 in consequence of this.' irpos τούτοις, c in addition to these things/ irpos ταύτα, c with reference to this/ ' wherefore.' 112. iii. cm denotes superposition. (i) With Genitive of place-relationship in the sense of— {α) ζ upon ;y επί της κεφαλής φορέΐ το άχθος, 6 he carries the load on2 his head/ 1 Jac. Anthol. quoted by Liddeli and Scott. 2 Occasionally a Dative is found thus after hrl with little or no difference of meaning.56 SIMPLE SENTENCES. From this comes the idea of— (b) proximity, as we say 'one evil follows Upon another ;5 στήσαί τι, να €πϊ τον άρχοντος, 'to bring a man before the magistrate.' (c) 6 towards Ιπ''Αθηνών επορβύζτο,(he was on his way towards1 Athens.' [Cf. 'He marched upon Athens.'] (d) cz>z,' or ' at,' (Genitive of Time)— in ψου,1 in my lifetime.' em Σωκράτους, ' in the lifetime of Socrates.' €7ji των κινδύνων, ' in times of danger.' 113. (%). With Dative— (a) of position at (§ 72), denoting fixity at or over:— 67Γ6 rats πν\αι$ οίκονσιν, 4 they dwell at the gates.' em' τινί Aeyetr, 'to speak over a man's grave.' (b) in such metaphorical phrases as,— em τοΐσ-δβ, c on these conditions.' τα tcj) ημϊν, ' that which rests on us,' (1. e. is in our power). 114. (3) With Accusative of motion towards, (often with a view to superposition)— emtovs Oepaas Uvai, £ to march against the Persians.' ιππον άναβαίνειΡ, 'to mount on horseback.' But €(j> ΐππου διώ/cetr, ' to pursue on horseback.' 1 kirl with Genitivq is towards, krrl with the Accusative is to over-against. A man may go W οίκον, * homewards,' without going W οίκον,' home.1xiv.] prepositions. 57 115. iv. όπο denotes subterposition, (Lat. sub):— (x) With Genitive— (a) of place, c under? \from under:'— νττο τή$ πλατάνου ίστη, ' he stood under the plane- tree/ ντϊο τον apveiov ελυόμην, 'I disengaged myself from under the ram.' (b) of cause, 4 by:'— vti ϊμοΰ ϊπράχθη, 6 it was done by me.5 (3) With Dative of position at (§ 72)—cunder! νττο τω Ιματίω Ζγζι την αλώπζκα, (he has the fox tinder his coat.' (3) With Accusative of motion to (§ 51)— '-up to ? νπο την ττόλιν 77ορζνζσθαι, £ to come up to the city.' 116. v. μβτά—Germ, mit,-—denotes ' between? (1) With Genitive of place, in the sense of 'between—> μζτα των τταώών,ζ with the children.' (2) With Dative of position at—μ*τά τοΐσδe, 'among these.' This usage, however, is not found in Attic Greek, 117. (3) With Accusative of motion to—in the sense of ' after? an idea of succession being involved : — μζτα ταύτα, ' after these things.' μζτα τούτο το eros, £ after that year.' 118. The meanings of άμφΐ and περί, with the different cases, are difficult to define; άμφϊ (akin58 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xiY. to Latin ambo) is said to mean c on both sides/ 7T€pl, ' all round.' vi. άμφΐ,6 about,' is rarely found, except in poetry, with any case but the Accusative, and even with the Accusative rarely in Prose:— οΐάμφϊ "Ανυτον, 1 Anytus and his associates.' άμφϊ ϊκατον, ' about a hundred.' 119. vii. iT€pl} caround,' 'about.' (a) With Accusative seems to imply— (1) ζ all around,'c somewhere about: *— Kepi Σνρακονσας οίκοϋσιν, ' they dwell round Syracuse/ (2) 4 concerning,' 5 about :*— 7τςρΐ rqv πάλιν αγαθοί iyevovro, c they showed them- selves valiant men about (i.e. with regard to) the state.' 120. {b) With Genitive, as with the Accusative, ' concerning,' 'about— 7τ€ρϊ τούτων €βονλ€νον ούτως, ' about that matter they decided thus.' 121. (c) With Dative,' about,' especially of a part of the body :— περί τοις στίρνοις χιτώνας φορονσιν, 'they wear tunics about their chests/ TTtpl τοΐς ξίφξσιν ίπ^σον, c they fell upon their swords.'XIV. J PREPOSITIONS. 59 122. Learn the following Prepositional phrases by heart:— κατά το αντο, c eodem tempore/ κατα ταντα, 'in the same way.' ava πασαν ήμζραν, £ day by day.' καθ' ήμέραν, ' day by day,' * daily.' παρ' ημίραν (' day by day'), e every other day.5 μ€0* ήμέραν, 4 in the day-time.' (Lit. 'after day- break '). 06 από της Στοάς, 'the (men) from the porch/ 4 the Stoics.' άπ έλπβος, ζ unexpectedly.' αϊτο φανερού, c openly.' παρ' £αντω γςι^σθαι, ' to come to oneself.' efc ev Ζρχςσθαι,' to come to an agreement.' ουκ άπο σκοπού Xiyetv, £to speak to (not away from) the point.' bi ϊρμηνέως Xiytiv, 'to speak by (means of) an interpreter.' αφ' Ιππου μάχ^σθαι, Lat. ex equo pugnare, ' to fight on horseback.' τταρ' €μοΙ, ' in my opinion,' meo judicio. μζτα χ€Ϊρας ζχειν, 'to have in hand.' οι δια μέσον, ' the neutral party/ κατά τον νόμον, ' according to the law.' ol κατα χθονος, ' those below the earth.' ot κατα χθόνα, ' those upon the earth.' παρα μικρόν, 4 within a little/ 'almost.' [ 7ταρ ολίγας ψήφους, ζ by a small majority/ παρ ovhev ποιέίσθαι, ' nihili facere.' νπο τψ έ'ω, ζ towards the morning/6o SlilPLE SENTENCES. νπο νύκτα, 'sub noctem,' 'towards nightfall.' δια δεκάτου (ίτους, ' every tenth year.' κατα γην και κατα ΘάΧατταν, c by sea and land.' 01 isepl Πλάτωνα, ' Plato's associates.' τα Trepl την δίκην, ζ what pertains to the suit.' *'f\ 'MoS \ «··<««>. ί great 1 import. Vff* παντός WtoreGkon < of paramount V , ■nepl ovbevos) Λ of no ) μ era τώ*> νεκρών κείσθαι, Ίο lie with the dead.' ^7τϊ to ττολυ, or, ω? επί 70 ττολυ, 4 for the most part.' εφ' εαυτοϋ, ' by oneself.' παρ* eaurou, sud sponte. ίττ' οίκον, ' homewards.' προ? 0e I sell. (ca)s with acc., Duco γαμονμαι, with datM Nubo uxor em. vtro. γράφω, I write. γράφομαι, I indict. δανείζω, I lend· δανείζομαι, I borrow. θΰναι νόμους, of a despot. Btarticu νόμους,q{ constitutional legislation. τνπτο-μα-μι«1 hit-I-me'11 hit myself.' In Latin the so-called Passive is properly Middle also, being formed by the addition of the Reflexive u to the several parts of the Active. And traces of the Middle meaning are clearly seen in many words, such as fgror, vekor, accingor, etc.7% SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XVL Active. Sttvat οΙκίαν, to mortgage a house. Χανθάνω} I lie bid. λοι3ορ<ω(ώ) τινα, 1 abuse* λνίται, to set free. μκτΰόωζω)) I let. πανω 1t I make to cease* ΐΓίίθω, I persuade. ποΐ£ω(ω) \6yov, I compose a speech. 7Γ&\(μον ποιώ, I cause a war. σκοπώ, I look. awep'da), I pour a libation, στίτλλαϊ, I send. σνμβονΧ^νω τιρί, I advise. φοβ*ω(ω), I frighten. φράζω, I speak. r to give an oracle. χρηραί, to lend. Middle. θίσθαι οικίαρ» to take a house on mortgage. λανθάνομαι, I forget. Χοώορονμαίτινι, I quarrel with. λυνασθαί) to ransom. μκτθονμαι, 1 hire. navopaij I cease. πείθομαι, I obey. ποιούμαι λόγον, I deliver a speech. ΐΐάλςμον ττοωνμαι, I carry on war. σκ&πουμαι, I consider. σπίνδομαι, I make a treaty, στέλλομαι, I set out. συμβουλεύομαι rtvi, I ask ad- vice. φοβούμαι> I fear. φράζομαι, I think. ito consult an oracle, to borrow. 138. The following list of Verbs whose Future Middle is used in a Passive sense should also be learned by heart:— άδικησομαι, I shall be wronged, ίαταλλάξομαι, I shall be freed from. άλώσομαι 2j I shall be caught. 1 It is a curious fact that in the Imperative of the Middle, while the Aorist τανσαΛ remained in use, the Present *aiW was replaced by the Active wavt in ^n intransitive sense. * The Passive Sense is not confined in this Verb to the Future. £Iot only is άλίσκομαι itself Passive in meaning, but even Ιάλωχα and Ιάλχνν, in spite of their Active forms, are Passive also.XVII.] THE PARTICIPLE. 73 Χουσάμενοι anτ-ηΧθον οί παίδες. κατ-εστρε^αντο πάντας τους πολεμίους. παύσασθε ΧαΧουντες9 ω παίδες. ΜεΧητος Σωκράτη ασεβείας εγρά^ατο. επειθον εμε πείθεσθαι τοις Άθηναίοις. τιμήσονται ύπο πάντων ol αγαθοί βασιΧεΐς. ταύτα σκοπούμενοι εΧύσαντο τους ποΧίτας. αίροΰνται οι τριακόσιοι θάνατον αντ\ δουΧείας. φοβούμενος τους κύνας ό Χαγώς τους βατράχους εψόβει. εγώ μεν αρχω της νήσου τησδε} συ δε της ηπείρου τυραννεύεις. τετταρας ημέρας εσπείσαντο οί Αθηναίοι κα\ οί Λακεδαιμόνιοι. απ-εδιδόμην την οίκίαν ην εθηκε, κα\ τα χρήματα αΰτω απ-εδωκα. εγώ μεν αε\ παρά σου άδικήσομαι, συ δε χαίρων εάσει ταύτα ποιεΐν; τρία τάΧαντα δανεισάμενος, τα δύο τω άδελφω εδάνειζον* παύσασθε άμαρτάνοντες και μη πείθεσθε τοις άνο- σιωτάτοις άνδράσι. XVII. The Participle. 139. The Participles are more numerous and more widely used in Greek than in Latin. It is, indeed, owing to the existence of a com-74 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xvii. plete system of active Past Participles in Greek, that there is so great a divergence between Greek and Latin idioms :—e. g. ταύτα ποιήσας, and τούτων πβποιημει/ωμ must both be turned, in Latin, if we use a Participial construction at all, by ' his factis.' (i.) Participle with Article. 140. A Participle preceded by the Article^ may always be translated by a Noun or a Noun-phrase. The Article or an equivalent for it must always be retained in English. Thus:— ol ttKovtovvt€s, € the rich.' ol κρατήσαντβς, i the victors.' ol €\θόντ€$,'those who came,' ' ii qui venerunt.' τους £λθ όντας, ' those who came,' ' eos qui vene- runt.' , f (ii.) Participle without the Article. 141. The Participle when not preceded by the Article denotes accessory circumstances of time, manner, or cause, and may be translated in many different ways, but never by the use of the Article. Observe the following:— λέγω βονλόμζνος δςΐξαι, ζ Ι speak because I wish to show.'. . .' λτ}ζόμ€νοι ζωσιν, ' they live by plundering)/ γζλων 2φη, c he said with a smile.' χαίρων άπ-ήλλαξζν, ' he got off scot-free' (lit. re- joicing). φέρων ξίφος ήλθεν, (he came with a sword/ 1 See § 18, for the ellipse of * man,'4 woman,' &c.XVII.] THE PARTICIPLE. 75 αγων1 ΐππον ήκα, ' he has come with a horse.5 χρώμζνος τέχντ) ενίκησα, ζ I conquered by the use of strategy.5 λίγων ταύτα amrja, c with these words he went away.5 κακά δράσας κακά πβισβι, ζ you will smart for doing in: 142. Every such participle may also be turned either (a) by a subordinate clause, or (b) by a co-ordinate or parallel clause with a connecting word. Thus (α) ταντα ΰράσας απ-ήλθβν, 6 when he had done this, he came away.' (b) μολόντςς ενξαντο τω Δ it, 6they came, and prayed to Zeus.5 •143. The ambiguity in such a sentence as s. Thus :— άμα φ€υγοντ€$, 6 while they were fleeing.' Kaiirep φζνγοντ€$, (though they were fleeing.5 &τ€ favyovres, c because they were fleeing.5 So too μζταζν betirνονσα, c during her dinner.5 are τιαϊς ων, ζ seeing that he is a boy.5 1 Generally speaking, ayetv is used of men and cattle, ip€iv (as in last sentence) of things. Thus dyt-iv real φέραν, Lat. agere et ferre — * to sweep a country of all its plunder.'η 6 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xVII. ενθνς Ιδων, ' at the moment of seeing/ or ' immedi- ately upon seeing.' ως αδικηθείς, ςοη the ground of having been injured.' Examples. air-ίω μεν τα οιτλα άγοντες. τους τα γρηματα κλεψαντας αύτοι κολάσετε, τιμώντες τους τεκόντας αυτοί τιμήν δέζεσθε. ευ γ εττοίησας ταυτά μοι δηλώσας. βιασάμενοι εζ^εττλευσαν ol ναΰται. ομιλούντες τοις ττονηροϊς πονηροί αύτοι *γενήσεσθε. παρα των υμας αδικησάντων ημείς δίκην λη^όμεθα. ταύτα ενθυμούμενος9 ύπ-εσγομην πάλιν ιταρ-εσεσθαι. επεμ^αν τας ναΰς πλευσουμενας ες τον λιμένα. ~ νικήσαντες τους πολεμίους τροπαΐον έστησαν. αμα πορευόμενος τα Ίχνη των αδελφών άν-εΰρον, διαβάντες τον ιτοταμον άν-εβησαν ειγι το ορος. άπ-εφυγον οι κήρυκες άπ-αγγείλαντες τα εν-τεταλ- μενα. ελών την πόλιν τοις βαρβάροις ο στρατηγός παρ- εδωκεν. αύτοις τοις εζ Αθηνών πεμφθεΐσιν ημείς τον χρυσον απο-δώσομεν. κατα-πλαγεντες τ$ συμφορά ενικήθησαν οι στρα- τιώται. ομιλούντες τοις καλοΐς και αγαθοΐς αμείνονες οι παίδες αύτοι εαυτών γεγενηνται.XYIl.] THE PARTICIPLE. 77 §υόιν Seovcrag είκοσι ναΰς ol πολέμιοι ίΧόντες τας αΧλας έν-έττρησαν. της αΰτης ζημίας αζιοι οί σνγ-κρύτττοντες τοις άμαρ- τάνουσιν. (iii.) Participle after Verbs of Percep- tion &c. 144. A Participle is often attached to the direct object of Verbs denoting perception, knowledge, or experience, so as to modify or restrict their meaning. Thus ορώ τον παΐδα τρέχοντα is exactly rendered by c I see the boy running.5 But ψαθον τους κριτάς παρόντα* is Ί learned'—not c the judges,' but—'the- judges-being-present/i.e. 61 learned that the judges were present1/ RULE.—The Participial Construction after verbs of perception, knowledge, and experience is equivalent in meaning to the Accusative with the Infinitive in Latin, and must be translated into English by an Object clause introduced by s that.' Examples. oiSa ανθρωττον θνητον οντά. ακούω αντου λέγοντος. κατ-eiSov την νανν απο-πλέουσαν. μη μοι αχθβσ-θβ XiyovTi ταληθη. 1 Such participial phrases are sometimes to be translated by an abstract noun, as φρόντιζ* δ τι των σων κτημάτων άπ-ολόμ€νον μέλλαε χα\€πώτατα €peiv, * Consider which of your possessions you would be most grieved at the loss of.'78 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xvii. ηκουσά ιrote Σωκράτους δια-Χ&γομίνου. τον κριτην clSikov οντα φσθοντο ol κλίπται, αισχρού εσ*τί ιrepiopav τους φίλους ά§ικουμ€νους. οΙ^Ελληνβς ουκ jfjSecrav τον Ίίΰρον τβθνηκότα. όρω τον πόλεμον ύμΐν πολλών κακών α'ίτιον γεγενη- μενον. Besides the Verbs instanced above, are πννθάνο- μαι, επίσταμαι, γιγνώσκω, μέμνημαί, όράω(ώ), περι,οράωζω), ζτΐίλανθάνομαι, δ?]λοω(ώ)5 δςίκννμι, εξελέγχω, άγγελλω, ευρίσκω, παύω, καταλαμβάνω, φωρω. (iv.) Attraction of Participial object to the Case of the Subject. 145. When the subject of the Verb and the subject of the Participle are identical, the Participle is attracted into the case of the subject. See also § 176 on the Infinitive. Thus οϊδα eyo> εμε θνητον οντα becomes οΐδα θι>ητο$ ων, * I know that I am a mortal.' To the Verbs enumerated in the last section may be added the following Intransitive Verbs, which likewise take the Participial Construction :— τυγχάνω φαίνομαι κάμνω δήλος είμι λανθάνω αιδούμαι άπεΐτον φανερός είμι φθάνω αίσχννομαί &c. Thus:— ετνχον παρόντες, (they happened being-present,' I. e. * to be present?XVII.] THE PARTICIPLE. 79 ελαθόν σε 7τάρων6I escaped-your-notice, being present,' i. e. ' I was there unobserved by you.' εφθην αυτόν ελθων \ 61 anticipated him, coming,'* i. e. 41 came before him.' Examples. ϊσθι αρχόμενος ύπο των Λακεδαιμονίων. εττίσταμαι της συμφοράς αίτιος γεγενη μένος, ουκ €7ταύοντο ταύτα τους τταΐδας διδάσκοντες, άρα ομολογείς ουκ είδως ταύτα; μη κάμρς ευεργετών τους πλησίον. δηΧοι ησαν νικηθεντες οί εν τγ ίγόΧει. ωμοΧόγουν τους ευ εμε nτοιήσαντας κακώς δράσας. ετυγον καθεύδοντες εν Trj αγορα πεντήκοντα όπΧΐται. ό Ιίροΐσος τον ψονεα του ιταιδος εΧανθανε βοσκών, εώρων αυτοί μενάμαρτόντες, εκείνους δε αναίτιους οντάς. (v.) Distinction between Participial and Infinitival Construction with same Verb. 146. Not a few of the Verbs just enumerated admit of being followed by an Infinitive as well as by a participle. It is very important to notice the difference of meaning produced when the Infini- * tive is employed. Thus, φαίνομαι ώμ, 'I manifestly am/ differs from ψαύομαι φαι, ' I appear to be,' just as videtur me esse, differs in sense from videor esse. oiba αγαθός ων, ς I know that I am good οΐδα αγαθός είναι, '1 know how to be good.' 1 τταρήν ae λαθών, φθάσα$ αυτόν ήλθον, would have the same mean- ing as the sentences in the text.8o SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xvii. So tOOy μή αισχύνου ττ^μης ωμ, άλ\# αίσχύμου τιμά άδικήσαι, 'be not ashamed of being a-poor-man, but be-ashamed to-wrong any-one.' The participle, when in agreement with the subject, always denotes something prior in thought to the main verb. This will be seen if we trans- late the Participle with these verbs (according to § 142) by a separate clause. Thus oiba αγαθός ων, ζ I being good, know (it),' becomes 'I am good, and I know it.' It is clear that knowledge of a fact cannot precede the fact itself. 147. σύμοιδα εμαυτω and συγγιγμώσκω Ιμαυτω may have the participle which follows them either in the Nominative or Dative without change of meaning. Thus— συνοώα εμαντω άδικος ων} and σννοώα εμαυτω άδίκω ovtl, both mean c I am conscious of being unjust.' σνγγιγνώσκουσιν εαυτοΐς ήΰικηκότες or ήδικηκόσιν, 'they are conscious of having acted unjustly.5 Examples. Jxp ovv εμε εΧαθες σοφος ων; ySeiv τους παΐ8ας θνητούς γεννησας. εΧαθον εμαυτον εις kivSvvov 1τεσών. εφθην ευεργετών τον τον πατρός φίΧον. φαίνει συ τους Χόγους Χεγειν. τα ουν εμο\ φαινόμενα φαίνεται αληθή οντά, πάντα τινα αίσγυνεσθαι 8εϊ των σοφών καταφρο- νησα ι.xvii.] THE PARTICIPLE. εκάμνον οι Αθηναίοι ακούοντες τους τον Αριστείδου'· επαίνους. φανεροί εισιν οι βάρβαροι ύπο των Αθηναίων κατα- πλαγέντες. 6(rvvoiSa εμαυτω ovS* οτιουν1 ατοφος ων,' εφη ό Σω- κράτης. πρότερον μεν εφαίνετο άδικος είναι· νυν δε δίκαως ων φαίνεται. δήλος ει ούδεν ιταρα του σοφιστου τούδε αντί πολ- λών χρημάτων μαθών. ελαθε τους Λ,ακεδαιμονίους ό Θεμιστοκλής τα μακρα τείχη οίκοδομησας. (vi.) Genitive Absolute2. 148. When a Noun (dependent upon no other word in the sentence) is found in the Genitive Case with a Participle in agreement with it, it forms a distinct conjunctional or dependent clause, and is called a Genitive Absolute. Thus τελ€υτησαμτο5 του βασιλέως, ελεύθεροι εγενοντο ol δεσμωται, 6 when the king died (or, because of the king having died) the prisoners were set (lit. became) free/ τούτων λεχθέντων, άπεβην9 6 when this had been said, I went away.5 Note that the last sentence does not mean ' when that had been said by me, I went away.5 1 See § 53. 2 The origin , of this construction is probably to be found in the notion of cause so frequently seen in the Genitive. GSIMPLE SENTENCES. [χνπ. To express that, the Greeks would use the Active Past Participle in agreement with the Subject, ταϋτα €ίπων, άπέβην1. It is always possible, and almost always best, to translate a Genitive Absolute by a subordinate sen- tence introduced by some Conjunction such as} i as,' 4 because I ' whenl &c. From what has been already said, it will be seen without much difficulty that the subject of the Genitive Absolute cannot be the same as the Sub- ject or Object of the main verb. Do not confuse (α) του καθζύδοντος avbpos, (b) καΘ€νδοντος τον avbpos. Only the latter of these is a Genitive Absolute ; in the former the Participle from its position (see § 14) has become a mere attributive Adjective, ' of the sleeping man;' 149. With Verbs and phrases that denote an opinion or a statement, a Genitive Absolute is frequently preceded by cos :— ω$ €μον συν νμϊν ιόντος, οϋτω τη ν γνώμη ν Ιχίτε, c make yourselves sure that I am going with you.5 (vii.) The Accusative Absolute. 150. In the case of Impersonal Verbs or Phrases what is called the Accusative Absolute is often found; or in. other words, the Neuter of the Participle is- 1 Both τούτων λεχθέντων, άπέβην, and ταντα Ae£as, άπέβην, are convertible in Latin into ''His dictis, abii' (see § 139); but then there is no Active Past Participle in Latin,. save with Deponent Verbs*χϋιι.] the participle, 83 used in the Accusative with the following phrase for its subject. ν The words most usually found with this con- struction are, εξόμ, ιταρόΐ', μ€τόΐ} άδυματομ δ^, €ΐρημ^>ορ, δοκούν, δόξα^, ιΐαρέχορ. παροκ €μο\ ταντα ττοιεΐν, ουκ ζποίησα, 6 though it was in my power to do this, I did not do it.' 151. When the Accusative Absolute is found with Personal Verbs, it is almost invariably accom- panied by ώ§ or <3σΐΓ€ρ and denotes a belief or an opinion,, in opposition to a fact. Thus: — ωχόμην αναγόμενος, ω$ τον αδελφό^ vtto των ληστών άποθαί'όμτα, ' Ι was off to sea at once, tmder the im- pression that my brother had been killed by the pirates.' Examples. ιόντων ουΤως e-χόντων, Set ή μας air-ic ν αι. eXeiιθερώθεντων των δεσμωτών, €"χαρη η πόΧις, εύθνς δια-Χνθεισών των σπονδών, οί πολέμιοι την ημετεραν ειτ-ηΧθον, απο-θανόντος του στρατηγού, επαυσάμεθα ίτοΧε- μουντες. είρημενον αυτοί ς κατ-εΧθεΐν, ουπω ηκουσιν. α)? των ποΧεμίων νικηθεντων9 ατακτοι hτορευόμεθα, μεταξύ εμοΰ καθεύδοντος9 απ-εφυ^ον οί δεσμώται. άπο-πΧευσασων των νέων, οί πολΐται εδύναντο τοις πράγμασιν τον νουν1 προσ-εγειν, 1 In this phrase, 'to pay attention to,' προσέχειν may bemused G %84 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XVIII. ε!σ-ε\θοντων των βαρβάρων, ουκ έμειναν οί γεροντες. εκττεσόντος του τυράννου, ευδαιμονεστεροι εγενοντο οί ΊτόΧΐται. εξόν αύτοΐς απο-φυγεΐν, μενειν είΧοντο. Κύρος αν-εβη εττί τα ορη, ού§ενος κωΧύοντος. Ιστάμενου του μηνός, §εκάτη ην ήμερα. a7r-eX£7re9 την τάζιν, ως τον ττΧησίον τα τεταγμένα πράξοντα. XVIII. Verbal Adjective. 152. The Verbal Adjective (in -reos, -rea, -reW) is used in two ways :— (i.) Impersonally, governing the same case as the Verb from which it is derived: the subject, when expressed, standing in the Dative1. Thus :— άσκητεον εστίν (ήμΐν) τψ ά^την, (the-necessity-of- practising virtue is for us/ i.e.' we ought to practise virtue/ Examples. εττιθυμητεον εστ\ της αρετής. ςττιχειρητεον εστί τω εργω. alone with the Dative, and τον νουν left out. Just so, we say ' to show a mail out,' for 'to show a man the way out.' 1 Note the likeness here to the Latin gerundial usage. 4 Pugnan- dum est mihi,'' the necessity-of fighting is for me/ i.e. * I ought to fight/XVIII.] VERBAL ADJECTIVE. 85 ττολεμητεον εστ\ τοις βαρβάροις—(ambiguous). αφ-εκτεον εστι τοις τταισ\ του οίνου. κολαστεον εστί τους ύβριστάς. φενκτεον εστ\ ττασι την ασεβειαν. τον§€ τον 7τολεμου αντι-λητττεον εστίν. τους μέλλοντας ύβρίζειν κωλυτεον. εκ μιας αγκύρας την ναΰν ούχ όρμιστεον. ηρος εστι τούτον τον έργον άρκτεον ήμΐν. 7τειρατεον εστίν ημΐν $ίκην λαβείν τταρα του κλετττου. ωφελητεον εστ\ τω βασιλεΐ ιταντας τους αρχό- μενους. 153, Verbal Adjectives, when used thus imper- sonally, are often found in the Neuter Plural, as κολαστία εσύ τους κλέπτας, ' (we) must punish the thieves.' 154· (ii.) Personally,—like the Latin Gerundive, —in agreement with its noun, the subject being introduced as before. Thus άσκητεα (εστίν) (νμΐν) η αρετή, ' virtue is to-be- practised by you/ ' (you) ought to practise virtue.' φενκτεα η αναρχία' τοις δε νόμοις ττειστεον. Λτολαστεοί εϊσ\ν οί τον κριτην νβρίσαντες. εξαιρετέοι εισίν οί κακοί εκ της στρατιας. ουκ αττολειτττεα η εν τω σμηνει ήγεμών. βιωκτεα η σωφροσύνη ττασι τοις άν8ρείοις, €Ίτιθυμητεα εστ\ν η φιλία των αγαθών.86 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XIX. XIX, The Moods. 155. The various ways, manners, or modes in which the action or state expressed by the Verb may be regarded are called its Moods. When the Indicative Mood is used, that action or state is regarded as a fact; when the Imperative is used, it is regarded as a command; when the Subjunctive or Optative is used, it is regarded as a thought. The Infinitive. (i.) Infinitive as a Noun—its Declension. 156. Roughly speaking, the Infinitive or In- definite Mood is a Verbal1 Noun which represents the Verbal action in the most general way. We have a parallel to this usage in English; for ' I like to-walk' is the same as ' I like walking ;9 and ' walking' and 'to-walk' are both Verbal Npuns. 157· The Infinitive in Latin can be used as a noun only in the Nominative or Accusative Case. Thus:— £ Dttlce et decorum est pro patrid mori' Death in defence of one?s country is a sweet and glorious thing;' and - Sets vincere, Hannibal; victoria uti 1 More accurately the Greek Infinitive is a case of a disused verbal noun; just as the supines in um and u in Latin are the Accusative and Ablative respectively of a verbal noun, the other cases of which have generally fallen into disuse.xrx.] THE MOODS. 87 (not vincere uti) nescis,' 'You understand winning a victory, Hannibal, but not using one/ 158. But in Greek by the use of the Article the Infinitive may be thrown into the Genitive or Dative likewise. Thus :— το Ae'yetf του λαλεΐν Ιιαφέρπ, c speaking differs from chattering.' iv τω σωφρονζΐν ήδιστον βίος, 6 the pleasantest life lies in moderation.' αντο το αττο-θνήσκςιν πολλοί φοβούνται, 'many people are afraid of mere dying.' 159· A very common form of the Accusative- Infinitive is what may be called the Infinitive of Reference [vide Accusative of Reference § 53]. Thus we find beivos μά&ην and beivos μάχζσθαι used indifferently for ' terrible—skilful—in fight.' So too δυνατός^ ίκανος kiyeiv, c able, suitable to speak.' 160· But the Infinitive still retains its verbal character so far as (1) to govern the usual case of the Verb, as τό τοιαύτα ποιζϊν, i the doing of such things;' and (2) to require an Adverb rather than an Adjective to express an attribute. Thus 'good speaking' is το eS kiyeiv and never τό αγαθόν kiyeiv. Note that in the Infinitive, as well as in all the other Moods, with the single exception of the Indicative, the Aorist emphasizes the verbal action itself, the Present the continuance of it. Hence the Aorist is properly used of a single action in opposition to a series; χαλ€ττόν ζστιν ϊξαπαταν άνθρώπουε, αδύνατον rbv &edν άτιαιήσαι, 'It is difficult to go on deceiving men, it is impossible to deceive God at all.' ......88 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [ΧΙΧ· Examples. ανθρώπινόν εστι το φίλων επιθυμεΐν. ττιθανώτατος λεγειν ην ό ΤΙερικλης. οι ρήτορες εϊώθασι λεγειν μαλθακα άκοΰσαι. το τον α§ικήσαντα αντα&ικεϊν ουκ επαινετόν. εναντίον τω φιλεΐν εστί το μισεΐν. ούχ ή$υ πολλούς εχθρούς εχειν. άξιοι ηαταν θαυμαζεσθαι οι τριακόσιοι. ovSeh σοφος εγενετο αν ευ του πολλά παθεΐν. αντι του μάγεσθαι πείθεσθαι έθελει. καλόν το απο των εύ λεγόντων μανθανειν. οϊκονόμου αγαθού εστίν ευ οίκεΐν τον εαυτοΰ οίκον, γαλεπόν εστίν εζ-ευρεΐν το της Σφιγγος αίνιγμα, αζιός έστι θαυμάζεσθαι ύπο πάντων των πολιτών, το α§ικεΐν του ά§ικεΐσθαι κακιον ήμεΐς ήγώμεθα. Θεμιστοκλής ίκανώτατος ην κα\ γνωναι κα\ πράζαι. εκ του 7τολλά παθεΐν, μεμάθηκε τούς πλησίον οικτείρειν. (ϊί.) The Subject of the Infinitive. Its case not affected by the declension of the Infinitive. 161. In order to avoid confysion with the subject of the Finite Verb—which is always in the Nomina- tive Case—the subject of the Infinitive is, as in Latin, thrown into the Accusative. Thus :— αίσχρόν εστί το πολίτημ την τιόΚιν βλάπτειν, 'Turpe est civem civitati nocere,'XIX.] ΤΗΈ MOODS. 89 'It is a shame for a citizen to injure his country.' το Θανεϊν τιμά ύττερ της πατρίδος καλή 6σπ τύχη, ' It is a glorious lot for a man to die on behalf of his country.' 162. Observe that the subject of the Infinitive undergoes no change of case, although the whole phrase of which it forms a part is susceptible of declension. Thus :— εκ τον €jLi€ γελάσαι, 'from my having laughed.' iv τω πάντας ενΰαιμονειν, ' in the happiness of all.' Examples1. to ανθρώπους άμαρτάνειν ούδεν θαυμαστόν. €7τιθυμω του πάντας αγαθούς γενέσθαι. ησθην τω τους πλησίον nτΚουτον κτήσασθαι. ο νιrep τον ταύτα μη γενέσθαι αγών ίσ'χνρος ην. προς τω έμε ταντα παθεΐν τάδε με ετι μένει. Sip το τους ποΧεμίους παρεΐναι ουκέτι ήδυνηθημεν έζεΧθεΐν. δίκαιον το τον ηττω ύπο τον άμείνονος αργεσθαι. το αΧΧηΧοις φθονεϊν άνάξιόν έστιν ημων. επίθυμητέον έστι τον πάντας εΧευθέρους γενέσθαι, προς τω μηδέν παρα σου Χαβεΐν, ονδεν παρα του άδεΧφον ε'ίΧηφα. τις ουχ ηδεται τω τους τ$ πόΧει προθύμως νπηρε- τονντας εύτυγεΐν; προς το τα του ποΧεμου τάγυ πράττεσθαι συμφέρει το ενα κύριον είναι πάντων. 1 The subjects of the next six infinitives are put in black type.9o SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xix. (iii.) The Accusative with the Infinitive after Verbs of saying and thinking. 163. The Accusative with the Infinitive is the common construction after Verbs of saying and thinking (verba declarandi et sentiendi). 164. In reporting what has been said by some one else, it is possible—and, in the earliest times, it was probably necessary—to repeat the exact words of the speaker (Oratio Recta), either preceded or followed by the statement that he spoke them. 165. But owing partly, perhaps, to the confusion arising from the consequent presence of two Nomi- native subjects in such a sentence as 6 κήρυξ ayye'A- Xei, 6 Kvpos άπο Θνήσκει, 'the herald announces "Cyrus is dying,"' and partly, also, to the conception of the words reported as being really the object to the Verb of saying that introduces them, there arose a mode of reporting speech in which the subject of the reported statement was put in the Accusative, as if it were itself the grammatical object of the reporting Verb, while the Verb-predicate was thrown into the corresponding tense of the Infini- tive. Thus the above sentence became ό κήρυξ αγγΑλ€ΐ τον Κυρομ από θι>ήσκ€ΐι> (Oratio ObHqua). Table of Direct and Reported Speech. 166. O. R. Words actually used—Present Tense. ' Cyrus is dying,' ό Kvpos άπο θνήσκ€ΐ. Ο. Ο. Reported words—XIX.] THE MOODS. 91 ό κήρυξ ί ayy^^L l T£„ Κυροι> απο θμήσκειν. ( ιιγγζιλς ) The herald { announccs, I (that) Cyrus [ is d^; I announced J I was dying. 167. O. R. Words actually used—Past Tense. { Cyrus died,' 6 Kvpos airiOaveu. O. O. Reported words— ό κήρυξ ί lT^ Κυρομ άποθα^ίι/. ι ήγγπλε ) 3 t (that^ Cvrus I had died. The herald { announccs, } (that) Cyrus ( dM- l announced ) I 168. O. R. Words actually used—Future Tense. ' Cyrus will die,5 ό Κdpos άττοθανέιται. Ο. Ο. Reported words— ό κήρυξ I ayy*^€L lT£y Kypo»' άττοθανεΐσθομ. H 1 ήγγειλζ f announces ) /^λ4.\ ....... f will die. would die. The herald { announce^ I (that) Cyrus { ( announced ) \ 169. The above are the three tenses of the In- finitive that are most commonly in use. With some Verbs, however, there is a Perfect which can be employed. Thus :— O. R. Words actually used—Perfect. ' Cyrus is-dead,' ό Κ dpos τίθνηκξν. Ο. Ο. Reported words— δ κήρυξ l «>7*λλ€* I τόμ ΚΟρομ τίθεμαι. 1 ηγγει\€ ) The herald f announces I (that) Cyrus { * deaf- J I announced J i was dead.92 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [XIX. 170. It will be found useful in any case of diffi- culty with what is called Oratio Obliqua, to turn the reported clause into the words used by the original speaker. This can be done by (1) turning the Accusative subject of the Infinitive into the Nominative, and (2) changing the Infinitive into the corresponding tense of the Indicative. 171. Even a beginner's consciousness of idiom will then prevent him from making further mis- takes. Thus, if the sentence above, ηγγβι,λ* τον Κυρον άποθανεϊσθαι, be turned in this way to ήγγειλζν otl 1 δ Kvpos αΐΐοθανύται, which is perfectly good Greek for 'he announced " Cyrus will die,"' it would be almost impossible for a mere beginner to avoid changing so awkward a sentence into the more idiomatic ' he announced that Cyrus would die.5 172. The same construction follows Verbs of thinking, and the same explanation may be given of it. Examples. eXeye τους Αθηναίους σοφούς elvai. όμοΧογω σον το βΰρημα elvai. όμοΧογοΰσι τον Ιατρον σωμάτων etvai αρχοντα. 1 This οτι, which came into regular use as a preface in reporting the exact words that had been used (Oratio Recta), is merely equivalent to the inverted commas below, and need not be translated in any other way. In Sanskrit id is similarly used as a sign of quotation; but iti follows, whereas οτι precedes, the quoted words. Compare it with our 'that' in Oratio Obliqua, as shown in the above Table, and with the que in French.xix.] THE MOODS. $3 τον καΧον καγαθον ανδρα εύδαίμονa eivai φημι. ττίπεισθζ άρα, αδικίαν δικαιοσύνης άμεινον eivai; eXeyov οι Αιγύπτιοι τους 'Ιουδαίους ονον προσκυνεΐν. Χέγουσι την μάγβν ίσχυράν yeyovevai κα\ ιτοΧΧους τβθνάναι. υποΧαμβάνουσιν οί βάρβαροι δια της βροντής τους θεούς όργην σημαίνβιν. τον τους ποΧεμίους αδικησαντα δίκαιον eivai οί πάΧαι ίνόμιζρν. τις ου Xeyei ήδυ eivai το ίκ των πόνων άνάπαυΧαν e^eiv; Γϊρωταγόρας eXeye πάντων χρημάτων μίτρον eivai ανθρωπον. * δοκεΐ μοι τους πονηρούς άφρονας eivai? €ΐπεν ό Σω- κράτης. (iv.) Future Infinitive after Verbs of Hope, Expectation, or Promise. 173. Verbs that denote Hope, Expectation, or Promise, are followed in Greek, as in Latin, by the Future Infinitive. In English after the same class of Verbs we either (i) use the Infinitive as a Noun without in any way defining the time, or (2) we turn by an object-clause, introduced by 'that? ac- cording to the method shown in the foregoing table. Thus:— ίΧπίζω νικήσβιν, e I hope to conqueror c I hope that I shall conquer94 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xix. 174. Where the subject of the Infinitive is differ- ent from the subject of the main Verb, there is no choice to the translator1. Thus:— ϊΚπίζω σ€ νικήσςιν, c I hope that you will conquer.' Examples. ελπίζω αύτον πιθανώς epeiv. νιτ-έσγονΤο βοήθβιάν μ οι ηζειν. πιστεύω Sia-Xvoreiv την §ιαβοΧήν. εΧπίζω πάντα καΧως άπο-βήσεσθαι. υπ-ισγνουμαι γ^ρνσην εικόνα ανα-θήσειν. τον πόΧεμον δι-ενοούμεθα προθύμως ο'ίσειν. 3t\ y λ ν η Κ /V ^ 9 \ t €Α€ζ€ τον ανόρα €\πι^€ΐν ευ εμε ποιησειν. ωμο(ταν η μην βοηθήσειν τοις 'ΈΧΧησιν, οι Αθηναίοι εφ-ίεντο της ^ΣικεΧίας αρζειν. (v.) Subject of Infinitive not repeated if identical with object of preced- ing Verb. 175. If the object of the principal Verb and the subject of the Infinitive are identical, it is not necessary for the subject of the Infinitive to be repeated. Thus:— δέομαι σου έλθεΐν (and not δέομαι σον cf€ ελθεΐν),'! pray you to·come.' So too, δοκ€Ϊ μοι άπιέναι, ' it-seenis-good to-me to go away.' 1 Unless, indeed, he choose to employ the somewhat cumbrous 4 for,' as in 41 hope for you to conquer*xix.] THE MOODS. 95 176. When the object of the principal Verb is in the Dative, and sometimes when it is in the Geni- tive, any Noun, Adjective,- or Participle attached to the Infinitive as a Predicate, may be retained in the Accusative. Otherwise, attraction to the case of the object takes place. Thus :— εξεστί μοι γενέσθαι ευδαίμονα (or ενΰαίμονι), 6 it is in my power to become happy.' ibeovro αντοΰ ω$ προθνμοτάτον1 είναι, ' they begged him to be as zealous as possible.5 Examples. εκεΧευσα τον κήρυκα ττερι-μεΐναί με. οί νόμοι ουκ βίων ημάς αΧΧως ττοιεΐν. ιταντες αιτούνται τον θεον τάγαθα διδόναι. παρ-αινοΰμεν σοι ίτείθεσθαι τοις βεΧτίοσιν. τί Φ'ιΧππτον κωλύσει βα§ίζβιν onroi βούΧεται ; δέομαι ύμων συγγνώμην μοι εγειν. εδεήθησαν ήμων οί Κορίνθιοι σψίσι βοηθήσειν. εζεστίν ίμοι ταύτα ιτοιουντα ύγιαίνειν. 7τολλοί των δοκούντων σοφών είναι ουκ εΐσιν. εξεστιν ν μι ν οττΧα Χαβόντας μετ-ί'χειν του κινδύνου. ουκ εν-δώσομεν πρόφασιν οι}<5ει/ί κακω ^γενέσθαι, δέομαι νμων κατα-^τηψίσασθαι τούτου, ενθυμου- μενους οσος μοι ο ay ων εστίν., 1 Sc. ϊδννατο. When relative words stand with Superlatives, the ellipse of such a word as δύναται, Swards efyu, is very common. Thus 'us τάχιστα ϊδραμεν, * he ran as fast as he could.'96 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xix. (vi.) Subject of Infinitive attracted when identical with subject of preceding verb. 177. If the subject of the principal Verb and the subject of the Infinitive are identical, the subject is either (i) altogether omitted with the Infinitive, as ομολογώ άδικ€ΐι>} ' I admit that I am wrong,' or (2) if repeated, it will stand in the same case as the subject1 of the governing Verb, as ομολογώ Ιγώ αΒικεΐμ. Thus Κλε'ωι; εφη auTos τταρζΐναι, i Cleon said that he (himself) was there/ Dixit se adesse. But Κλέων εφη αυτόμ παρεΐναι, is * Cleon said that he (some one else) was there.' Dixit ilium adesse. Examples. νομίζει Sia-ψέρειν αύτος των αΧΧων. nroXXo\ ο'ίονται ρήτορες είναι, ουκ οντες. Νικίας ουκ εφη αυτό?, αλλ' εκείνον στρατηγεϊν. κεκράτηκβ τω πρότερος προς τους πολεμίους ίέναι. ωρέγοντο του πρώτος έκαστος 'γενέσθαι... επι-μεΧοΰμαι του καΧος και αγαθός είναι, ό κριτης9 Sia το δίκαιος είναι, υπο των κακούργων εμισειτο. εφασαν αυτοί σπείσασθαι εθεΧειν, τους 8ε ποΧεμίους ουκ εθεΧειν. 1 This idiom should be noticed as a remarkable contrast to the Latin usage. Such instances of it as occur in classic Latin are direct imitations of the Greek: e.g. * Sensit medios delapsus in hostes,' for 4 se delapsum esse.'XIX.] THE MOODS. 97 ψάσκει τον πατέρα δανβίσαί σοι τρία τάλαντα και ουκ αύτος λαβείν, ομολογώ αύτος παρα πάντα τον βίον μαθητης eivai, τους §e άλλους διδασκάλους. (vii.) Infinitive of Purpose. 178. The Greek Infinitive is like the English, and unlike that of classical Latin prose, in being used to express a purpose \ In such cases, however, it is generally accompanied by the word ώστε, ' so that/ ' so as.' πάντα ποιείν θίλονσιν ώστε εκφυγεΐι/,c they are willing to do everything in order to (so as to) escape.5 It often happens that it is impossible to turn ωστ€ when , it stands with the Infinitive 2 by any special word in English. 179. Even without ωστβ the Infinitive is used to express a purpose (i) in poetry, as μανθάνειν ήκομζν (venimus ut discamus), 'we have come to learn;y and (2) with Verbs meaning to appoint, give, take, or sacrifice, when the Object of the leading Verb is also the Object or Subject of the dependent Infinitive. παρέχω ϊμαυτον καίειμ, 6 I 6ffer myself to burn! Examples. πάντα ποιοΰσιν ωστε δίκη ν μη διδόναι. €Κ€ΐ σκιά τ ίστί και πόα καθ-'ιζεσθαι η κατακλιθηναι. 1 Purpose is expressed also by cbs, οπω$, ϊνα with a subordinate Verb. See § 187 sqq. 2 With the Indicative ώστ€ denotes a result merely; with the Infinitive, a result which may or may not be purposed. These uses of ώστ€ would all be turned in Latin by ut with the Subjunctive. Η98 SIMPLE SENTENCES. [xx. ουκ εχομεν αργύριο\> ωστε αγόραζαν τα επιτήδεια, πόσα μοι 'χρήματα δούναι θελεις9 ωστε τον ιταϊδα άπο-λαβεΐν ; ουτω σέβου την δικαιοσύνην ωστε αληθέστερους είναι τους σους Χόγους η τους των άλλων ορκους. ol ^ Κθηναϊοι δέκα των νεων προυπεμ^αν πλευσαι1 Τ€ κα\ κατα-σκέ^τασθαι, ει οι πολέμιοι ιτάρ-εισι. πολλας ελπίδας εχω αρκούντως ερεϊν ωστε και υμάς ταύτα γνώσεσθαι. f ούτως άφρονες έστε ωστε αν ευ αισχύνης λοιδορεΐσθαι Φιλίππω ; μείζον τι κακόν συμ-βέβηκε τ$ πόλει η ωστε ψέρειν δύνασθαι. τας ασπίδας μείζους εχουσιν οί ανανδροι η ωστε ποιεΐν η όράν τι. μείζων ην ό λίθος η ωστε εμε εξ-αιρεΐν δύνασθαι εκ του τείχους. οι πρόγονοι την εξ Αρείου πάγου βουλην επ-εστησαν επι-μελεΐσθαι της εύκοσμίας. t XX. Subjunctive and Optative in Simple Sentences. 180. There now remain only two of the five Greek moods to be considered: for it has been 1 More usually after Verbs of sending, πλενσονμίνας re και κατα- σκβψομέναε.XX.] SUBJ. AND OPTATIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 99 assumed that the Indicative and Imperative need no separate explanation. The Subjunctive and Optative are alike in re- garding the verbal action not as an independent fact, but as a thought, that is, as relative to, or dependent upon, an action of the mind. Hence, these two moods are in reality only one, and it would be less confusing to denote them by a single name \ 181. It follows from the definition of the use of these two moods that they will be found mostly in* dependent sentences. There are, however, certain not uncommon usages of both Subjunctive and Optative in what look like independent sentences which may be noticed first. 182. (i.) Subjunctive of Exhortation.—Thus the 1st Person of the Subjunctive is used in exhorta- tion— μη ϊωμζν, c let us not go.' €p€2 brj, ras μαρτυρίας νμιν άνα-γνω, 6 come now, let me read you the depositions.' 183. (ii.) Subjunctive of Prohibition.—In the 2nd and 3rd Person the A orist of the Subjunctive may be used with μη in prohibitions— μη ταντα ποίησες, £ do not do that.' μη γένηται, β let it not be.5 1 The name Conjunctive Mood is indeed used by some teachers to denote the Greek Subjunctive and Optative taken together. 2 the object aimed at) denotes Sentences of Purpose. The Particles denoting purpose are ώ$, δ tto>s, ϊνα (never δτι1), all translatable by 'that,' cin order that,' in English, and by ut with the Subjunctive in Latin. 188· The following Table will show that in Final Sentences the Present Tense of the Latin Subjunc- tive corresponds to the Present and Aorist of the Greek Subjunctive, while the Imperfect of the Latin Subjunctive corresponds to the Present and Aorist of the Greek Optative. 1 ότι never answers to the Latin ut. ' Ut,'4 in order that,' is re- presented in Greek by (i) cbs, ovojs, Ίνα (see following table) ; or (2) by ώστ€ with the Infinitive (see § 178);' ut,'4 when,' is represented in Greek by ore.Table showing the Sequence of Tenses. {Indefinite γράφω Continuous γράφω Complete γέγραφα {Indefinite γράψω Continuous γράψω Γ ΛLX Ί Complete Ρ*7ΡαΦω°\ r |_ εσομαιJ r Indefinite Έγραψα Pasts Continuous εγραφον L Complete εγεγράφειν ινα μανθάπτ] or Ινα μάθη Ινα μανθάνοι or (See Table § 124.) Scribo Scribo Scripsi -ι ivc J r. Scribam Scribam Scripsero >ut discat I write I am writing I have written I shall write I shall be writing f I shall have \ written ϊνα μύθοι Scripsi ·» I wrote Scribebam I ut disceret I was writing Scripseram J I had written that he may J> learn. Β (see Table § 124). that he might ■ learn. A (see Table § 124). Observe that the Present, when used instead of a Past Tense (Praesens Historicum), may be treated as a Past Tense and followed by the Optative. Thus—ίπητα εντεύθεν απέρχεται 'ίνα άσφαλέστερον μάχοιντο, ' then he goes away (i.e. went away) from that place, in order that they might fight with more safety.' 07r(vs and ws (or, with the Subjunctive, οπω$ αν and α/s av) may be used in the same way as, and instead of, iva. When iva takes the av with it, it always means ' whereverCOMPOUND SENTENCES. [xxi. Examples of Sequence of Tenses. φοβούμαι μη ο πάππος άπο-θάι/rj1. αρχειν επ—εθνμει οπως πΧείω Χαμβάνοι1, ού Seog εστί μη οι σύμμαγοι απο-στωσιν 1. SeSoiKa μη ίπι-Χαθώμβθα της οίκά§€ ό§οΰ. eSeicrav οΓ'ΈίΧΚηνες μη οί ΤΙέρσαι άπο-φύγοΐ€ν. οσα τάλαντα εΐγον, €$ωκα αύτοΐς οπως σΐτον πρί- αιντο. τούτο το σκιά§€ΐον υπερ-εξω, ίνα μη βρεχ*} νπο του ομβρου. κατ-ίκαυσαν τα πΧοΐα οί "ΈιΧΧηνες, Ίνα μη οί Τίερσαι Sia-β aiev. την γεφυραν Τισσαφέρνης $ια-νθ€ΐται Χΰσαι της νυκτός, ως μη §ια-βητ€. TlepS ικκας επραττεν οπως πόΧεμος γένοιτο *Α.θη- ναιοις προς τους Λ.ακε§αιμονίους. την γεφυραν εΧυσεν ΐνα άπο-Χηφθεΐεν εν μεσω του ποταμού και της 3ιώρυχος. €7r-εμεΧεΐτο Κΰρος οπως μήποτε ανίδρωτοι οί στρα- τιωται έπι το άριστον και το Senτνον είσ-ίοιεν. 1 Note that in the Subjunctive and Optative Moods the distinc- tion between the Aorist and Present is that between an undefined— and therefore presumably instantaneous — action, and an action represented as of prolonged duration. See note on Infin. § 160. Hence, observe the tense of άποθάντ) and άποστωσι (sentences ι and 3) and contrast it with that of λαμβάνοι (sentence 2).XXII.] CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 105 XXII. Conditional Sentences. 189. (i.) A conditional sentence is made up of two clauses, one of which contains an 'if' either expressed or implied. Of the following three sentences :— ' If you come, I will go ;' 'If you were to come, I would go;5 c Should you come, I would go;' the third is less obviously, but not less really, a Conditional Sentence than* either of the former two: for a moment's thought shows us that it is but a shorter way of writing the second sentence over again. 190. The ' if' clause (that is, the clause contain- ing the condition) is called the PROTASIS1. 191. The main clause (that is, the clause con- taining the consequence) is called the APODOSIS2. 192. A condition properly involves two alterna- tives : thus, to say, £ if you become king/ implies not only the possibility of your becoming king, but also of your not becoming king. In other words, every may be implies a may not be. And all such open conditions necessarily refer to Future time : 1 7Γρ6τασι$ (προτείνω), * a stretching forth,' 'a putting before/ a (proposal' or f offer * 2 απόδοση (άποδίδωμι, reddo), a rendering or paying back of what is due upon the fulfilment of the proposal made. It is worth notice that the Latin word condicio (whence (conditionby a change of spelling) means an offer or proposal.106 COMPOUND SENTENCES, [XXII. for the Past and Present are unalterably fixed, and do not admit of any alternatives. I. Conditions of Future Time, 193. There are two ways in English by which we express conditions with regard to Future time; e.g.:— (1) c If he sins, he will grieve,' (2) ' If he were to sin, he would grieve.' Of these the former regards the fulfilment of the condition as quite probable, while the latter regards it as only possible \ In Greek, there are the same two ways of ex- pressing possible and therefore Future conditions, as the following two sections will show. 194. (i.) Conditions Probable.—Apodosis in the Future Indicative. The sentence,— ' If he sins, he will grieve/ Si peccable dolebit, is rendered in Greek by either— (a) el άμαρτήσεται, άλγήσβί, or (5) iav αμάρτΎ}, οΧγησ^ι. 195. It will be seen that, while the Apodosis is similarly expressed in all three languages, the Eng- lish ^differs from Latin and Greek in putting the Pro- tasis into the Present instead of the Future tense. 1 That this is not an arbitrary distinction may be seen at once from an example. ' I shall punish you, if you do it,' is much more of a threat, and would be felt to assume the probability of dis- obedience much more strongly, than '1 should punish you, if you were to do it/XXII.] CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. That our language "is here somewhat less accurate than the Greek and Latin may be seen by con- trasting τούτο ποιήσω, el δυνήσομαt, and faciam, si potero, with our 41 will do it if I am able1;' for the doing of the action in the Future is evidently dependent not upon present ability, but upon ability at some future time. In older English, the Subjunctive, 'If he sin,' exactly answering to lav αμάρττι, was the regular construction : but this Sub- junctive has nearly dropped out of use in modern English. 196. Observe— (i) that el2 never, eav always, takes the sub- junctive. (3) that with et and eav the negative is not ov but μη, vide § 217 d. Rule for Translation.—Turn ct with the Future or iav with the Subjunctive into ' If* with the Present in English. Examples. e'l tl σ-χησω, δώσω τω a§e\s, πρίι/, &C., and serves to limit the action or state denoted by the Principal clause to a particular time. Used with these Particles— (1) The Indicative denotes facts. (2) The Subjunctive, with di/, denotes things future or uncertain. (3) The Optative, without denotes some idea in addition to that of time, as for instance,purpose or frequency. 205. Observe— (a) that, according to the table in § 187, The Subjunctive can only stand after a Present, Perfect or Future, i. e. after the Principal Tenses of the Indicative. The Optative can only stand after an Imperfect, Aorist or Pluperfect, i.e. after the Historic Tense? of the Indicative.XXIII.] TEMPORAL SENTENCES. II5 (b) the of the Subjunctive generally stands next after the Temporal Particle, while with otc and €ΐτ€ΐδή it coalesces, so as to form δταμ and ΙπειΒάΐ'. 206. (ι) Temporal Clause in the Indicative. ίφνγον, οτ ήΧθοκ1 ol σύμμαχοι, £ they fled, when our allies came.' €π€ΐ ήσθεΥει Adpeios, μ(τ-€πέμψατο τω παΐΰζ, c Darius when he was sick, sent for his two sons.' επειδή Ιτελεύτησεκ, ό vlos αντοϋ βασιλζι)$ κατέστη, * when he had died, his son became king.' ώ§ εΐδοκ ημας, απ&ραμον, ' when they saw us, they ran off.' ονζίρασιν ξυν^ιχόμην, 2ω§ ετλη^ ς I was troubled by dreams, until I ventured,5 &c. Trptv ταύτα eyeVem, βύδαίμων ένομιζόμην, ζ before that happened, I was counted happy.5 207. (2) Temporal Clause in the Subjunctive. δταρ h χρη ττοιήσης, ζυδαιμονήσςι,ς, c when . you do your duty, you will be happy.' €ΐτ€ΐδάν &παιτα άκούσητ<ε, κρ(νατ€, 6 when you hear all, judge.' ουκ αττ-€ΐμι irpip μοι την οδδ»> δειξ^, * I shall not go till you show me the way.' 208· (3) Temporal Clause in the Optative. . νπςρωον *1χ€ν} οττοτ ev αστει δια-τρίβοι, 'he used to have a garret, whenever he was staying in town.' 1 οτ ήλθον stands for δτ€ ?}λϋον, never for οτι %λθον. I %II6 COMPOUND SENTENCES, [ XXIII. ττ€ρί-4μ€νον €ως άμ-οιχθ€ΐη το ΰζσμωτήρι,ον, 4 they used to wait about till the prison should be opened.5 ουκ ζβονλοντο μάγζσθαι, ττρϊν ol σύμμαχοι παρα-ye- νοιντο, ' till the allies should have come up/ 209· Use of πριν, ττρϊν av} and eas αν. Note that— (α) ττρϊν which always takes the Subjunctive, is never used unless a Negative, or some notion equivalent to a Negative, precedes. (b) ττρϊν is only used with the Optative when there is some further notion besides that of time to be expressed. (■* fft εως αν εκ-μαυρς, εχ ελπιοα. μαινόμεθα πάντες, όταν όργιζώμεθα. ου ποιήσω ταύτα, ιτρ\ν αν κεΧεύσρς. επειδή άν-εφχθη το δεσμωτήριον, είσ-ήΧθομεν. ουκ ηθεΧον ποιησαι ταύτα, πριν κεΧεύσειας. ως ουκ αύτους ειτειθεν, απ-έιrXei. ταΰτα έποίουν, μέχρι σκότος έγένετο. οτ ευτυχείς μάΧιστα, μη μέγα φρόνει. τι δε έγένετο, επειδή πάντες έξ-ηπάτησθε; ποΧΧο) πείθονται^πρϊν ειδεναι το προσ-ταττόμενον. '» λ \ ft ry erf t '**" ι < ^ ' επειοαν α χρη όια-πραζωμαι, ηζω απ-αζων L υμας εις την 'ΈΧΧάδα. ού χρη τον αδικήσαντα άπ-εΧθεΐν, πριν αν δω δίκη ν. επειδαν συ βουΧρ δια-Χέγεσθαι, τότε σοι δια-Χέξομαι. επειδή άν-οιχθειη το δεσμωτήριον, είσ-ρμεν παρά τον Έωκράτη. ου πρότερον επαύσατο, πρ\ν εΧοι τε και πυρωσειε την πόΧιν» οταν σπεύδγ τις αυτός, χω θεός συν-άπτεται. μηδενα φίΧον ποιου, πρ\ν αν εξ-ετάσρς, πως κέχρηται τοις πρότερον φίΧοις. οποτε εν τω nτριν χρόνφ παρ-ειη, πάντα τα δέοντα έποιει. 1 Observe the Future Participle used of Purpose after a Verb of motion, vide footnote to examples after § 178.Il8 COMPOUND SENTENCES, [XXIV, εως αν εμ-πνεω και οίος τ ω, ου παύσομαι τω θεω υπηρετών. σπονδαι έσονται μέχρις αν βασιΧεΐ τα 7rap νμων δι-αγγεΧθί]. εάν φαινωμαι α8ικων, ου χρη μ ενθεν§ε άπ-εΧθεϊν πρ\ν αν $ω $ίκην. εως αν σωζηται το σκάφος, τότε γρη πάντας προ· θύμους είναι* ειreiSav Se ή θάΧαττα ύπερ-σγτι, μάταιος ή σπουδή. Κύρος κατα-θεώ μένος τ ας τάζεις, ους μεν 'ί§οι ευτάκτως κα\ σιωπΐί ίόντας, τίνες τε εΐεν, ηρετο9 και επει πύθοιτο, €7τ-νινει' εΐ Si τινας θορυβουμενους αισθοιτο, το αίτιον τούτον σκοπών κατασβεν- νυναι την ταραχην επειρατο, XXIV. Reported Speech1. I. Oratio Recta. 210. Before the exact words of a reported state- ment δτι2 is sometimes inserted. In such a posi- tion ότι is an untranslateable sign answering to our inverted commas, thus:— εΐπε μ οι οτι 6 πριν τα παιδία ελθεΐν εγω παρ-ήν He said to me, e Before the children came, I was there.5 1 See also 'Accusative with Infinitive,' §§ 162-170. 2 See Accusative with Infinitive, § 170, footnote.xxiv.] REPORTED SPEECH. 119 211. Sometimes Ζφη, or rj1 ft 0?, or some other part of the same verbs is inserted—like the Latin inquam,, ait> See., after an important word, thus:— συ b', ςφη, ου ταύτα €ποι.ήσα$, ζ But you/ said he, 4 did not do this/ II. Oratio Obliqua. 212. In Oratio Obliqua, i. e. in a report in which the exact words of the speaker are not given, it is very unusual to find the Accusative with the In- finitive construction2 kept up, as in Latin, through an entire speech. 213. The Optative Mood, preceded by on or ω?, is perhaps the construction most commonly employed in reporting the words of another. The following sentences :— (1) NiKtas πάρεση, ' Nicias is here.' (2) inetparo έκ-φνγεΐν, 'he tried to escape.' (3) τταρα-δώσει την πάλιν, 'he will give up the city.' (4) λ€λοιπ€ τα ακρα, 'he has abandoned the heights.' (5) 6/\eAot7T66 τα ακρα, 'he had abandoned the heights.' (6) ό στρατηγός η μας Ζπζμψεν, ' the general sent us.' When reported by another speaker might become:— (1) ζΐπον otl (or ως) Νίκιάς τταρζίη. (2) „ „ „ ττβιρωτο ζκ-φυγέίν. 1 ? is looked on as an Imperfect of %μι (Lat. ato), Ί say;' see Glossary. 2 For Accusative with Infinitive, see §§ 162-170.I20 COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXIV. (3) €Ϊττον οτι (or ως) παρα-δώσοι την τιό\ιν. (4) „ „ „ λ€λοπτώ$ €Ϊη τα ακρα. (5) „ „ „ keXoLTrvs €Ϊη τα ακρα. (6) „ „ „ 7Τ€μψ€ί€ σφάς 6 στρατηγός. Hence we see that each tense of the Optative in Oratio Obliqua serves to express the corresponding tense of the Indicative in Oratio Recta. The Im- perfect and Pluperfect, which have no1 correspond-, ing tense in the Optative, are expressed by the Present and Perfect Optative respectively. 214. It often happens that, for the sake of picturesqueness in narration, the somewhat heavy Optative is dropped and the Indicative Mood retained from the Oratio Recta. Thus έχθρονς in' έμαντον virep υμών έίλκυσα, 61 brought enemies upon myself in your behalf/ might not only be turned by the Optative έλκεσαι, but in the following way also—eAeyez; ως νπζρ νμων έχθρους βφ' kavTov €ΐλκυσ€»\ Note that o>s and οτι are both found in Oratio Obliqua, but that ως differs from otl in emphasizing the assertion rather than the fact. The difference is illustrated by the use of quod in Latin to express a reason. When the Subjunctive instead of the Indicative is used with quod, as in ' Socrates damnatus est quod iuvenes corrumperet,' the speaker empha- sizes the assertion of the reason, but refuses to guarantee its truth. 1 If we speak of the Imperfect and Pluperfect of the Conjunc- tive Mood instead of the Present, Aorist and Perfect of the Optative, we shall see better the likeness of the Greek idiom to the Latin.xxv.] THE NEGATIVES. Examples. eXeyov οτι κεΧεύσειε σψάς ό βασιλεύς ταύτα ποιησαι. 7roXvv χρόνον ηπόρουν, τί ιτότε Χεγει ό θεός; εΧεγεν otl ή ό§ος εσοιτο προς βασιΧεα εις Βαβν- Χωνα. έγνωσαν otl ol βάρβαροι νπο-πεμ^ταιεν τον άνθρω- 7τον. Si-εβαΧΧον τον Κνρον προς τον ά§εΧφον, ως ειτι- βουΧεύοι αντω. ήκεν ayyeXXoov τις ως ή πόΧις κατ-είΧηπται. εγνω Ά ρ-χίΰαμος οτι οι * Αθηναίοι ού§ε ν εν-§ώατουσιν. V / ef t r ft \ ι / ί > /χ εΑεζε μοι οτι η οόος ψεροι εις την πολιν, ηνιrep < / ορωη ν, eXeyov οί επιτήδειοι μοι, ως έΧπίζονσι την πόΧιν εξειν μοι χάριν ύπερ των είρημένων. XXV. The Negatives. 215. There are two Negative Particles in Greek, ov and μη. (ι) rule.—ou is used in denying statements of fact, μή in all other cases. 216. The use of ov is limited to principal sent- ences, except in the case of the Accusative with the Infinitive after Verbs of declaring, thinking, &c.; and in this case it is probable that the dislike felt by the Greeks for oblique narration, induced them to12% COMPOUND SENTENCES. [XXV. regard such Infinitives, as direct statements capable of direct negation. Thus οίονται 2ojκράτη ov θεονς νομίζζιν, ' people think (that) Socrates does not-believe-in gods;' but αίσχρόν ϊστι μη τάληθη Xeyeιν, (it is a shame not to tell the truth/ 217. From the above rule it follows that μη always stands— (a) with the Imperative or with the Subjunctive used for an Imperative. (b) with the Optative of wishing. ( ' * / / ""f s.. απωτερω η γονυ κνήμη. * $7 αεί ή αλήθεια. κ/ έργου σκιά οι λόγοι, / *·\ άφθονος ρεϊ ή κρήνη. φθόνος και ερως ενάντιοι εϊσίν. οι απαίδευτοι την παιδείαν ψεγουσιν. φΐλίαν εδωκε θεός άνθρώποις. αδει ό κύκνος και θνήσκει. οι δούλοι ουκ εχονσιν ελεύθερων γνώμην. ό άδικος ου λανθάνει τους θεούς. ή άλώπηζ τον βουν ελαύνει, ή άρμονία του σώματος εστίν ή ύγίεια. πολλά εστί τα γενη των θηρών. αγκυραι βίου τ§ μητρϊ οι παϊδες. μεταβολάς πόνων 6 σπουδαίος φιλεΐ. ηδονή αϊσχρά νόσον κα\ λύπην φέρει. πνεουσιν *Κρην οι στρατιώται. Κ*MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. φιλεΐ 6 χρηστός τον χρηστον αΐδεισθαι. ήστραψεν άπ ουρανού και εβρόντησεν. χάρις χάριν φύει και ερις εριν. veoi φίλοι νεω ο'ίνω εϊσ\ν όμοιοι. θυμον, ου γνώμην, ε χει οχλος. €Ϊ βωμοί είσιν, εϊσϊ και θεοί. εφήμερος ή φιλία των πονηρών, σημεία του ήθους αϊ πράξεις. πολλών οι θνητοί εφίενται. μόνον τα αϊσχρά αϊσχύνου. οι μεν εθαύμαζον, οι δε εβόων. βασιλεύς εγενετο ο πτωχός. ακροις τοίίς ποσϊν επορεύετο. τερπνόν (εστί) τράπεζα πληρης. Trj νουμηνία εθυον τω θεω. ονομα τω παίδι *Αγάθων ην. τί ταϋτ εδρασ ό δείνα; την ουσίαν άπασαν χρία κατ-ελιπεν. μη μοι φθονήσης της σοφίας, τοις δικαίοις σύμμαχος ό θεός. ουδείς εστίν άπαντα σοφός, ελπίζω πάντα καλώς εξειν. εναντίον τώ εγρηγορεναι το καθεύδειν. εμενον εν Trj εαυτού τάζει έκαστος. εξ άφρονος σώφρων γεγενησαι. τούς στρατηγούς ολίγους χρη ελεσθαι. δια χρόνου άφϊγμαι *Αθήναζε. λαλίστατοι εϊσιν οι χαίροντες. ες νΑδου πάντες άπο-βησονται. χαλεπός συζην ην δ θερσίτης. άλλοι άλλαις ηδονάις ήδονται. αρχής εφίεται ό φιλότιμος. λαβε τας μαρτυρίας και αναγίγνωσκε. τον ήττω λόγον κρείττω εποίει ό "Avvtos.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. ov δοκεΐν άριστος, αλλ* άριστος εΐναι θβΚει. ό μικρός τον γενναιον Tjj γλώσστ] βλάπτει. η Αίκη πάντα τα των ανθρώπων εφορα. βΗρόδοτος πρώτος τα Περσικά συν-εγραψεν. ραστόν εστίν ere ρω παραινεσαι. τάχος κα\ οργή ευβουλία εναντία. φόβω οι άδικοι και τα δίκαια πράττονσιν. παντί τινι διαλεγεσθαι εφίλει ό Σωκράτης. ή μεν αίρεσις άνθρωπου έργον, το δε τέλος θεοϋ, βραχύς μεν ό πόλεμος, ή δε δουλεία μακρά. ουδείς άνθρωπος εστι πάντα σοφός. οί σοφόι ου φθονοϋσι τοις πλουσίοις. τις ουχ ηδεται τύ) των αγαθών ευτυχία; πρώτους εαυτούς οί προδόται πωλοΰσιν. ελπϊς αρετής 6 θεος, ου δειλίας πρόφασις. οϊ φίλοι εχθροί υπο των νοσουντων άκούουσιν. δ\ς του μηνός ες την πάλιν έρχονται. πολλά επεσεν παρά την γνώμην. πόθεν ηκεις * ποί βαίνεις * ποδαπος ει; ηδύ εστι συν τοις φίλοις πράττειν καλώς. τοϊς χρημασι κακώς χρώνται οί πολλοί. το ψευδός ου δύνανται άληθές ποιεΐν. 6 'Αλε'ξανδρος εφασκεν είναι Αώς υιός. χρή τάς των νεων "ψυχάς είναι θερμάς. τα περιττά χρήματα πράγματα παρέχει, το άνόσιον οσίου παντός εναντίον. τα σά εργα τοις λόγοις ου συμφωνεί. ουκ ασφαλείς αί μεγάλοι ευτυχίας ό δούλος τύραννος κάτ-εστη. δει τον πόσιν τη γυναικι άμννειν. φρονήσει οι "Ελληνες τών άλλων δι-έφερον. σύ μεν εΐλου ζην, εγώ δε κατθανεϊν. τα δεινότατα πάθη επαθον οί δούλοι. ακροις τοις ποσι βαδίζουσιν αί γυναίκες. Κ %1$2 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. πολλώ σοφώτατοι τών 'Ελλήνων ησαν οι'Αθηναίοι. ol νυν άνθρωποι ούχ ηττονες εισι των πάλαι. μη iv τω κιβωτω εχε τα βιβλία, αλλά iv τω στηθεί. άνθρωπου ψνχη του θείου μετέχει. τους σοφούς μάλλον η τους πλουσίους σεβειν δα. το μη τιμάν γέροντας άνόσιόν εστίν. αΙδώ κα\ φόβον τοις παισ\ν η φύσις νεμει. νόμων θεσει την πάλιν εσωζεν δ Αυκοϋργος. πολλά εν τω βίω εστίν ανέλπιστα. καθάπερ λαμπάδα τον βίον παραδίδομεν. οι πλουσιώτατοι των 5Αθηναίων τ ας λειτουργίας υφίσταντο. ή παιδεία τοις άνθρώποις δεύτερος ηλιός εστίν. πολύ κρείττων ό της ψυχής η ο του σώματος ερως. της Τύχης ευδαίμονος τύχοιτε. οϊ εν ττ} νηί άνδρες δι-εφθάρησαν. καλόν εστίν ευ ποιεΐν τους πλησίον. τα μέλλοντα κρίνομεν τοϊς προγεγενημενοις, τα των κακών δώρα ουδεμίαν ονησιν φερει. κήρυκες, οι μεν αλλα, οϊ δε άλλα, άπ-ηγγελλον. τό λεγειν του λαλεϊν διαφερει. αι μεν ηδονάί καλαί εϊσιν, at δέ κακαί. τα μεν άνθρώποις ανωφελή εστ\, τα δ* ωφέλιμα. καλόν Tjj πατρίδα κινδυνευούστ} βοηθεϊν. τον στρατιώτην επεσθαι χρη τω ήγεμόνι. κοινόν τι χάρα κα\ λύπτ} δάκρυα εστίν. ράδιόν εστι το τοΊς άγαθοϊς επιτιμάν. οι της σοφίας επιθυμούντες αζιοί εϊσιν επαίνου, ύστατος άποβαίνει εκ της νεως ό ναύκληρος. οίδα οτι τούτο ούχ ούτως εχει. τα αυτά εμο\ και τοις φίλοις εστι λυπηρά. ό προς τους ΊΙερσας πόλεμος την 'Ελλάδα μείζω εποίησεν„ των πολεμίων τών φευγόντων πολλούς άπ-εκτείναμεν. φευγόντων τών πολεμίων, οι άλλοι επ-εβοηθουν. μηδεποτε άθύμως εχοιτε* βλαβερον yap το άθυμειν.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS, κατηγορημάτων τών ψευδών ό σοφός άνήρ ολιγωρεί. Ταντάλου μετά Θάνατον η ζημία ην άεϊ πεινην και διψήν. δια το ξένος είναι ουκ αδικήσει. μεταδίδως αυτω του σίτου ουπερ έχεις. κρατήρας οίνου επ-εστεψαντο οί δούλοι. άθάνατον την μνημην πολλοί θνητοί κατ-ελιπον. 6 μαθών του μη μαθόντος πολύ διαφερει. 6 τα άληθη λίγων οΰτός εστίν δ τω οντι ρητωρ. χαίρω διαλεγομενος τοις σφοδρά 7ΐρεσβυταις. ηγον και εφερον πάντα οι βάρβαροι. ηδύ 7τυνθάνεσθαι τους φίλους ευ πράττοντας. ουκ οΐδα πότερον ε'ίπωμεν η σιγώμεν. του κέρδους άπεσχόμην, αισχρον νομίζων. άξιον και των προγόνων της αρετής μεμνησθαι. συ μεν τιμής, ημείς δε ησυχίας επιθυμουμεν. πας τις άμαρτων εαυτω συνεγνω. τις ουκ αν τω άδελφω πτωχω των χρημάτων μεταδοίη; τοις πάλαι ην ό λόγος ούτος (πείθει δώρα κα\ θεούς ' μεσάτης εστί δύο κακιών η αρετή, ώς λεγει 6 Σταγειρίτης. ου βουλεύεσθαι ετι ωρα, άλλα πράττειν. πολλά υπ εχθρών κα\ αδικα παθών ουδενα αδικεί. μη φοβώμεθα τους πολεμίους, διπλάσιοι γαρ αυτών εσμεν. δραμά εστίν ό μεν βίος τών ανθρώπων, ή δε σκηνή κόσμος. ταύτα εϊρηκα Ινα είδητε δικαίως αυτών κατεγνωκότες. γελως μη πολύς έστω, μηδε επ\ πολλοίς, μηδε άνειμενος. ουκ αν φιλίαν τών χρημάτων πρίαιο. μεγα το εν συμφοραϊς φρονειν ά δει. σμικραι χάριτες εν καιρώ μεγισταί εϊσι τοις λαμβάνουσιν. πολλοί πολυμαθείς ου νουν εχουσιν. κρειττον τοΐς άνοητοις αρχεσθαι η αρχειν. οι οφθαλμοί τών ωτων ακριβέστεροι μάρτυρες. κύνες βαυζουσιν ον αν μη γιγνώσκωσιν. μη εριζε τοις γονεΰσι, καν δίκαια λεγΐ]ς. ον η γη ξηρά, ή ψυχή σοφωτάτη κα\ άριστη.134 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. τόϊς "Έ,λλησι φύλλων στέφανοι η σαν αθλα των αγώνων, πηγή και ρίζα της φιλανθρωπίας ή παιδεία, ·*ον δανός εστι λέγειν, αλλ* αδύνατος σιγά ν. α τυγχάνω άκηκοώς, ουδείς φθόνος λεγειν. καλόν αδελφούς άλληλοις επικουρείν. πόνους του ζην ήδεως ηγεμόνας νομίζετε. μών πεπείσθε άδικίαν δικαιοσύνης αμεινον είναι; δια τό μη πιστεύεσθαι πολλοί ψεΰσται εγενοντο, ουδείς γράφειν δύναιτ αν ανευ του άσκήσαι. ουκ εστι πρόφασις ουδενι κακω γενεσθαι. άφίεσαν την δόκον χαλαραϊς ταΐς άλύσεσι, χαλεπόν τό τον άδικηθεντα μηδέν τον άδικησαντα άνταδικειν. τουτό εστι τό άδικεΐν, τό ζητείν των άλλων πλέον εχειν» χαλεπόν ουτω τι ποιεΐν ωστε μηδέν άμαρτεϊν. 6 δείνα του δεϊνος τον δείνα εϊσ-ήγγειλεν. η πόλις αντί του πόλις είναι φρούριον κατ-εστη. ουδείς εθελει τυράννου κατ οφθαλμούς κατηγορεΐν. ουχ ούτως ηδύ τό εχειν χρήματα ως άνιαρόν τό άποβάλλειν. κατά "Πλάτωνα ύπνοι κα\ κόποι μαθημασι πολέμιοι. οΐος ό τρόπος, τοιούτος καϊ ό λόγος. μεγάλη η αλήθεια, καϊ υπερισχύει. ηδύ εστι τον σωθεντα μεμνησθαι πόνων. ουκ εστι δις ες τον αυτόν ποταμόν εμ-βήναι» μεμνησθε της εν Σαλαμΐνι προς τόν Περσην ναυμαχίας. ό μεν πόλεμος ουκ ανευ κινδύνων, η δ* ειρήνη ουκ ακίνδυνος. σοφό ν εύκαιρος σιγή κα\ παντός λόγου κρείττων. γενεσθαι τε κα\ θανεϊν πεφύκαμεν. ανθρώπους φοβούμενος 6 ψεύστης θεοΰ καταφρονεί, των δυνατών κα\ οι φθόνοι και οι ερωτες δεινοί. ου φοβερός ό θάνατος' άλλα φοβέρα τα περι τόν θάνατον„ βασιλικόν εστίν ευ μεν πράττειν} κακώς δε άκούειν. πάσιν άνθρώποισι κοινόν εστι τό άμαρτάνειν. ουκ εκ χρημάτων αρετή γίγνεται, αλλ* εξ αρετής χρήματα, άνήρ σοφός τας εν τω βίω συμφοράς ραον ηνεγκεν η οι άλλοι.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 135 οί πλούσιοι τοις χρήμασιν τους κινδύνους φεύγουσιν. μέτρων μεν το τώ θεώ δουλεύειν, είμετρον δέ τό τοϊς άνθρώποις. δικαιοσύνη εστί το μη αλλότριων επιθυμεϊν. μη μοι ά βούλομαι γένοιτο^ αλλ* ά συμφέρει. άΐδίον θαύμα παρίσταται τοις συνετοΐς η ζωή. αϊσχρόν εστίν ανθρωπον υπό της ηδονής ήττασθαι. Μιλτιάδης την εν Μαραθώνι μάχην τους βαρβάρους ένίκησεν. οι πονηροί δοκουσιν άλλήλοις εχθροί μάλλον ή φίλοι πεφυκέναι. άνήρ αγαθός αρ ου πάσαν ήμέραν έορτήν ηγείται \ παντός χρήματος σκοπεϊν χρή την τελευτήν} οποι άποβήσεται. αγαθόν εχοις δαίμονα εν άπασι παραστάτην. μη τα μαλακά δίωκε, Ίνα μη τά σκληρά ευρύ ς. ταύτα δει έζεταζειν ά οί πολλοί ως φανερά υποτίθενται. όστις μώροις χρήται μωρός αυτός κληθήσεται. εϊσιν οϊ αγνοία ουδέ τά δεινά δεδίασιν. εορτή ουδέν αλλο £σ<τ\ν ή το τά δέοντα πράττειν. τά μαθήματα αποτρέπει τους νέους πολλών αμαρτημάτων. των νοσημάτων πολλαϊ θεραπεϊαι τοϊς Ιατροϊς ευρηνται. τά αγαθά τοις μεν άγαθοϊς αγαθά έστι, τοις δέ κακοϊς κακά. θαυμαστότερα εργα οί νυν ή οι πρότερον εϊργασμένοι εϊσίν. ουδείς ουδέποτε εαυτόν έκων βλάπτει. ανευ του γίγνεσθαι γενέσθαι αδύνατον. πολυ ραον φυλάττειν ή κτήσασθαι πάντα πέφυκεν. ουκ εστίν ουδενι τον βίον αλυπον φέρειν. υδωρ oy μίγνυται έλαίω, ουδέ τω ψευδεΐ το άπλοϋν, τις δύναται έτέρω δούναι ά μη αυτός εχει \ μή ελπίζεις θεου πληγή ν υπερπηδήσειν j αι μεν ήδοναι θνηταϊ, at δέ άρεταΧ αθάνατοι εϊσίν. καταδικάζειν χρή των αδίκως κατηγορούντων. ει τω παίδι επίστευσας? άμείνων αν έγένετο. ουδείς αν ζωη} εϊ μή τρέφοιτο. εάν τω τραυλίζοντι παροικήσης, ,αύτός μαθήσει τραυλίζειν. εϊ οϊοί τ ήσαν άπο-φυγεϊν, ευ 'ίσθι οτι άπέφυγον αν. εϊ rjbeiv ελεύθερος ων, άπήλθον αν.136 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. θήσω σε ελεύθερον, ει σοι βουλομένω εστίν. εϊ πρότερον άπ-εκρίνω, ούκ άν ανθίς σε ήρώτων. καν μόνος gs, φαύλον μήτε λέξης μήτε έργάσης μηδέν. έπιστευόμην νπ αυτών' ου yap αν με πάλιν επεμπον προς ν μας. δεινον αν ε'ίη, ει, ουκ άδικων, άδικίαν οφλοις. ει μή το φως εϊχομεν, όμοϊοι αν ήμεν τοϊς τυφλοΊς. ή πόλις πάσα αν δι-εφθάρη, εΐ άνεμος έπ-εγένετο τη φλογί. εάν τις Ιερόσυλων ληφθη, έκτος των ορων της χώρας εκβληθήτω, ουκ αν άξιος εϊης επαίνου δια τα υπό δέους εϊργασμένα. ήδέως άν> εΐ δυναίμην, φιλον χρημάτων πολλών πριαίμην άν. ουκ αν των νήσων εκράτει, εϊ μή τι και ναυτικον εΐχεν. ή πλησμονή βλαβερά μεν τω σώματι, βλαβερά δε τη ψυχή. ει μή τούτο εγένετο, καϊ εκείνο ουκ άν εγένετο. ε'ί τις εθέλων εποιτο, καϊ χάριν εγωγε άν αυτω ειδειην. εϊ ήσαν άνδρες αγαθοί, ουκ άν ποτε ταϋτα επασχον. ού μή πάντα ενεκα σαυτου ποιήσας εξελεγχθήσει; ώς χαλεπόν εστίν ελεεϊν άμα καϊ φρονεΐν. αριθμός, εάν άφ-έλης τι ή προσθης, ετερος ευθύς γέγονεν. το μεν σιγηθεν εξ-ειπεΐν ράδιον, το δε ρηθέν άνα-λαβειν αδύνατον. ού μόνον 6 ποιών τι, αλλά και ό μή ποιών τι πολλάκις άδικεϊ. το τω σμήνει μή συμφέρον, ούδε ττ} μελίττη συμφέρει. καλόν ήν το 'Επικτήτου, 6 Αηστής προαιρέσεως ού yiyi>εται? ούχ οΐόν τ εστίν άνευ δικαιοσύνης αγαθόν πολίτην γενέσθαι. τέλος των αγαθών το όμοιωθήναι τω θεω. τον Ιδιώτην χρή εαυτόν παρέχειν εύπειθή τοΊς άρχουςιν. μωρός έστιν όστις γελα ουκ εϊδώς δι ο εγέλασεν. ράδιον το βαδίζειν ϊππον παρέλκοντα. χαλεπόν εστι τά τε ωφέλιμα και τα βλαβερά διαγιγνώσκειν. μή οργιζώμεθα πρ\ν άν άμφοτέρων άκούσωμεν. τοιαύτα ποιητέον εστίν, εξ bv μηδέποτε ύμΐν μεταμελήσει. έλοίμην άν το πάντας μάλλον ή το αύτος εύδαιμονεΐν. άπήλθον οι κλέπται του μή καταφανείς γενέσθαι. οϊκίαι αϊ μεν πολλαι επεπτώκεσαν, ολίγαι δε περι-ήσαν» ομνυμι τούς θεούς ή μήν εγώ πάντα σοι άποδώσειν.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 137 Κύρος κατ-εγελασεν επ\ τω κρείττονι του έρωτος φάσκοντι εΐναι. οί μεν τους άκρους πόδας, οί δε τα ώτα άλγούσι. αί όδύναι τοις νοσουσιν ισχυρότεραι της νυκτός εϊσιν. επειδαν γνώσιν άπιστούμενοι} οί δούλοι ψεύσονται. ουκ εστίν αρχειν μή δίδοντα μισθον. 6 αληθής τα μή οντα ως ουκ οντά λεγει. ουκ ελάχιστον εστι σοφίας μέρος το εαυτόν γιγνώσκειν. 'Αριστείδης, πτωχότατος ών, πάντων 'Αθηναίων εντιμότατος ην. ορθού ουδέν όρθότερον? ουδε δικαίου ουδέν δικαιότερον. άν-εξεται ό φίλος συν τοις φίλοις κακώς, πράττων. απαίδευτου έργον άλλοις εγκαλείν εφ* οίς αυτός πράττει κακώς, ουδενός ότου ου κατ-εγελασεν ό Δημόκριτος. ην ποτε χρόνος ore θεοι μεν ήσαν, θνητά δε γένη ουκ ην. τράπεζαν πολυτελή Τύχη παρατίθησιν, αυτάρκη δε Σωφροσύνη. Νιοβή ζώσα λίθος εγενετό επι τω τύμβω τών παίδων, τω άποκρινομενω μετρον εστω η του ερωτώντος βούλησις. δοκεΐ το φυλάξαι τάγαθα του κτήσασθαι χαλεπώτερον είναι. πολλάκις ανδρείοι στρατιώται δια την άπειρίαν άπώλοντο. ράδιόν εστί το άδελφόν άδελφω επιτιμάν. εγώ αν εκαλλυνόμην, εϊ ταύτα ήπιστάμην. αδύνατοι όρώμεν οντες περιγενεσθαι τών πολεμίων, υπό φαυλότερων τιμώμενοι ol πολλοί άγαπώσιν. παρέχον της 'Ασίας πάσης αρχειν, αλλο τι αΐρησεσθε; αρα μή αϊσχυνθώμεν τον ΙΙερσών βασιλέα μιμήσασθαι; τυγχάνει ουν ημών έκαστος ουκ αυτάρκης αλλά πολλών ενδεής. 'Ιππίας τρία ετη τυραννεύσας εξεπεσεν της αρχής. πολλάκις ήδη ό δούλος εξ-ηλεγχθη ψευδόμενος. τί αν εκερδανας, εϊ πασιν αυτόν κακόν οντα εδήλωσας; τών ανδρών οι μεν πλείστοι εξ-έφυγον, οι δε εζωγρήθησαν. άν-εΐλεν ή Πυθία μηδενα σοφώτερον είναι του Σωκράτους, ουκ αν εμού κατ-εγνως, ει άπαντα ηδείς. οί μεν επι γενεί, οί δε επι πλούτω επαίρονται. εϊ επείσθην τότε τοις του πατρός λόγοις, ουκ αν νυν ήρρώστουν. τους λόγους μακροτερους μη κν ν ου μεν, ίνα σαφώς πάντα δη- λώμεν.138 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS, εν reus Ιοστεφάνοις 'Αθήναις πλείους οί θεοϊ ή oi πολίται ?}σαν. 6 μεν φιλόσοφος την πονηρίαν? ό δε όχλος την πενίαν αϊσχράν νομίζει, παρά των προ-γεγενη μένων μανθάνετε' αντη yap αρίστη διδα- σκαλία. ουκ αν έκων υπό σου τοιαύτα πάθοιμι, άπερ ήδέως αν διά σε επαθον. εϊ τις υπερβάλλοι το μέτρον, τα επιτερπέστατα άτερπέστατα ευθύς hv γένοιτο. ουκ αν ουδενϊ υπ ανάγκης ε με ευεργετήσαντι χάριν εΐδέναι θέλοιμι. ουκ αν ηδέως διάγοιμι τον βίον, οιτου μη εξεστι τα αριστα λέγειν ελευθέρως. ήν αϊσθάνωμαι χειρών γιγνόμενος, πώς αν εγω αν ήδέως βίον διάγοιμι; εϊ τις ψεύδεται, τι αλλο η ανθρώπους φοβούμενος θεοί) κατα- φρονεί y ει τα παρά τοις άλλοις κακά εϊδείης, ουκ αν χαλεπώς φέροις ά νυν €χεις. περι πολλού ποιητέον μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν δοθήναι τοϊς διαβάλ- λουσιν. μήποτ άσεβες μηδέν μηδέ άνόσιον μήτε ποιήσητε μήτε βου- λεύσητε. παρά Ταρτησσίοις νεωτέρω πρεσβυτέρου καταμαρτυρεϊν ουκ εξεστιν. ^ οί πιστοί φίλοι σκηπτρον βασιλευσιν άληθέστατον (και άσφα- λέστατον. ^ τοις εις τον αυτόν ποταμον εμβαίνουσιν ετερα και ετερα ύδατα επιρρεΐ. ν ου τω πατρΧ και τη μητρϊ μόνον γεγενήμεθα, αλλά και τη πατρίδι. το πράττειν του λέγειν ύστερον ον τη τάξει? πρότερον τη δυνά- μει εστίν.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 139 τις ουκ αν ελοιτο το πεπαιδεύσθαι άντι τον απαίδευτο? δια- τελεί» ; τάς μεν άρετάς ημών η πενία, τας δε κακίας 6 πλούτος εδη- λωσεν. οι μεν πάλαι ελεγον τους θεούς δια των ορνίθων τα συμφέροντα σημαίνειν. εώρων οι στρατηγοί ού κατορθούντες και τους στρατιώτας άχθομενους. πολλοί τον πολύευκτον πλοϋτον κτησάμενοι} (είτα) δια τούτον άπ-ώλοντο. 6 μεν σκότος της νυκτός φαίνει τα άστρα, το δε φως του ηλίου καλύπτει. οί άνεμοι ούχ ορώνται, α δε ποιούσι φανερα ημΐν εστ\ και προσιόντων αύτών αϊσθανόμεθα. χαλεπό ν εστίν εξευρειν τις σοφός εστι, και τις δοκεΐ μεν, εστί δ* οϋ. τας μεν αλλας λυπας αναιρεί ό λόγος} την δε μετάνοιαν αύτος εργάζεται. απαίδευτου εστι κροτείν όταν οι άλλοι παύωνται κα\ συρίττειν ους ηδεως θεωροϋσιν οι άλλοι. άδελφώ ερίζοντε ούτω διακεΐσθον ωσπερ εί τω χ€ΐρε διακω- λύοιεν άλληλω. η της διανοίας οψις αρχεται οξύ βλεπειν9 όταν η των ομμάτων άπαμβλύνεσθαι αρχηται. επαιδεύθην όντως ύπο της ε μη ς πατρίδος, ώστε τοϊς πρεσβυτε- ροις κα\ οδών και θάκων και λόγων ύπείκειν. τω πρώτω ετει της ογδόης και εκατοστής yΟλυμπιάδος 6 Πλάτων ετελεύτησε ν. το μεν νικάν αύτον εαυτόν πασών νικών πρώτη εστί και αρίστηy το δε ηττασθαι αίσχιστόν τε και κάκιστον. μί&ει τούς κολακεύοντας ώσπερ τους εξαπατώντας* άμφότεροι γαρ πιστευθεντες τούς πιστεύσαντας δι-εφθειραν. πλείστου γε δοκει άνηρ επαίνου άξιος είναι, ος αν φθάιη) τους πλησίον ευ ποιών.140 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. ηδυ μεν θέρους ψυχεινην εχειν την οϊκίαν? ηδύ δε χειμώνος άλεεινήν. al αρισται φύσεις μάλιστα παιδείας δέονται' το yap άριστον &ιαφθαρεν κάκιστον εγενετο. τω τυραννώ ηδύ τους μεν πονηρούς φίλους εχειν, τους δε εσθλούς μισεί, μη υπ* αυτών Qavrj. ολίγω μεν στρατεύματι ου τολμήσει εφεπεσθαι, πολύν δ* εχων στόλον ου δυνησεται ταχύ πορεύεσθαι. τοις καθεστώσιν οι πλούσιοι ηδονται, και τους νεωτερίζοντας σφόδρα μισοϋσιν. πολλά μεν εστι τα του πολέμου κακά, ενίοτε δε ετι πλείω τα της ειρήνης. τοις μεν πόλεσι τα τείχη κόσμον κα\ Ισχύν φερει, ταϊς δε ψυχαΐς η παιδεία. λόγω μεν οι πολλοί ελευθερίαν εχουσιν? έργω δε apyia και ήδονβ δουλεύουσιν. ουκ αν φθάνοις τα πάντα αποδιδόμενος κα\ τοις πενησι μετα- δίδους. οι άνθρωποι υπό του ηλίου καταλαμπόμενοι τα χρώματα μελάν- τερα εχουσιν. ' ουδέν ορνεον αδει όταν πεινfjy η piyoi, ή τινα αλλην λύπην λυπηται. οί θράκες ώνουνται τάς γυναίκας παρα των γονέων χρημάτων πολλών. τον μεν φίλον δέΐ ευεργετείν οπως rj μάλλον φίλος} τον δε εχθρόν οπως φίλος γενηται. τοις νεοις ό μέτριος βίος άρετην τε και άνδρείαν αυξάνει αλλ' ό 1 πλούσιος κ ι αργός βίος αίτια νόσου κα\ κακίας. αληθούς ηδονής ουδεποτε εκείνος εγεύσατο, ος ούδεποτε ηδονής άπετράπετο. el τι έχεις άντιλεγειν, αντίλεγε* εϊ δε μη, παυσαι ήδη πολλάκις μοί λέγων τον αυτόν λόγο ν.VERSE EXTRACTS. Verse Extracts. OvSels επαινον ηδοναις εκτησατο. πόνου μετάλλαχθεντος οι πόνοι -γλυκείς, τον ευτυχοϋντα και φρονεϊν νομίζομεν. τα πλείστα θνητοΊς των κακών αυθαίρετα, ου τοις άθύμοις η τύχη ξυλλαμβάνει. κακόν το κεύθειν, κού προς ανδρός ευγενούς, ουκ εστι τοις μη δρώσι σύμμαχος τύχη. ελπϊς yap η βοσκούσα τους πολλούς βροτών~ απαν το χρηστόν γνησίαν εχει φύσιν. ουκ αίσχρον ουδέν των αναγκαίων βροτοις. μετεστι τοις δουλοισι δεσποτών νόσου. αϊδώς yap οργής πλέων ωφελεί βροτούς. προς την ανάγκην ουδ' *Αρης άνθίσταται. εϊ σώμα δοϋλον, αλλ ό νους ελεύθερος. £-***»* ακων άμαρτών οϋ τις ανθρώπων κακός. μάντις δ' άριστος όστις εικάζει καλώς, τις εστί δούλος του θανείν αφρονΤις ων * εν τοις κακοις δει τους φίλους ευεργετεί ν. 6 μηδέν εϊδώς ουδέν έξαμαρτάνει. χε\ρ χ*ίρα νίπτει, δάκτυλος τε δάκτυλον. εϊ θεοί τι δρώσιν αϊσχρον9 ουκ είσιν θεοί. ανδρός δικαίου καρπός ουκ άπόλλυται. ανδρός χαρακτηρ εκ λόγου γνωρίζεται, ά μη προσήκει, μητ άκουε, μηθ* ορα. ου παντός ανδρός είς Κόρινθον εσθ' ό πλους, διπλούν δρώσιν οι μαθόντες γράμματα. ό μηδέν αδικών ούδενός δεϊται νόμου. κακοϊς ομιλών αύτος εκβησει κακός. σύμβουλος ουδείς εστι βελτίων χρόνου, κρεϊττον σιωπά ν η λαλεΐν ά μη πρεπει. γνώμαι πλέον κρατοϋσιν η σθένος χερών, βέλτιόν εστι σώμά y η ψυχή ν voire ιν.VERSE EXTRACTS. 7τολλοι μεν ναρθηκοφόροι, 7ταύροι δε τε Βάκχοι. χάριν λαβών μεμνησο και δούς επιλάθου. 6 γραμμάτων άπειρος ου βλέπει, βλέπων. μακάριος, όστις ονσίαν και νουν ^χει. απ* εχθρών πολλά μανθάνουσιν οι σοφοί, απανταχού μοι δώμ\ ιν αν λάβη μ* ύπνος. μη 7τάντ ερευνά' πολλά και λαθειν καλόν, καϊ ζών ο φαύλος και θανών κολάζεται. εΐ δείν εδρασας, δείνα και παθεϊν σε δεΐ< εκείνος ουκ εγημεν, αλλ* εγήματο. σοφού τΐαρ ανδρός χρη σοφόϊ> τι μανθάνειν. η λεγε τι σιγής κρεϊσσον η σιγήν εχε τις ορκος εστίν άνδρϊ φηλήττ] βαρύς \ φίλου κακώς πράξαντος, εκποδών φίλοι, αϊ δεύτεραι πως φροντίδας σοφώτεραι. ψευδόμενος ουδείς λανθάνει πολύν χρόνον. ύπερ σεαυτοϋ μη φράσης εγκώμιον. γή πάντα τίκτει και πάλιν κομίζεται. γελως ακαιρος εν βροτοις δεινον κακόν. μακάριος όστις μακαρίοις υπηρετεί. ω παϊ, σιώπα, πολλ* εχει σιγή καλά. Κροίσος "Αλυν διαβάς μεγάλην αρχήν καταλύσει, κωφού συνίημι, καϊ ου φωνουντος ακούω, των πόνων πωλουσιν ημΐν πάντα τάγά& οι θεοί. -Ιππος ευγενής, κ&ν β γέρων, εν τοΐσι δεινοϊς θυμον ουκ άπώλεσεν. άνήρ γαρ, όστις ηδεται λέγων άει, λεληθεν αύτον τοις ξυνούσιν ών βαρύς. ενεστι γάρ τις και λόγοισιν ηδονή, λήθη ν οταν ποιώσι των όντων κακών. προς ταύτα κρύπτε μηδέν, ως δ πάνθ> ορών κα\ πάντ ακούω ν πάντ αναπτύσσει χρόνος.VERSE EXTRACTS. *43 τίκτη yep ie&kh» tutaia σχολή' 0*6ς dt rots άργοισιν ov παρίσταται. ωί rots κακώς ιτράσσουσ** ή8ν και βραχνν χρόναν λαθίσθαι rmv παρ€στώτω» χακώρ. ηάντ *μπ*φνκ§ τψ μακρψ γηρ$ κακα, νονν φρ>ν&α$, ξργ* άχρ*ϊα, φροντίΒ*ς κ*ραί, ο&κ tort γήρας των σοφών, at ots ο mvs 0*ίψ π*φνκ(ν η μ* pa τ*ΘραμμίνΌ$* νραμηθία yitp Ktpdag μέγα. j Μ]β ΙβΧΛφφ rffff ~g^| yfof ^ $$ m&ofal .. ft&jf ΆΛβΙϋΡΤά; ^ΜΜΆΕΜ^ & CV|MT^ /> » -Jt Λ» J — t___^.1 A*+l— ■»........■.....*.. ·..'■'■ ||i^# W| TH U " ffll'fll· pi^iw iPPMr-' Jfi *^w \lfA3jVm lis If οι«ι>β Ι» βρνπησιν άλβίσΘη wort yBfoiic&f *σ0λης χ«*ριε> όγκωθ*h χλιδ§ ; Λ. &ο* df ιτοΣο*, *ur« μοι, ραητίον ; B. roy iroi# ορωντα καίταν ονχ όρ&μ€»α*. Swavrer *σμ*ν it rb vtnSmm σοφοί, <ώτο\ it άμαρτώχινης αν ψγνωσκυμ(ν. ^r^roffkifst, #I ν*ώτ*ρος λ«γ«», ^λλ* «! φρο*νήτΓ«>* τους hwyavs Μράν tpm. m&km w*p*€<>*, τά if iVirt/AJjcriy φφ#«. «£ tarff οτα» τις ίν<τ*βων θν$ iieit, «If* σμικρά 0vgf τνγχά»*ι σωτηρίας. &wms γάρ β* φυσαντ*$ ησσ&ντηι rtmwv, ονκ Ζστ& ewf σ»φρώ&* wtfym* wakis. οΰτ f« χ#ρβ£ peBerm καρτ*ρ<>*> λίθον pftm κατασχ***, ουτ άπ& γλώσσης λογύν.144 jstmd ef^ μ*ν £ηρ αΙ*τφ π*ράσψο$, Srraara Be χθων avBpi ytvveim πατρίς. οστά &€ τοικ τήκοντας «V βίψ σ*β*ι, δθ* iorri ml ζ&ν και θανών $€0ΐς φίλος, θνγατηρ ίΐτίγαμο^ κ&ν οΚωα μηδέν Xaktj, 8ιά τον σιωπάρ irX«crra Wipl αυτής Xtyci. Extracts from Hierocles. Σχολασπχψ rwi τις απάντησα* fSrtr, *A0J* (πώλησ-άς pot Βονλον, chr/favtv.' 4Ma rovt itom* ίφη, 'imp* *μο\ or* fiy cv&iv τοιούτον *ποίψπν/ 2χ6Χαστΐκός rm *λ& vmow fjXov π*πατηκ*ραι Βόξας, τδ* *r«£&e WtptiBljftffV, 4 Be a^roi iralpm, *ν$όμ*νος την αιτία» *αί fmh 'Αικαί&ς,* Ζφη, * μ*φθ\ καλονμ*$α* δω rf *%* SmmMfyrw *Επ\ Bmmm κΧηβ*ίς rtt o*m ipwrqmmw Bi τίνος τ®* *€κ\ημ*ρων < άώ rl ονκ fV&W;* 41m |4/ «Wee fraptmu*' 'Αβδηρίτη* ης κολνμβών wapb μικρό* (πνίγη* &po£<»/> /137 thnivai* *άν μη μά$$ πρώτο» χαλως κοΧυμβαΡ. 2χολαστι«<ρ τινί rts απαρτησας Ζφη * Kvpt* σχοΧαιττικ*, κα& νπνονς σ* IBmv προστγγόρ*νσα,* *Q Bi * Μα τονς θιους* $φη$ 4 ασχολο? &ν ου προσάχον? Κνμαϊός Tig *ν τψ κοΧνμβαν χ€ΐμωνος γινομένου Βιά ri μη Βραχήναι us ri βά$ος κατ4Βυ. Κνμαϊσς τ** μ*Χι iwmXti* ΜΧ&όντος Bi was *αι yei/erafifwf *«1 *1*6ντος on * Haw καλόν i φκ»$ Hi» ovr £ lr*p*f αντωψ pikmm* 2prtr, "Αΐι)^ι/ «focr*», *for«t ταύτης 6 ik**rpvw eiTwOw^ElF* ΣχοΧαστπ*<& fit ακοάταε Ti*mr €iw6*rmv In * eO πάτγωρ σον 0η iptftrmh' άπηλ0*ν *!f rfyr πνλη* tern cffd*#*τβ αντόν. 0Ετ*ρος d* τ$ρ πράφασιρ ipmtymt mi yvw$, βΕΙκότως* $φη, * pmpol καλανμ*&a* w6$€p yap <3σύα ci die της §τ*ρας πνλης ουκ $ρχ*ται;f ΣχολαοτΜ^ τι« £§ikmr rbv Spov αυτόν &tM(m μη rpwyttv, ov ιταρίβαλίΡ αντψ χόρτο*. uwofopdvros df τον Svov λψψ IXtyf, f MryaXa *ζημιω0ηρ' or* yap tpafk μη rpmyt*r, T»r# unifa»*»' Ανσκολόρ Tim Tit 4ζητπ. 6 Bi amxplmro * Ουκ *1μι Τον df -yfXacrimtis «cal ftir^rw 1 της yap φ»ρη$ σον a*ow»/ ηπ*ν9 <& κάθαρμα, ft μ*» $ BmkSs μου ft#**, mwrw ^ κ σοι ον φαίνομαι αξιονιστότιρος £κ*ί»ον «W;* 'Ε* Κνμ*ι *πισημου τίνος κηΒ*νυμ*ρον προσ*λ0ωρ τις ηρώτα ' Τις S τ*0ρηκ&$ ;9 Κνμαΐος Β* τις vrnfaiiarm λίγων, * 'Kkciwh? & «τι της κλίτης apamiptpotJ Κνμαϊός nr bt Uovrrapa κφτο» mxwro* ι&ω» dc κλά&ον σνκης irttιρίχαντα, mmmm bprnm* π*πληρωμί*ο», *χ€λαβ*το τον κλά&ον. L146 MJSCMLLAmOUS EXTRACTS. tow at 8pov άπ§κρ€μάσθη} ml τον ytiroms Ιρωτή- σαντος ri iicci wat€i κρ*μάμ*νος, iktyw, * *Etc τον opov πίπτωκα* Έχολησπκός rtf π*ρ\ κλίμακός τίνος πνθάμ*νος οτι άναβαινον- των §χπ βάθρα εΐκοσιν, £πΰθ§το (I κα\ καταβαινόντων rorravra ίστιν, "Σχολαστικός rts ά^λφούς hvo ίδών, θανμαζόντων τίνων την ομοιότητα αυτών, ' Ονχ όντως,* φησιν, * όμοιος *στιν οντος *κ*ίνω, ως § κείνος τούτω/ Σχολαστικός rts, ποταμον βονλόμ€νος mpav, (πίβη ml το Trkolov «φ* tmrov καθημ*νος. πνθομίνον δ« τίνος την αιτιαν, $φη στΓοι>$άζ*ιν. MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. Amrtdai^rim rms μ** ζ*νοις i* rat Ikmptait faro rij 0**19 r£ βάθρα Mktrm' avrol Bi ■ €Τνχ€Ρ' tkg0€^ovto . To μ£ν rm λύχνου ψm μ*χρ** σβ*σθη φαίνιι και την ανγην owe άποβαλλ€ΐ' q & *? σοι άληθαα και &ικαιοσννη ml σωφροσύνη προαποσβήσ^ται· Μάρκος *Avr»vm>s ifpsTQ ««tvror, 4 OtSmx μ*& hv εισήλθαν §1ς τον κόσμα* φη παρ€ληλύθασιν ; * *Α νίκητος fivat &υνησ*ί$ *αν its μηΒίνα αγώνα καχαβαιν^ς ο» ουκ ϊστχν iwl σοι νικησαι. "Οστις, νίος ών, μουσών a/iAct, τον τ€ sriψςλθόντα χρόνον αττολώλ***. ccu το* μέλλοντα τίθνηκ*. *Α»άγκη τον αγαθόν ποιητην, ft μίλλ*ι ire pi ων &v ποι§ καλώς ποίησαν, tldora irmeiv, Ουκ fa Tvpappivtip *χθαιράμ*νος «λοίμην, Ιξόν *μαι ύπο φίλων άγαπωμ*νω χρημάτων σπανιζαν. Εΐ τα σν**χως και πολλά ml ταχέως λολιΓ* τον φρον*Ιν σημ*Ιο*>ϊ αϊ χ€λι$ό*§ψ §σαν &ν ημών σωφρονίσηροι πολύ.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 147 El ol άνθρωποι σ* νποΚάβοκν itpbs ravt yovth αχάριστο» tlvat, ovdfis &v vopurutv tv άσθαι σπως άποφ*νζ*ται, πάν ποια», θάνατον* Τις τόν 'Ηρακλή ουκ oHkv, και rovt δωδ*κα πόνους o&s, far* Ενρνσθίως **λ«ι>σ$<<£? (ΐτοίψτ*ν ; UpoftXero μάλλον & Σωκράτης τοις νόμοις t μ μίνων απο#αν*ίν, | παρανομών (ην. Κάπρφ χρυσός totKtv, arc άχρηστος ων iav μη πανταχού καιο<τύνην ; νγιώμ η φαύλων * ' * * Υγιών.1 4 Τί ovt> ου ζητύτ§ '"θ τι *χομ*ν/ * ΤΙ ονν μάχ*σθ* και διαφίρ^σθ*;' ΙΙάιτωμ μάλιστα Β*ϊ την μνήμην των iraibmv άσκύν. της yap παιδείας ταμι*ϊόν tarriv f} Μνημψ wax* την Μνημοσννην μητ/ρα των Μουσώ* μν$όλογοΰντ*ς ωνόμασαν, Σωκράτης προς τον §ιπόντα ' Κακώς imimw m Xryti/ ' Καλώι yap* (φη, (keynv ουκ *μαβ*ν' 'Ηράκλατος tkrycp on ovfoWf ovdiv §&τψΰί»$ αλλά ml πάντα xwutw ttai jm. Κνμα*ός Tts οικία* *γ*Χ&ρ» Xiiov «ζ α&τη* €κβαΚά»ν #lt $β*γμ* «*ρι*φτρ*ν. "Ελ*γ*ρ 6 'Αντιφάνης άτι * 2φά&ρα ftrrtv ημών 6 βίος mv& *ροσφ€ρης' 6ταν γάρ β μικρόν τ6 λοιπον, 3ζος ytytvrai.' Κνρος Kartcrrptyaro πάντα τά £$W|, οσα Σνρίαν (κβάντι <#?*« μίχρι ίρνθρας θαΚάττης* 'imtf μ*ν ψτάνν ολίγα άρκπ, iviais & χm www 7τολλα ο&χ ικανά iarrw. *Έλϊ$αμνός im% w£kis ip &£% ucnrXtovri τον *livmv κόΧνον, oi df 'Pmpmm fcimwrts ονομάζουν* Δνρράχιον, Twos Καίσαρ, Φαρνάκη* τ&» ΙΧοντικο» 4φά&ον νικψτας, wpos tovs φίλους typaψ§*9 **Ηλ0ον, «tdor, ινίκησα* * &uk ri ό Svot άκανθας ijdrroc ΜΑων ;* "On ονος π*'φυ*€ν. Kara τδ» \\γησίλαον ol την 'Atria* Karmxovvr€t ίΚιίθ*μοι 짻 *.ντ§ς κακοί #len, dot/Xoi df owf ayaBoL Ίάν άρχοντα τριών d*i μνημην *χ*ιν* wpmrov μ*ν, οτι ivSpm*4t cirrt* δ*ύτ*ρον &*f άτι κατά νάμαν άρχ*ι* τρίτον, ίτι ονκ atl άρχ€ Ι.150 mrseELLANEOm EXTRACTS. *Εάτ riff 0m καμνη των &hccrmpt Set if# παρακαλ*ΐρ τους larpovt tpa μη αποθάν^. Mi| crit της μητρός τί καραμέλα μη tre και ο 1 0€ο\ ονκ-ίθίλωσιν froiftv. Τό θάνατον $€$ΐί'ραι ovdtv άλλο £στ\ν ή δοκψιρ σοφον tlvat μη 6ντα' dottftp yap ιι&'ναι itrrip ά ουκ ouW. Ov μόνον τα μεγάλα, αλλά ml τα μικρά παρωμαι act αττο θ*ών άρχίσθαι. Αισχρυν earιν «Xirtfciρ pip πάντα καλώς *£*ur, iwmovp€iv Hi μηδ*ρ τοις τα αδικα πάσχονσtp. *&π(φυγον ol βο*ς φοβονμίροι, φ€ν·γοντ*ς fid έφόβονν τους βατράχους. '{^ιομ μ*ρ το άδ*λφ6ν άδ*λφφ ιπιτιμαν, καλόν Μ το «αϊ τω *)Α>ψ mryjawet. QaptmiXft S Σωκράτης τους mamas *πιμ€λίΙσθαι rov m φρονι- μωτάτους thai και ωφ*λιμωτάτουςΨ Δήλοί «ισιν (d πολλοί προσποιούμενοι μ*ν uBivai, iiMrft Μ OV$(P. 01 τοιούτοι άνθρωποι χρησιμωτ*ρον τά χρήματα νομίζονσιν § αδελφούς. Το μ*ν τ€λ*ντησα* πάντων ή π*πρωμ£νη κατ*κριν*, τά & καλώς mroBavtlv ΙΒιον rm$ σπονδαίοις η φύσις airivtiptv. ΕI Σωκράτης ω(το ?klv άπαντα ποι*ϊίν και λ*γ*ιν ώστ€ αποφυγήν θάνατον^ ραΰίως &ρ *πασ€Ρ τους βικαστάς. "Έκιρδύνίνσας ά* mto&amw νπο τμρ βαρβάρων, ft μη δια τψ ιατρικής ην (κ(κτησο χρησιμορ avrms crairrov πάρ€σχ(ς. *Έα» rit am anayytO^j] οτι *6 Beiva β£ rri πονηρά ποιοίνπς rms τα rmmra μισονσιν φίλοι ytvourr* &ν * * Εϋ I 2ωχράτη$, * on το μψ καλώς λ*γι& ου μόνον «is αυτό rovro tX^iXiV itmv, αλλά «βΐ τι ι μπόι* ι τοις ψυχαϊς* * Αριστοτέλης, €ρωτη0*ις τι ποτ αυτω πιριγ^ονίν «* τήίMISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. σοφία®* $φη, τ& Μντα vwtlv ά iroXXol But τον από rm» νόμων φόβαν νοιούσιν. Σωκράτης, Γοργών έρωτησαντος αντον ην ίχη w€pι τον μ(γαλον βασιλέως νπόληψιν, καϊ tl νομίζη τούτον (ύΒαίμανα ftvai, ( Ουκ οϊΒα/ *φη, i ir&s aperrjs και iraiBdas *χα.* ΕίσΙν οι χρημάτων μεν κτησ(ως π4ρι πιισαν ποιούνται σπονΒην, των Β* νΚων, οις ταύτα KaraXctyovatv, μικρά φροντίζονσιν, Τι Β* «λλο οι τοιούτοι τω οντι ποιούσιν η τον μϊν υποδήματος φροντίζονσιν, τον Be ποδός ολιγώρως ίχονσιν; Διογένης *φη των ανθρώπων tviovs τά Βίοντα λέγοντας ίαντων ουκ άκον*ιν, ωσπ€ρ και τά$ λύρας καλόν φθ*γγομένας Ονκ αίσθά- Vfης σωζ*ιν *αντον, Αλλοις* %φη, * Μ wmrm wapmvtiv, αρχοντι H καϊ 'MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS, 155 * ml «I μ* $νος cXaicrtow, avrtkaicriam τούτον ηξιωσατ( αν ;* Ου μην cVcwfr γ# χαίρων απήλλαξίν,, πάντων bi αντόν οναξιζόν- των και λακτιστην άποκαΧονντων άπηγξατο* 4 ΟΙ μ*ν τραγωδαποιοί rt *cal ntV&ipof,' Γφ^ Πλάτων, * 'ΛττοΧ- λωι>ο? μίν φασίν *Ασκ\ηπών (Ivat, υπό δ« χρνσον ιτ*ισ0ηναι πλούοτιον άνδρα, θανάσιμαν ηδη οντά, ιάσασ&αι, ό0*ν $ή κα\ Κίραννωθηναι αυτόν. *Ημ*ΐς θ« ο£ πα6όμ*6α αΐτοϊς αμφότερα, αλλ* fi μο» 0€θί) ot/« ξι>, φησομ*ι% αΙσχροκίρΒήϊ ft αισχρο- κ*ρ$η*ψ ουκ }jv θ*οΰ* *0 τύραννος rms μ*ν wpwrms ημιίμαις wpoayekf rt ml άσπάζ(ται πάνταψ ml οΰτ* tvpamm φψη» ««Ό*, νπ^σχνύταΐ ϊ* πολλά ml ί&φ *ai δημοα-ίψ, χρέων m f λ#»Ιφ«ΐΜ*«^ΐββΙ ^ $**ν*ψ* δήμψ ψν «®1 τοί* ir*pl ίβντά*, «αϊ *i*«* τ* *αι wp^bs ttm» *rpo parm<*h ^τονΒη. Θαλής 4 φιλόσοφος tmtv* πρ*σβί'rrmov των όντων 6 0*os, άγ&νητος yip* κάλλιστον 6 κόσμος, ποίημα γαρ 0tov' μ*γιστον 4 τόκος, wrnnra γ&ρ χ*ρ*ϊ τάχιστο» & mmf &α παντός γάρ τρ*χ**' ισχνρότατον η ανάγκη, κραηϊ γαρ πάντα' σοφώτατον ά χρόνος, άν*νρίσκ€ΐ γάρ πάντα. Runners in the Race-course. Of μ*ν των Βρομιών το μ*ν wpmmv άποπιβωοη* TfXitffwrif καταγ*λαστοι γίγνονται τά &τα (πι τω» ωμων Έχοντας km άστ*φά- μμτμ άποτρ*χοντ*ΐί' οι $* τ§ άληΦΐία BpopmA cif τ*\ος eX$oVrc»- τά τ* &€ka λαμβάνονσι κα) σηφαναΰνται. The Palinode. Των ομμάτων *σπμηθη Ζτψτϊχοροε S πο*ητψ &ια την Κλίνης KwaffOf»avy akX 5r* μουσικοί $*» €γνω την αιτίαν>: (141$ &156 MISCBLLANBOUS EXTRACTS. ίνοίηση ' οΰκ Ιατ* irufios Χάγο? a&TOt' Km mdfaas 87 «τόσα» τήν καΚονμίνην παΚινφ&ίαν παραχρήμα ΜβΚ*ψ*ν. XaXeira τα JcaXa. Χφρωμ*ν ήδη, TratBfy, elf τα τω*> &ων &δασκαΧ«ία, μουσικής παώ(νματα* προσλαμβάνιιν δ«ί κα$' ημίραν άτι (ω; otp €^5 μανύάραν β^Χτίοι α, παις δ* κακόν δμάν rt προϊκ nrurrarat αντσς παρ αντον μανθάνων &ν§υ πόνου. τα χρηστά δ\ οιθ' 5** τον διδάσκαλο? λ«ί$ι^ §μνημον9νσ§ν> αΧλα κ*κτηται μόλις. Physiciaκ, heal Thyself. Τδ μ§ν παραι**σαι pa&wv, χαλίπον dc τά αντδν wok ι». οίδα γαρ τους ίατρσνς σφόδρα «δ XaAoiWas srfpl *γκρατ*ίας tms νοσονσιν, ftr«, ©to* avrot wr£ j*&r«w ληφ&ωσιν, αυτούς πάντα irwovvras ά τότ* οϋκ €wv. The Two Wallets. Awnwros· *φη δι/ο πήρας ϊκαστον ημ$>ν φ*ρ*ίν, την μ*ν ϊμπροσ- $(», την δ« 8πισθ€ν, Kai fir μ*? τήν Έμπροσθεν άποτιθίναι ημας τα των άλλων άμαρτηματα, tit δ« γ»)ϊ> &πισΰ*ν τα ημ*τ*ρα, hi & oifbi κα$ορωμ*ν αυτά. Economy. Διογένης θ*ασάμ*νός irorc παώίον ταΐς χ*ρσΙ πινον 4ξ*ρρ*ψ* της πήρας την κατνλην <ιπών' i Qatblop μ€ ν*νίκηκ€ν curvXctip/ A Greek: Pith. ΆνησΘάνης προς μ*χράκκάν τ*, μέλλον φόντα* αντψ ml πνθό- μ*»σν, * Βφ\ιαρίο% *φη, 4 καινού κα\ γραφιΐβν mm- vot/f *ei πνηκχ&ίον Katrev* τάν ¥Όυν παρ€μφαίνων.MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 157 Medical Science in Babylon. Tol? Βαβυλωνίοις καθεστηκεν 6 νόμος οδε' τους κάμνοντας ες τήί/ άγοραν εκφορουσιν, ου γαρ δη χρώνται ΙατροΊς. προσιόντες μεν ουν προς τον κάμνοντα συμβουλεύονται ιτ€ρ\ της νόσου, €ΐ τις κα\ αυτός τοιούτο επαθεν, όποιον εχει ό κάμνων, ή ει τι να άλλον εϊδεν οΰτω παθόντα, οτνμβονλευσάμενοι δε παραινουσιν αττα Έκαστος ποιησας εξεφυγεν την νόσον η άλλον εγνω εκφυγόντα. σιγή δε παρεξελθεϊν τον κάμνοντα ούδενι εξεστιν. The Dog's Defence. "Or* φωνήεντα ην τα £ωα, φασ\ την οΐν προς τον δεσπότην ειπείν, 1 θαυμαστόν ποιείς ος ημΐν μι ν, ταις εριά σοι κάϊ αρνας και τυρόν 7Γαρεχούσαις, ουδέν δίδως, ο τι hv μη εκ της γης λάβωμεν* τω δέ κυνί, ος ουδέν τοιούτον σοι παρεχει} μεταδίδως ουπερ αυτός (χεις σίτου' Ύόν κύνα ουν άκούσαντά φασιν είπειν, (Nat, μα Αία' εγώ γάρ ε ϊμι ό σώζων ν μας ώστε μη Τ€ υπ* ανθρώπων κλέιττεσθαι, μητ€ υπό λύκων άρπαζε σ θα ι' επε\ ύμεϊς γε, εϊ μη εγώ φυλάττοιμι υμας, ούδ* &ν νεμεσθαι δύναισθε1 φοβούμενοι μη άπόλησθε* Ουτω δη λεγεται και τα πρόβατα συγχωρήσαι τον κύνα προτι- μασθαι. Birth and Death among the Trausi. Τα μεν αλλ α πάντα οι Τραυσοι τοις άλλοις θραζιν όμοιοι είσιν' κατα δε τόν γενόμενον και τον άπογενόμενον τοιάδε ποιονσιν' τον μεν γενόμενον κύκλω καθιζόμενοι οI προσήκοντες ολοφυροιται, διηγούμενοι πάντα τα ανθρώπεια πάθη, οσα δει αυτόν πασχειν* τον δε άπογενόμενον παίζοντες τ€ και ηδόμενοι γη κρύπτουσιν, λεγοντες οτι μυρίων κακών ε'£απαλλαχθεις εστίν εν πάσΐ] ευδαιμονία. Star-gazing. θαλτ]ν, τον φιλόσοφονί άστρονομουντά ποτ€ και άνω βλέποντα, πεσόντα eir φρεαρ, θραττά τις εμμελής και χαρίεσσα θεραπαινις158 MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. άποσκώψαι λεγεται, ώς τα μεν eV ούρηνώ προθυμοιτο ειδεναι} τά δ* cμπροσβεν αυτού και παρα πόδας λανθάνοι αυτόν. τούτον δ« apxct σκώμμα επ\ πάντα? οσοι εν φιλοσοφία διαγονσιν. The Mysterious Cask. "Ανθρωπος τις *Αμιναίαν εχων εσφράγισεν αυτήν. Του δε δουλου κάτωθεν τρησαντος και τον οινον ύφαιρουντος, ε θαύμαζε ν οτι, των σήμαντρων σώων όντων, 6 οίνος άε\ ελαττονται. ειπόντος δε έτερου rtvof τω ν δούλων, '"0 ρα μη κάτωθεν άφρρεθη* i' Αμαθέστατε, εφη> 1 ου το κάτωθ(ν λείπει, αλλά το άνωθεν μέρος* The Lake Dwellers of Prasias. "ΐκρια εττ\ σταυρών υψηλών εζενγμενα iv μέστ] εστηκε ττ} λίμνη, εισοΒον εκ της ηπείρου στενΐ)ν έχοντα μια -γέφυρα, τό μεν ούν πρώτον τους σταυρούς έστησαν κοινή πάντες οι πολΐται, επειτα δε Kaff εκάστην γυναίκα 6 γάμων τρεις σταυρούς ύφίστησιν' γάμε ι δε έκαστος ετυχνας γυνα7κας. οικούντες δε επ\ των Ικρίων κρατού- σιν ιδία έκαστος της κάλύβης εν ζ διαιταται κα\ Θύρας καταρρακτης δια των Ικρίων κάτω φερούσης ες την λιμνην. τα δε νήπια παιδία δε'ουσι του ποδορ σπάρτω δειμαίνοντες μη κατακνλισθί}. τοΊ,ς δε ιπποις και τοις ύποζυγίοις χόρτο ν παρεχουσιν Ιχθυας' τοσούτοι yap είσι τω αριθμώ ώστε οταν δια της θύρας της καταρρακτης καθίη τις σιτνρίδα7 ου πολύν δη χρόνον επισχών, ανασπά πλήρη ιχθύων. The Crown of Wild Olive τΗκόν δε τίνες αυτόμολοι απ * Αρκαδίας' οι δε Π ερσαι άγοντες τούτους ες o\fsiv βασιλέως επυνθάνοντο περ\ των 'Ελλήνων 5 7Γοι- ουσιν' οι δε ελ€γον ως 'Ολύμπια αγουσιν καΐι θεωρούσιν αγώνα γυμνικό ν και ιππικό ν. ερωτώντων δε αύθις τών Περσών, ο τι ειη το αθλον προκείμενον περι ου αγωνίζονται, οι 'Αρκάδιοι ειπον s Τήί ελαίας τον διδόμενον στεφανον* * Ενταύθα ειπών γνώμην γενναιοτάτην Ύριτανταίχμης ό 9Αρταβά-MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. 159 νου, δειλιαν ώφλε προς βασιλέως. ΤΙννθανόμενος yap το άθλο ν όν στεφανον, αλλ* ου χρήματα, ουκ ήνεσχετο σιγών, αλλά (ς πάν- τας είπε τάδε, ( Παπαι, Μαρδόνιε, ποίους cV άνδρας ήγαγες μα- χουμεινους ήμας, ot ου περ\ χρημάτων τον αγώνα ποιούνται, αλλά περ\ αρετής',* Socrates to the Judges. (After the Verdict.) *0ρατε μη ού τούτα jj χαλεπόν, ω άνδρες, θάνατον εκφυγεΐν, αλλά πολύ χαλεπώτερον πονηρίαν (εκφυγείι/)* θάττον yap θανάτου 6(7. κα\ νυν εγώ μεν, arc βραδύς ών και πρεσβύτης, υπό του βραδυτερου εαλων' οι δ* εμο\ κατήγοροι, are δεινοί και οξείς ο ντε ς, υπό του θάττονος, της κακίας, και νυν εγω μεν απειμι ύφ* υμών θανάτου δ'ικην όφλών, ούτοι δ% υπό της αλήθειας ώφληκότες μοχθηριαν κα\ άδικίαν. Εΰελπις μεν ουν εγώ εϊμι προς τον θάνατον' εΐ γαρ μηδεμία αισθησίς εστίν, οιον ύπνος ανευ όνειράτων, θαυμάσιο ν κέρδος αν ' ειη ό θάνατος, εϊ δε, ως εγω οϊμαι, μεταβολή τις τυγχάνει ουσα και μετοίκησις ττ} ψυχη του τόπου τούδε εις άλλον τόπον, καϊ εϊ άληθη εστ\ τα λεγόμενα, ώτ άρα εκεί είσιν άπαντες οι τεθνηκότες, τι μείζον αγαθόν τούτου αν ειη ; "Ω. στ ε και ύμας χρϊ), ώ άνδρες, ευελπιδας είναι προς τον θάνατον και εν τι τούτο διανοεΐσθαι αληθές, οτι ουκ εστίν άνδρϊ άγαθω κακόν ουδέν οΰτε ζώντι οΰτε τελευτήσαντι, ουδε αμελείται υπό θεών τα τοιούτου πράγματα, ουδε τα εμα νυν από του αυτομάτου γεγονεν, αλλά μοι δήλόν εστι τούτο, οτι ήδη τεθνάναι και σπηλλάχθαι πραγμάτων βελτιον ην μοι. Cleobis and Βιτον. KXcojSty tc.jcoI ΒΙτων, *Αρκάδιοι το γένος, ει τις και άλλος, ολβιοι ησαν. βιοτός τε γαρ αύτοΊς Ικανός νπηρχεν, #cat ρώμη σώματος τοι- αύτη ώστε αθλοφόροι αμφότεροι εγενοντο. εορτής δε γενόμενης τ%ΐ6θ MISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. "Ηρα rotς 'Αρκαδίοις, πάντως εδει την μητέρα αυτών ζεύγει κομι- σβήναι εις το ιερόν, οι δε βό(ς εκ τυυ αγρού ου παρεγένοντο εν ωρα, ωστ€ oi νεάνιαι, νποδύντες αΰτοι το ζυγον, εΐλκον την αμαξαν, η δε μητηρ αυτών επ\ riyc άμάζης ωχειτο. σταδίου ς δε ιτέντε και Tea- σα ράκ ο ντα διακομίσαντες, άφίκοντο ες το ιερόν. ταύτα δέ αυτοί? ποιησασι και οφθεΐσι υπό της πανηγύρεως τέλεύτη του βίου αρίστη επεγένετο. οι μεν yap *Αργειοι περισταντες εμακάριζον των νεανιων την ρωμην, αϊ δε *ΑργεΊαι την μητέρα αυτών, οιων τέκνων εκύρησε. ή δί μητηρ περίχαρης ούσα τω τε ίργω και τι} φήμ*7, στασα εναντίον του αγάλματος εΰχετο Κλέοβί Τ€ και Birom, roif τέκνοις έαυτής, οι την μητέρα μ€γά\ως (τίμησαν, δούναι την θεον ο,τ* άνθρωπω τυχεΊν άριστον coti. /χίτα δε ταύτην την εύχηνί ων εθυσάν τε και εύωχη- 6 η σαν, κατακοιμηθέντες iv αύτω τω ίφω oi νεάνιαι ουκέτι ανέστη- σαν. *Αργεϊοι δε αυτών εικόνας ποιησάμενοι ανέθεσαν ες ΑεΧφούς ως ανδρών άριστων γενομένων. The Choice of Hercules. Φησι Προδικο? 'Ηρακλ/α, fVfi «κ παίδων eff ηβην ωρματο (iv fj οί νέοι, ^7 αύτοκράτορ*Γ γενόμενοι, δ^λοΰσιν citc τήν δι' αρετής όδόν τρέπονται ειτε την δια κακι'αί), c£fX0ovra rip ησυχίαν καθη- σ#αι, α7Γοροΰντα όποτέραν των οδών τράπηται. και φανηναι αύτω δυο γυναίκας προΊέναι μεγαλας. Και τήν /iev έτέραν ευπρεπή είναι, φύσει κε κοσμημένη ν το μεν σωμα καθαρότητι, τα δε όμματα αιδοι, τό δ« σχήμα σωφροσύνη, εσθητα \ενκην εχουσαν. τήν δ* έτέραν τεθραμμένην μεν εις ιτολυ- σαρκίαν, κεκαλλωπισμένην 8ε τό μεν χρώμα, ώστε Χευκοτέραν τ€ και ερυθροτέραν του ovros δοκεϊν, το δ€ σχήμα, ώστε δοκεΐν ρ«- fova Tjjc φύσεως είναι, εσβητα δε εχουσαν εξ ης μαλιστ άν η ωρα διαλά/ΐ7Γ0(, δ« cyevovTO πλησιαίτερον του 'Ηρακλ/ουρ, τήν μεν πρόσθεν ρηθεισαν uvai κατά τον αυτόν τρόπον, τήν δ* cTcpav, φθάσαι βου- \ομένην, προσδραμεΐν τω 'Ηρακλεΐ και ειπείν. 4'Ορώ ere, ώ 'Ηράκλεις, άπορουντα ποίαν όδόν cxri τόν βίορMISCELLANEOUS EXTRACTS. l6j τράπη. εάν ovv εμϊ φίλην ποιησ-ης, επι την ήδίαττην τε και ράστην όδον άξω σε, και των μεν ηδονών ουδεμίας αγευστος c4petv, * to sweep a country of all its plunder' {agere et ferre). Both ayeiv and agere strictly refer to men and cattle, as opposed to things that need carrying. άγών, a)vos, δ (ayω), a contest, a race, άδβλφή, ψ, ή, sister. άδςλψος, οϋ, δ, brother, "Αιδηβ (φδηε), ον, δ, Hades, or Pluto, the god of the shades, els "ΐ^δον sc. οίκον, to the abode of Hades, ev "£δον sc. οικψ, in the nether world. Probably from d and ftf>, to see. άδικέω (ώ), ήσω, ήδίκησα, ήδίκηκα (άδι/eos), to wrong, μεγάλα άδί- khv τον άδίλφον ·= 'to inflict great wrongs on one's brother.' αδικ€ΐ 2ΐωκράτη$ διαφθίίρων rovs veovs ss * Socrates is guilty of corrupting the young men.' αδίκημα, arcs, τδ, an injustice, a wrongdoing. αδικία, as, ή (afSiVcos), injustice. &δικο$, ov (/i, not, and δίκη), unjust. άδίκωβ, unjustly. ά-δύνατοβ, ov (a, not, and δυναμαι), I. impossible; 2. powerless, αδύνατον- or αδύνατα-1 cm = ' it is impossible.' §δω, $σομαι,γσα, to sing, ael, always, els del, for ever, δ del άρχων —4 the archon for the time.' άβίδω, see αδα;. aerds, οΰ, δ, eagle. αήρ, epos, δ (aer), air. αήρ is the thick lower air, opp. to α'ιθήρ, the pure upper air, or sky. Homer says of a tall pine tree, δι aipos al9ep' tuavev. ά-θάνα/ros, ov (a, not, and Oavaros; cf. θνήσκω for θάν-σκω, (θανόν), immortal, undying. ά-OcaTos, ov, (1) not seen, (2) not seeing, blind to (c. gen.). oi-Oeos, ov, without God, denying the gods, ungodly. Άθήναξβ, orig. Άθήνασδ€, adv. to Athens. 'Αθήναι, ηνων, at (Athenae), Athens. Άθηναιοβ, αία, αΐον, Athenian. oiOXios, ία, ιον, wretched, burdensome, δ,θλον, ov, τ δ, prize (in a contest). &9\os, ov, δ, contest. άθλο-φόρος, ov, bearing away the prize, victorious. άθυμέω (ώ), ήσω, to be a0t>/zos, to be disheartened, to despond, άί-θυμοβ, ov (0i5/ios), without heart, faint-hearted, spiritless. Adv. αθν- jucws; dθύμωs exeiv = * to be dis- pirited.' ΑΙακίδης, ov, δ (a patronymic, like Dardanidae), sprung of Aeacus; often of Achilles. Αιγύπτιος, ία, ιον, Egyptian. Αιγυτττοβ, ου, ή, Egypt, ο Aty., the Nile. Αιακίδη$, ov, δ, a son of Aeacus, generally of Achilles. αΐδεομαι (ονμαι), ίσομαι, to be ashamed, α'ιδέομαι iroietv τάδ€ = 11 am ashamed to do this.' atSio- μαί ce, * I respect you,'GLOSSARY. 165 atSios, ov (said to be from del), everlasting, etc. αΙδώ, ovs, ή, shame, modesty,' re- verence. οίθήρ, epos, δ (αϊθω, Lat. aether, Eng. ethereal), the sky, the upper air: see άήρ. αίλουρος, ov, δ and ή, a cat; (see Buttm. Lexil. fr. al6\os and ουρά, from the wavy motion of its tail, aiokos gives Aeolus, the Changeable. αίμα, aros, to, blood (haemorrhage, haematite). αινέω (ω), «σα;, to praise, ίπαινίω is used in prose. αίνιγμα, aros, τό (αΐνίττομαι, enig- ma), a dark saying, a riddle, atvos, ov, ό, a tale, saying; fable, αιρβσις, fws, 77 (heresy), (1) choice; (2) a sect. alpcco (α>), ήσω, ηρηκα, el\ov, to take, conquer, convict. Mid. to choose, elect. Pass. (1) to be taken (more generally άλίσκομαι); (2) to be chosen. All 2 aor. forms, save in indie., begin with !λ-. αΐρω, άρω, ypfca, fjpa, to raise, to exalt. Mid. to carry off, to un- dergo, to undertake. αισθάνομαι, θήσομαι, y σθημαι, rj- σθόμψ {aesthetics), to perceive, with gen. or acc. or participle, αίσθοι-, 2 aor. opt. αίσθάνομαι. αίσχρο-κ€ρδής, 2s (see αϊσχρο$ and /cipdos, like Latin 4 turpilucricupi· dus * Mr. Muckrake), loving base gain. αισχρός, ά, δν, ugly, foul, base; comp. αίσχίωγ, superl. αϊσχιστοε. αισχύνη, j;s, ή, a disgrace; shame, αίσχύνομαι, ονμαι, ήσκυμμαι, τ}σχ- ύνθην, to be ashamed, with acc. or enI with dat., of a thing. αίσχύνομαι ποιων τι — Ί am ashamed of doing what I do.' αίσχύνομαι rroieiv rx =' I am ashamed to do a thing,' (and therefore do not do it). αίσχύνομαι τίνα = ' I feel re- verence for a person, or shame before him see αίΰίομαι. Αίσωπος, δ, the writer of fables, αΐτέω (α)), ήσω, "ητησα, ήτηκα, to ask for, with acc. of person and thing. αίτια, as, ή, cause ; blame; charge, αΐτιος, a, ov, guilty; with genitive. δ airios. αιχμάλωτος, ov (αιχμή, spear, and άλ- in αΚίσκομαι), taken by the spear, prisoner of war, captive, αιών, wvos, δ, one's life-time, life, Lat. aevum; an age. άκανθα, 17s, ή (from νΆΚ, sharp, seen in acies, acus, awhs, a/cpos, etc.), a thistle; a thorn. ακήκοώς, pf. part, from άκουω. άκουσα, see άκων. Dist. from άκού- ονσα, and άκούσαζ, parts of άκουω, σομαι, άκ-ηκοα, ήκουσα, to hear, rivos τι, something from a person, τούτο οντωε €χον, or. οτι τοντο οϋτωε βχα. Used (especially with ev and κακωε) as the passive of λέγω, to be spoken of, to be called, ακριβής, es, accurate, exact (?a/e/>os). άκρος, a, ov (acies, acus), the out- most, edge of. άκροι πόδ€$, the ends of the feet. άκων, άκουσα,άκον (ά,not,and eKcbv), unwilling. αλγεω (Att. ω), ήσω, ήλ-γησα, to grieve, be pained. άλγος, ovs, τδ, pain. άλ€6ΐνός, ή, ov, lying open to the sun, warm, hot. ολ€κτρυών, όνοε, δ, a cock. Άλί^ανδρος, ου, δ, (ι) Paris, the son of Priam; (2) A. the Great, son of Philip of Macedon. αλήθεια, as, ή, truth; = άληθβσ-ια, from αληθής, (λανθάνω), true, exact, minute,GLOSSARY. άληθινοδ, i), bv, (χ) of persons, truthful, trusty; (2) of things, real, genuine. άληθώς, adv. truly. aAis, adv. enough, in abundance, άλΐσκομαι, άλώσομαι, Iάλωκα, 2 aor. £άλων, to be taken, used as pass, of aipico. άλλ' before a vowel = άλλα, but. αλλ' before a vowel = αλλα, other things: see άλλοβ. αλλά, but, yet: ov μόνον . . . αλλά και . . . not only—but also: αλλά μτ)ν, atqui, however; well, but. άλλα, neuter plural of a\\os. αλλήλους, αλλήλων, άλλήλοιδ (re- ciprocal pronoun, only used in oblique cases), one another (άλλοι —άλλοι). άλλοΐος, a, ov (άλλο®), of another kind, different. αλλομαι, άλονμαι'. άλλος, η, ο (alius, alia, aliud, the final dental has dropped off the neuter in the Greek), other, άλ- » Xoi = others; ol άλλοι = the others, the rest; άλλοι—άλλοι = some —others, άλλοι άλλα (kiroiovv), some (did) one thing, some an- other : cF. Lat. alii alia, etc. άλλότριοδ, ία, ιον (άλλος), belonging to another, (alienus) : strange, ή άλλοτρία sc. 777 = ' the enemy's country.' άλλως, otherwise, αλλ aw re και — not only otherwise, but also = especially. ά-λογοβ, ov (λογοί), unreasonable, irrational. αλυσιβ, ecws, ή, a chain. άλώναι, 2 aor. inf. άλίσκομαι. αλώττηξ, vcos, ή, fox. The 4 fox' is used proverbially for * cunning,' as £ovs for 'strength.' ττ)ν ά. ίλκ€ΐ όπισθεν, he is a fox in disguise, lit. he trails the fox behind (him), αμα, adv. at the same time, to- gether (same root as Lat. simul, sem-el, sim-plex, and Gr. δμον). ά-μαθής, h, unlearned (a, not, and V μαθ of ίμαθον, μανθάνω); hence άμαθία, as, ή, ignorance. αμα£α, 77s, ή, cart, wagon, άμαρτάνω, ήσομαι, ήμάρτηκα, η μα ρ- τον, to miss, with gen.; to err, sin. αμάρτημα, ros, rb, a sin. άμάρτιον, ου, το, —Αμάρτημα, αμβροσία, as, ή, ambrosia, the food of the gods ; strictly an adj. agree- ing with €δώδη : it is derived from a, not, and α/ μρο or μορ seen in morior, mortal, (fi)0poTos, for μροτο$, etc. The labial β has slipped in between the labial-nasal μ and the p, as in nombre, fr. ww- merus, μεσημβρία, etc. We see the same word in the Skrt. * amritam '—Southey's ' am- reeta cup '—without the b. άμείνων, ov, see aya6os. άμ€ΐνον on p. 93 is a predicate in the neuter referring to άδικίαν. Or sc. χρήμα, (a better) thing. άμβλί'ω (α)), ήσω, ήμέλησα, to ne- glect, with gen. a-fieTpos, ov (μίτρον), without mea- sure, excessive, immoderate. ά-μήχανοΞ, ov, (μηχανή, machina, machine), without means, impos- sible, irresistible, irremediable, άμιλλα, ης, ή (άμα), a conflict. Άμιναία, as, ή, a cask of Aminaean wine; see Virg. G. ii. 97 Ami- neae vites. Άμμ^αβ, ov, 6, a proper name. &-μοχθος, ov (μόχθοε, μό'γι$), with- out toil, shirking from toil, un- tried. άμυνω, αμυνω, ημννα (Lat. munio), to ward dff, with acc.; to aid, with dat.; άμυνομαι, to defend oneself; with acc. to avenge one- self on, to punish. άμψΐ, prep, with gen , dat., or acc. (see § 118), around, about, con- cerning, for the sake of. άμψορ€υ8, ecus, 0 (for άμψιφορίνε, 'borne on both sides,' i.e. a jar withrGLOSSARF. two handles. For the shortening cp. stipendium for stipi-pendium. (i) a jar; (2) a liquid measure. Αμφότβροβ, α, ov (άμφω), both of two, both : αμφοτέρων άκοϋ€ΐν = * audire alteram partem.' (Note the comparative suffix -Ttpos, indi- cating a relation between two things.) αμφω, άμφοΐν (ambo), both. &v, 1. adv. denoting a condition; vide § 197 sqq. 2. In Relative clauses it adds to the relative word the same notion as Lat. cunque, Engl, soever. In this sense it often combines with another word, e.g. 'όταν — ore + far, επείδάν = 6ΐτ€ΐδή άν. άν is often repeated more than once in the same sentence after emphatic words. ανά, prep, generally with acc. (1) of place, along, throughout. (2) distrib. ανά τρεΐ$, by threes, άνα-βαίνω, to go up (see βαίνω). άνα-βλ&ιτω, ψω (see βλέπω), (ι) to look up, (2) to recover sight, αναγιγνώσκω, yνώσομαι (see yiy- νώσκω), to read, to recognize. αναγκάζω, σω, ηνά^γκασα, to com- pel, force (ανάγκη). αναγκαίος, αία, άΐον (awayκη), ne- cessary. τά αναγκαία, the neces- saries of life, ol avayatcoLoi = kinsfolk, Lat. necessarii. άναγκαίωβ, adv. necessarily, avay- καίωε εχει, it must be so. ανάγκη, η$, ή, fate, necessity, άν- 6~{κη (εστί) it is necessary, with inf. Lat. necesse est. ανα-γνώ, 2 aor. subj. avayiyvh- σκω. άν-άγω, to lead up: mid. to put to sea. άνα-θήσ€ΐν, fut. inf. άνα-τίθημι, to lay up. αναίδεια, as, 17, shamelessness. άναι&ήβ, shameless (αιδώ), άν-αιρέω (ω), ήσω, -ήρηκα, ~€?λον, c take away, destroy : of an oracle, to respond. dv-aCnos, ov (αιτία), guiltless, with gen. άνα-καλίω (Att. ω), fut. ανακαλώ, to call upon, appeal to. ν άνα-Κ€Ϊμαι, σομαι, (ι) to lie down: (2) to be dedicated, used as pass, of άνατίθημι. άνα-κλ&ω (Att. ω), κλάσω, -έκλασα, to bend back, to break short off. άναλαβ-, see άνα-λαμβάνω (2 aorist). άνα-λαμβάνω (see λαμβάνω), to take up, to take back, to recover; to assume. αναλίσκω, λώσω, άνηλωσα and ανά- λωσα, to spend, squander. άνα-μ«νω, νω, -έμεινα, to wait for. av-avSpos, ov, (άνήρ, άνδρ-), un- manly. 1 ανα£, avaKTos, o, a lord, or master. Άναί-αγόραβ, ov, o, a philosopher of Clazomenae (500-428 b. c.) who taught at Athens for thirty years. Among his pupils, before he was banishes for heresy, were Pericles and Euripides. άνά-τταυλα, η%, ή, a rest, repose, relaxation. άνα-τττυσσω, £ω, άν-έπτνξα, to un- fold, bring to light. άν-αρχία, as, ή (αρχή), want of rule, anarchy. άνα-σιτάω (Att. ω), (σπάσω, έσπασα, εσπακα), to draw up. άνδρά, άνδρϊ, etc. see άνήρ. »άνδραποδί£ω, ιω, ήνδραπόδισα (άν- δράποδον, a slave, prob. άνήρ and α/ποδ of ποδόε), to enslave, ανδρεία, as, ή, manliness, courage (άνήρ, άνδρο-). avBpeios, a, ov, manly, brave, άν-εβα-, or -βη-, see άνα-βαίνω, άν-ίβλβψε, ι aor. άνα-βλέπω. άν-6ΐλ€, 2 aor. ind. of άναιρέω. av-€i|X€vos, 17, ov, pf. part. pass, from άνίημι*= unrestrained. dv-4\mcrTOs, ov (ελπίζω), unex- pected. . ^ι68 tJLOSSARF. άν€μος, όυ, ό (animus, anima, Fr. ame), wind. ανέστη σ-, ι aor. act. άνίστημι, avtv, with gen. * without.' άν-€υρ£σκω, ήσω, -ζυρηκα, -cvpov, to disclose, discover. άν-€χω, to support, ανέχομαι, to endure, often with participle, άνεώχθη, pass. I aor. ανοίγω. άν-ηκοος, ov (ακοή), without hearing, deaf; with gen. άνήρ, άνδρδ$, δ, man, husband (vir). άνθ-ίστημι, άντι-στήσω, άνθ-έσ- τηκα, άντ-έστησα, άντ-4στην, ανθ- ίσταμαι, act. to set against, intrans. to withstand. άνθος, ovs, τδ, flower (anthology, polyanthus). άνθρωπος, ου, δ, man, human being (homo). ανιαρός, ot, δν, painful, sad. άν-ίδρωτος, ov, ihpks, without sweating or exercising oneself, άν-ίημι, -ήσω, -εΐκα, -ηκα, -ιίναι, to let go, slacken. ά-νικητοβ, ov, unconquered; in- vincible. άν-ίστημι, αναστήσω, άν-έστησα, to set up : intr. άνέστην, άν- 4στηκα, to stand up. ανόητος, ov, dull, senseless. άνοια, as, ή (a, not, and vovs); senselessness, folly. άνοίγνυμι (or άνοίηω), ζω, άνέφζα, άνέφχα, to open. άν-όσιος, ov (ocrios, holy), unholy. το άνόσιον — profanity. άνταδικέω (ω), ήσω, to return wrong for wrong; with acc. to retaliate upon. 'Ανταλκίδας, ου, 6, a Spartan, author of a disgraceful peace between Sparta and Persia, by whieh Greek cities in Asia Minor were ceded to Persia, b.c. 387. άντ^χω, ανθίζω, άντίσχηκα, άν- τίσχον, imp. άντ€ΐχον, with dat. to hold out against, to withstand. αντί, prep, with gen. instead of, in return for; as good as: άνθ' ου — ' wherefore.' 'Αντιγόνη, 77s, ή, the heroine of a play of Sophocles, whose devotion to her brother leads her to bury his dead body at the cost of her own life. άντι-δίδωμι (see δίδωμι), to give in return, to pay back. άντιδοίην, 2 aor. opt. άντι-δ'ώωμι. άντι-λακτίξω, to kick in return, άντι-λαμβάνω, take instead of; mid. to take part in, with gen. άντι-λητττ^ον, verb. adj. άντι-λαμ- βάνω, (one) must take part in. 'Αντισθένης, ου, δ, fl. about 366, a pupil of Socrates, and founder of the Cynic school, so called perhaps from the Cynosarges where he taught. άντι-τάττω, -τάζω, αντέταξα, to draw up in battle array against, άντι-τβταγμενος, η, ov, pf. pass. part, of άντιτάττω. 'Αντιφάνης, ου, δ, prob. the comic poet of that name, who lived between 400 and 330 b.c. άντρον, ου, τδ, cave (Lat. antrum, Spenser antre). Άντωvivos, ου, δ, ,M. Aurelius Antoninus the philosopher, Roman emperor a.d. 161-180 (see Far- rar's * Seekers after God '). 'Αντώνιος, ου, δ, Mark Antony the triumvir, lived b.c. 83-30. άν-υπάδητος, ov (ύπδ and δέω, to bind; υπόδημα, a sandal), un- sandalled, unshod, barefoot. vAvihtos, ου, δ, Anytus, the chief accuser of Socrates. άνω, above; άνω καϊ κάτω, up and down. άνωθεν, from above. αν-ώλεθρος, ov (6\e6pos), indestruc- tible. άν-ωφελής, h (ocpeXos), useless» un- profitable.GLOSS A RV. 169 άξιό-πιστοβ, ov (maris), trust- worthy» a£tos, a, oV, worthy, with gen. άζιόν €(Γτι = tanti est, it is worth while. ά£ίθ* Ζχειν, worthy to have. of ιόω (α)), ώσω, ήξίωσα, to think one (acc.) worthy of (gen.), to claim, think fit. Dist. άξιοι and άξιοι. aj-jicos, worthily; rivos, in a manner worthy of some one. απ, before a vowel, for awb, απαγγέλλω, «λά>, άπήγγ€λκα, άπ- tjyyeika, to take back tidings, άττ-άγξασθαι, I aor. mid. άττάγχα;. άττ-αγορέύω, used as compd. of λέγω; fut. άπ-€ρω, άπώρηκα, ά- . πππον, to forbid, j άιτ-άγχω, y£oj, άπ-rjyga, to strangle: mid. to hang oneself. άιτ-άγω, ά£α>, to lead away. a-iraCdevros, ov (παιδεύω), unedu- cated. άπ-αλλάττω, £ω, άπήλλαχα, άπ- ή\λα£α, to release from; mid. to get rid of, to escape, depart from, with gen. άτταμβλϋνω, ννω, -ήμβλννα, to blunt the edge of; in pass, to be dulled, ά-ττανταχοΰ, gen. adv. of place, every where: (arras). απαντάω, ήσω, άττήντησα (αντϊ), to meet, with dat. απα£ (for άπά/cis, semel; cp. 7τολ- λά/cts, etc.), once, once for all. άττ-ά£ων, fut. part, άπ-άγα;. άιτ-αρνέομαι (ονμαι), ησομαι, air- ήρνημαι, άπτ}ρνήθην, to deny. Sriras, απασα, άπαν (ά= λ/ αμα and ttols), all together, every. άττατάω (Att. ω), ήσω, ήπάτηκα, ήπάτησα, deceive: from άττάτη, ηε, ή, a trick. αττ-ίβαψβ, see άποβάπτω. άττ-ίβην, 2 aor. αποβαίνω. άτΓ-ίδβιχθη-, I aor. pass. απο-δεί/τ- ννμι. άιτ€δόθη-, I aor. pass, άπο-δίδωμι. αΐΓ-«δραμον, 2 aor. άπο-τρέχω. αττ€δωκ-, α7Γ€δασ-, aor. act. αποδίδω μι. αΐΓ-«θανον, 2 aof. άπο-θνή<Τκω. άττίθνησκ-, impf. άπο-θνήσκω. άττ€ΐλ€ω (Att. α)), ^σω, ήπ€ΐ\ησα, to threaten: from άπ€ίλη, 77s, 1), a threat. απ-€ΐμι (elμι), I will go away, used as fut. of απέρχομαι; impf. άπ^α, impv. απιθι, inf. άπιέναι, etc. are used for the corresponding parts of απέρχομαι. άιτ-€ΪΐΓθν, see aTrayopevaJ. aire ψ ία, as, ή (arreipos), inexperi- ence. a-ircipos, ov (πείρα), inexperienced in, ignorant of, with gen. άπ-έκρεμασθ-, I aor. pass, άττο- κρεμάννυμι. άττ-eKpiv-, see άπο-κρίνω. άττ-€κτ€ΐν-, see άπο-κτείνω* άττβλθ-, 2 aor. άπέρχομαι. άττ-ελιττ-, 2 aor. απολείπω. άττ-βνβιμ,-, I aor. άπο-νέμω. άτΓ-€ΊΓ€μΛ(/-, ι aor. άπο-πέμπω. άτΓ-€ττλ-, see άττο-ττλάω. άπ-έρριψαι, 2 sing. pf. ind. pass. άττέρριμμαι, from απορρίπτω. άπ-έρχομαι, impf. άπτ}α, fut. αττ€ψι, 2 aor. άπηλθον, to go away. άΐΓ-€<Γταλκα, -έστειλα, see άσο- στίλλω. άττ-€σχ6μην, 2 aor. mid. απέχω» άττ^τραιτ-, 2 aor. αποτρέπω. άπ-βφυγ-, -€(p€vy·, see άπο-ψε^ω. άπ-€χω, άφέξω, 2 aor. άπεσχον, in- trans. to be distant from, with gen. (Lat. abesse). Mid. with gen. to abstain from. α'ΐΓ-ηγγ€-, see άπayyέλλω. α'ττ-ήγξατο, ι aor. mid. απ-άγχω. απ-η«ι, impf. άπ-ειμι, to go away. άττηλθ-j 2 aor. απέρχομαι. α-ττ-ηλλα-, see άπ-αλλάττω. α'ιτ-ΐ€ναι, inf. απ-ειμι, to go away, αττιστ^ω (ώ), »;σω, ήπίστησα, to distrust; lit. to be ctmaTOs, ov (a, not, and τt'kxtis, faith), untrustworthy, faithless.' ατν-ίω, pres. subj. άπ-ειμι. άπλοΰβ, ή, οΰν (ά = αμα; Lat.GLOSSARY. simplex, one-fold, the stm being from root of s/mul, simplex, and not for sine) one-fold (so διπλοΰε = two-fold), single, simple, plain, το άπλουν, sincerity, truth. άπλόω (Att. ω), ώσω, ήπλώσα, to make άπλον$, to unfold, spread out. αϊτό, prep, always standing with a genitive, —from; see § 81. I. of place ; 2. of time ; 3. generally of anything from which one begins, denoting origin, descent, cause; άπό του αυτομάτου, spontane- ously. ά. 6εων αρχεσθαι, to begin with the gods. άπο-βαίνω, to go away from: to turn out (Lat. evenire). άττο-βάλλω, Κω, to throw away, to lose. άτΓο-βάτττω, -βάψω, άπέβαψα, to dip quite or entirely. άιτο-βλέπω, ψω, to look away (from other things) to one; to look at intently, as τι or wpos τι. αττο-γίγνομαι, to depart life; οΐάπο- γενόμενοι, the dead, αττο-γιγνώσκω, rivbs (sc. δίκην), to reject the charge against anyone, to acquit; to despair of. άΐΓθ-δ€ίκνυμι, £ω, to display, prove ; appoint. άιτο-δημέω (ώ), ήσω, to be away from home, be abroad (άπό, from, and δήμοε). απο-διδράσκω, δράσομαι, άπέδραν, run away from. άιτο-δίδωμι, δώσω, to return, render {reddo), mid. to sell. άΐΓ0-δοστ$ (άπό- and V δο of δίδωμϊ), see § 191. airo-0^€vos, 2 aor. part. mid. άπο- τίθη μι. άττο-θνήσκω, θανόν μαι, άπέθανον, die; frequently as the pass, of άποκτείνω, to be put to death, άιτο-καλέω (Att. ω), έσω, -(κάλεσα, to call back; to call by a name of « abuse. . άιτο-καλύτττω, ψώ, uncover, reveal (1apocalypse). άπο-κρέμάννυμι, -κρίμω, άπ-εκρέ- μασα, to hang up : in pass, to be suspended. άττο-κρ/νω, κρίνω, separate. Mid. αποκρίνομαι, aor. άπεκρΐνάμην, to answer. άττο-κτβίνω, κτενω, άπέκτονα, άπέκ- τανον, άπέκτεινα, to kill, or con- demn to death, αποθνήσκω is used for the passive. άπο-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, to take back; to intercept, cut off. άιτόλαυσις, εωε, ή, enjoyment, ad- vantage : from α/ττο-λαυω, -σομαι, -έλαυσα, to en- ■B j°y- airoXciiTTcos, a, ov, from άιτο-λ€ί'ΐΓω, ψω, -λέλοιπα, άπέλιπον, to leave behind. άπο-ληφθ€Ϊ€ν, 3 pi. I aor. opt. pass. άπο-λαμβάνω. άπόλλυμι, απολέσω or άπολώ, άπο- λώλεκα, άπώλεσα (Apollyon, from the form άπολλύω), to destroy, to lose: mid. with perf. άπόλωλα, =· to be undone, perish. 'Απόλλων, ωνos, δ, Apollo, son of Zeus and Leto, god of prophecy and of the sun; also called Phoebus. άΐΓ0-λ0γ€0μαι (ουμαι), -·,ήσομαι, to speak in defence ; allege as justifi- cation. Cf. άπολο^ία a Defence, and note the change to the modern sense of an acknowledg- ment of wrong doing. άΐτο-νέμο», -μώ, -εν ει μα, to assign, apportion. άπο-πέμττω, ψω, -πέπομφα, to send away, or back. άπο-πηδάω (ώ), ήσω, άπεπήδησα, to leap or start away from. άτΓΟ-ττλΙω, -εύσομαι, -πέπλευκα, to sail away, or back. άττο-Ίττύω, νσω, -έπτυσα, to spit out; to abominate, to spurn : cp. spuo, spuma, spue, and pituita.GLOSSARY 171 ΑπορΙω (ω), ήσω, ήπόρσα (άπορος), to be at a loss, be at a standstill, άπορία, as, ή (anopos), difficulty, want. άπορος, ov (ά, not, and 1ropos), path- less, difficult, at a loss, kv άπόρφ civai = to be at a loss, in straits, απορρέω, (βίω), to flow off. άπορρίπτω, ψω, -έρριψα, to throw away, cast forth. άπο-σκώπτω, ψω, -ύσκωψα, to mock at. άπ6στ€ΐλθν, I aor. impr. act. from «,πο-στβλλω, -στ€λώ, -έστειλα, σταλκα, to send away (hence άπό- στολο®, an ambassador, apostle). £ιτο-στ€ρ€ω (ώ), -ήσω, to deprive of. άπο-στώσι, 2 aor. subj. άψ-ίστημι. άπο-Τ€|χνω, τεμω, cut off. άττο-τίθημι, θήσω, put away, put off; mid. to put aside, postpone, άπο-τίνω, σω, pay back, pay in full. άπο-τρ&ττω, ψω, to avert. άπο-τρΙχω, -δραμοΰμαι, to run away, άπο-φίύγω, ξομαι, escape; be ac- quitted. 2 aor. inf. awocpvyew. ά-πράγμων, -ov, ovos, 0 and ή (irpay μα, πράττω), untroubled, το άπpayμov = otium. απροσδόκητος, ov, (ά and προσδο- κάω), unexpected. δπτω, ψω, ήφα, to fasten ; to kindle. Mid. with perf. ήμμαι, to lay hold of, touch, with gen. άπ-ωθέω (Att. ω), -ώσω tor -ωθήσω, -4ωσα, to thrust away, or off. άπ-ώλβτο, 2 aor. mid. άπόλλνμι. άπωλλυ-, itnpf. άπόλλνμι. άπώσασφαι, ι aor. inf. mid. άπωθέω. άπωτέρω (comp. adv. fr. άπδ), further off. • P»' ~^a> I before vowel, αρ, = άρα, ) apa, conj., then, therefore, after all, contrary to expectation, as it seems. €t μη άρα — nisi forte. This word never begins a sentence. Carefully , distinguish from δρα, interrog. particle, like Latin ne. άρ* ov = nonne? expecting the . answer 'yes.' άρα μή = surely it is not ? num. Άργ€ΐος, eta, tiov, belonging to Argos, Argive. άργία, as, ή (see άργδε), laziness, αργό?, ov (aepyos, a, not, and epyov, work), lazy. νΑργος, ovs, τδ, the capital of Argolis, in the Peloponnese. άργύριον, ου, τδ, a silver coin, άργυρος, ου, δ, VARG, whence άρ- -yds, bright, (argentum, albus), silver. αργυρούς, ά, ουν, of silver. *Ap€io§ πα'γος, ου, ου, δ,' Mars' hill' at Athens, where St. Paul stood; the highest Athenian court sat there. άρέσκω, άρέσω, ήρβσα, to please. άρ€τή, ψ, ή, valour, virtue, excel- lence (same root as "Αρη$). *Αρης, ecus, δ, Ares, the god of war, corresponding to Latin Mars. "Αρην πνιΐν or βλβπαν, to breathe or look Mars, or war. αριθμός, ου, δ, number (arithmetic). 'Αριστ€ίδης, ου, δ, the Athenian statesman and general in the time of the Persian wars, known as 4 the Just.' 'Αριστογείτων, ovos, o, see 'Ap- v μόδιοε. άριστον, τδ, breakfast, (ά). άριστος, η, ov, see άyaθbs; akin to "Αρψ. (&). 'Αριστοτέλης, ovs, ο, Aristotle of Stageira (hence called the Sta- geirite), founder of the Peripatetic School and tutor of Alexander the Great, 384-322 B.C. 'Αρκαδία, as, ή, a province in the centre of the Peloponnese. Άρκάδιος, ό, an Arcadian. 'Αρκάς, ados, δ, an Arcadian, άρκέω, έσω, ήρκεσα, to suffice, avail, impers. άρκ€Ϊ μοι with inf. * I am , content to do it.'17$ GLOSSARF. αρκος, όυ, 6 md ή (used for άρκτο$ by Aelian), a bear. αρκούντως (contr. fr. άρκεόντωδ, adv. pres. part, from άρκέω), enough, abundantly. άρκτ€θν (άρχομαι), one must begin, άρκτος, ου, δ and ή, (ι) a bear, (2) f the constellation Ursa (whence arctic). 'Αρμόδιος, ου, 6, an Athenian patriot who, with Aristogeiton, determined to deliver the city from the tyranny of the sons of Pisistratus. They succeeded in assassinating Hippar- chus b.c. 514, and were looked on as the deliverers of their country. αρμονία, as, ή (αρμόζω, to fit to- gether), an adjustment, a har- mony, αρνέομαι (οΰμαι), ήσομαι, ήρνημαι, ήρνήθην, to deny, refuse. άρν os, του or τψ (άμνδε is used for the nom.), a lamb. ap(j€iv, see άρχω. άριτά£ω, άσομαι, ηρπακα, ήρπασα (Harpy, rapio), to snatch, to carry off. άρρωστέω (Att. ω), to be άρρωστος, to be weak, or sick. άρρωστος, ov (a and ρώννυμι, to be strong), sickly, weak. Άρτάβανος, ου, δ, Artabanus, bro- ther of Darius Hystaspis, and uncle of Xerxes. "ApT€|WS, idos, ή, Artemis, daughter of Zeus and Leto, and sister of Apollo ; goddess of hunting. άρτι ( VAR in άραρίσκω), adv. just now. αρχαίος, αία, αΐον (αρχή, beginning), from the beginning, ancient (ar- chaic). άρχη, Ψ, ή, (i) beginning, (2) rule, government. e£ αρχής = de novo = from the first, anew; τήν αρχήν or αρχήν with a negative = (not) at all. 'Αρχίδαμος, ov,, δ, Archidamus II, king of Sparta, B.C. 469-427, father of Agis. 'Αρχύτας, ου, δ, Archytas, a Pytha- gorean philosopher of Tarentum, fl. 400—365 b. c., statesman, general, and astronomer. Fond of children,—invented an infant's rattle. αρχω, £cu, ήρξα (hence our arch· angel, arc/i-bishop, etc.), to rule; with gen. to rule over some one; mid. to begin, also with genitive. oi αρχόμενοι — * the subjects.' άρχων, ovtos, δ (the present par- ticiple of αρχω), a ruler; in Athens, the highest officers of the republic were called the Ar- chons. Hence oi άρχοντα, the government. άσεβέω (ώ), ήσω, to be άσ*βής, or impious, followed by ττςρϊ, els, or 7rpbs with an accusative. άσ€βής, cs (a, not, and VSEB of σέβομαι, σεμνός, etc.), impious, άσθέναα, as, ή, strengthlessness, weakness (άσθτνής). άσ0€ν«ω (ω), to be ασθενής, to be weak. άσθ«νής, (a, not, and σθένος, τδ, strength), strengthless, weakly. 'Ασία, as, ή, Asia. άσκέω (ώ), ήσω, ήσκησα, train, practise. (Hence ascetic.) άσκήσαι, I aor. inf. άσκέω. άσκητέον, verb. adj. fr. άσκέω, one must practise. * Ασκληπιός, ου, δ (Aesculapius; where, as in other words obtained by oral tradition and not by lite- rature (Roby, Lat. Gram. p. 71)» the early Latins inserted a u be- tween two consonants, e.g. Her- cules, Tecumessa, Alcumena), the god of healing, son of Apollo, οίσμενος, η, ov (orig. a participle of ήδομαι=άΰμ€νο$), glad, pleased, ασμένως, gladly. ασπάζομαι, σομαι, to salute, whether at meeting or parting. Hence»GLOSSARY, 173 either to welcome, or to take leave of. άσττίς, άσπίδοε, ή, a shield, ά-στίφάνωτοβ, ov (στεφανόω, ark- , to be an άστρο-νόμοε (ν4μώ), or one who classes or arranges the stars; to contemplate the stars. άστυ, €ojs, rb, a city. άσφάλ€ΐα, as, ή, firmness, safety; from ασφαλής, es, firm (a, not, and V σφαλ of σφάλΚομαι, I trip). ασφαλώς, adv. securely. α-σχολος, ov (σχολή), without lei- sure. ά-τακτος, ov, (τάττω, */ray), dis- orderly. &τβ (prop. acc. n. pi. of oare), (1) as, (2) inasmuch as, seeing that, Lat. quippe, with participle, ά-τίίχιστος, ov (τειχίζω, τ€Ϊχο$), unwalled, unfortified. ά-τδριτήε, es, joyless (τέρπω). ατιμάζω, σω, ητίμασα (άτιμο*, ον), to slight, to dishonour. άτψία, as, ή, dishonour, outlawry, άτιμος, ov, dishonoured; disfran- chised. ατίμως, adv. dishonourably. Άτλας, avros, δ, one of the older gods, who bore up the pillars of heaven and earth. A picture of him used to preface any collec- tion of maps. From Mount Atlas comes also our Atlantic. α-τοπος, ov, '"outlandish, strange, absurd: (Utopia fr. ov and τό- Tros). Άτρβύς, ecus, o, son of Pelops, father of Agamemnon and Mene- laus,?who were consequently called Atridae, or sons of Atreus. αττα = τινά, from rts. δ,ττα = ariva, from όστις. 'Αττική, rjs, ή (adj. sc. χώρα, fr. ακτή), Attica, the district in Hellas of which Athens was the capital. a$, again, besides, on the other hand. αυγή, rjs, ή, radiance, dawn, αυθ-αίρετος, ov (avrbs and alpeo- μαι), self-chosen. αδθις, adv. again. αυξάνω, ήσω, ηΰξηκα, ηυξησα (augeo, augment), increase, exalt: pass, to grow, rise. αΰριον, adv. to-morrow; ή ανριον, indecl. the morrow. αυτάρκης, €s (avrbs and άρκίω), sufficient in itself. αυτή, fem. of αυτ6s. αυτη, fem. of ovros. αυτή, = ή αυτή, the same, αύτο-κράτωρ, opos (κρατάω), one's own master: free and independent, αΰτό-ματος, η, ov, acting of one's own will, από του αυτ. sponta- neously, in the ordinary course of things (μάω an obsolete verb, to desire). αύτό-μολος, ov ( λ/ μολ, see βλώσκω), going of oneself, a deserter. αυτόν, contr. for kavrov, and that for e-αύτον, him-self. αυτός, r), d (autocrat, etc.), I. self, of oneself, alone, without help ; καΐ avrbs, et ipse, I my-, thou thy-, he him- self also, avrbs in this sense goes with any of the per- sonal pronouns; 2. in all cases but the nominative, him, her, it — is, ea, id; 3. δ avrbs, ή αυτή,174 GLOSSARV. το aurb, etc., the same, followed by dat. avTos -παρ' αυτόν = himself from himself, untaught. αύτό$ kavrov άμ^ίνων Ύ€*γ4νη ται = he has surpassed himself. αύτοΰ, (ι) see αυτός. αύτοΰ, (2) there, on the spot, see e§ 7o. αύτοΰ, for ου αυτου and that for Παντού, of himself. αύτό-χ€ΐρ, pos, δ, ή, doing with one's own hand; murderous, αύτω, for οΐ-αντω, |αντψ, to himself, άφ^άττό, before a rough breathing, άψ-αιρέω (ω), ήσω, άφ-rjρηκα, άφπ- λον, to take away; constr. accus. of thing, dat. of person, like the Latin eripere vitam alicui, etc., where the person is looked on not so much as the source from which something is taken, as the subject interested in the action. αφανίζω, ιώ, ήφάνικα, ισα (ά-φαντ)ε, fr. λ/φανy see φαίνω), to conceal, put out of sight, make away with, to abolish. άφ-€ίλ€το, 2 aor. mid. from άφ- αιρύω. άφ€ΚΤ€θν, verb. adj. from απέχω, one must refrain from, with gen. αφ-έλης, 2 aor. subj. from άφαιρεω. άφθονος, ov (ά, not, and φθόνος, envy), without stint, abundant, άφθόνωβ, plentifully. άφ-ί€σαν, imperf. from άφίημι. άφ-ίημι, αφήσω, άφακα, άφηκα, to set free from, with gen. to send away; to neglect. άφικνέομ,αι (οΰμαι), άφίξομαι, άΓγ- μat, άφικόμην, to arrive at, come to. άφΐκται, 3rd sing. perf. of fore- , going. άφ-ίστημι, αποκτήσω, air έστησα, to remove; mid. with pert, άφάστηκα and 2 aor. άπίστην, to keep away from, to escape, with gen. ά-φόρητο5, ov (ά, not, and φορέω, φ^ρω), unbearable.. αφορμή, ή$, ή, starting-point (από and ορμάω). α·φροντΐ8, ιδο$, ό, ή, free from care, heedless (Lat. securus). άφρων, ov (a, not, and φρήν, sense), foolish: like Latin amens, comp. axj>pov6CT€pos, raros. άφυής, (Φνή> φύσις), without natural talent, witless, simple, ά-χάριστοδ, ov (χαρίζομαι, χάρι$), ungrateful, irp6s τίνα, to any one. τά ά. = unkindnesses. αχθομαι, ίσομαι, ήχθέσθην, be vexed at, with dat. άχθοβ, ovs, t6, a burden; care, grief. 'AxiAXevs, 4ως, <5, Achilles, son of Peleus and Thetis, leader of the Myrmidons against Troy. a-xp€ios, ov (xpeta), of no use, good for nothing. α-χρηστοβ, ov (χρηστός), not useful, = axpctos. άχρι, before vowels άχρι$, prep, with gen. until, up to, B. Βαβυλών, ώνοε, ή, Babylon, one of the greatest cities of the ancient world, traversed by the Euphrates. From b. c. 625 till it was taken by Cyrus in 539 b. c. it was the capital of the Chaldaean empire. Βαβυλώνιοβ, a, ov, Babylonian, ol Βαβ. the Babylonians. βαδίζω, ιονμαι, to march, to go. βάθοβ, ovs, τό, depth, the bottom: akin to βίνθος, abyss, bottom, fundus. βάθρον, ου, τδ, a base, foundation: the step of a ladder. „ βαίνω, βήσομαι, βίβηκα, εβην, to go, walk. (Lat. bitere, arbiter). Βάκχοβ, ου, δ, Bacchus, the god of wine, inspiration, and the drama. βάλλω, βαλώ, βέβληκα, εβαλον, to throw; to pelt, to strike.GLOSSARY 175 βάτττω, βάψω, %βαψα, (baptize), to dip. βάρβαρος, ov, not Greek, foreign. The word first means 4 unintelli- gible of speech,' cf. balbus, balbu- tire; and Ovid in exile,' Barbarus hie ego sum, quia non intelligor ulli.' βαρέως, heavily!; β.φέραν = graviter ferre,— or aegre—to brook ill. βαρύς, *ΐα, i>, (Lat. gravis, Skrt. gurus), heavy. βασίλ€ΐα, as, ή, queen. βασιλβία, as, ή, kingdom. βασίλ€ΐον, ου, τb, and in pi., a palace. βασιλεύβ, ecus, 6, king; esp. without art. ' the reigning king of Persia.' {Basil; basilisk). βασιλεύω, σω, eβασίλευσα, to be king, to rule, with gen. βασιλικός, ή, ov, (whence basilica), like a king, kingly, royal, βάτραχος, ov, δ, a frog; (hence Batracho-myo- machia). βαύξω, to bark at, with acc. like ύλακτω. A word formed to imi- tate a dog's bark, which the Greeks wrote βαϋ, βαΰ. βέβαιος, ov [rarely a, ov], fixed, firm, sure. SSX. I-.*-"·· βία, as, ή (Lat. vis), force, violence: βί$ or npos βίαν, perforce. βίαιος, α, ov, (βία), violent. βιαίως, adv. violently. βφ\ιάριον, ov, το, (βιβλίον), a paper, or little book. βιβλίον, ov, τό, (whence biblio* graphy, bibliolatry), a writing, a book. The pi. τά βιβλία has passed into English as the Bible, βίος, ov, δ (same root as vivo, quick; hence biology, biography), life, way of life; livelihood. ΒΙτων, δ, a son of Cydippe, priestess of Hera at Argos. What is known . of him and his brother Cleobis is told by Herodotus, whence the extract in the text is taken, βλάβη, jys, 17, hurt, injury, damage, βλάπτω, ψω, βίβλαφα, 'έβλαψα, to hurt, injure. βλέπω, βλέψω, I see, look; whence βλέφαρον, ov, to, (mostly plur.), eyelid. βοάω (Att. α)), βοήσομαι (Lat. boo, reboare), to cry, shout. βοή, rjs, ή, a cry, shout. βοηθέω (Att. ω), ήσω, ίβοήθησα, to aid, with dat. Βοιωτία, as, ή (βονε, from its fat pastures), Boeotia, a Greek state, north of Attica, with Thebes for its chief town. Βοιωτός, ου, δ, a Boeotian. βορά, as, ή (vorare, voracity, de- vour ; βιβρώσκω), food. Βορέας, ov, δ (Att. Boppas, a), Boreas, the North Wind, πpbs Βορραν, northwards. βόσκω, ήσω, Iβόσκησα (like pasco), to feed, act.; sometimes metaph.» with hopes, etc. βουλεύω, €υσω, ϊβούλενσα, to be a member of the βονλτ), to resolve; mid. to deliberate. βουλή, ή$, ή (βονλομαι), purpose# counsel; the council or senate, βούλησις, €ws, ή, will, purpose, βοΰλομαι, ήσομαι, βίβουλημαι (volof volunteer), to wish : ct βούλα, €« σοι βουλομένφ Ιστϊ, * if you please.' δ βουλόμενοε, anyone that pleases. βοϋζ, βobs, δ and ή (Lat. bos, bovis; bovine, etc.; Grk. βο^ε, fiofos; hecatom-b, 100 oxen, where the unpronounced b is for this whole word), ox, cow. βραδέως, adv. slowly. βραδύς, eia, t), slow. βραδυτής, τήτοε, ή, slowness, βραχείς, ηναι, etc.„ 2 aor. βρέχω, ■ βραχίων, ovos, δ (brachiutn), the arm. βραχύς, «α, it (brevis, for breghvis; cf. levis for leghvis, Grk, ϊλαχυε), GLOSSARY short, small, few; comp. and superl. regular; also βραχιων, βράχιστοs. βρέχω, €βρ€ξα; IjΘρίχθην, ϊβράχην; βίβρ^γμαι (Lat. rigare; Germ. regen; our rain), to wet: pass, to get wet, drenched. βροντή, rjs, ή, thunder., PpOT0s, ου, ο, a mortal. (&μβροτο$ and άμβροσία, q. v., show the μ of the root. Between the μ and the ρ a β has slipped in through a care" lessness of pronunciation, and in βροτόε the μ has ultimately been driven out. μρο is the same root as μορ (Lat. morior, mors, mor- talis) and μopros, mortus, would exactly correspond to ιQporSs. So βλώσκω from μολίσκω, μλοΐσκω and βΚίττω from μβλίττω,μςλίττω. βρόχος, ov, δ, a noose for hanging, βύρσα, η$, ή (hence bursa, purse, bourse), a hide; leather. βωμός, οΰ, ό, altar {βαίνω), Γ, γ,' before a vowel. γαία, as, ή, poetical for 777. IM'ios, ov, 0, Gaius, a Roman prae- nomen. γάλα, yd\aKT0S, τb (lac, lactis, cf. άμίΚ^ω, mulgeo, milk), milk, γαμέω (ω), yαμω, η^άμηκα, Ζγημα, with zcc. = ducere uxorem in \matrimonium, to marry; άγαμου- ' μαι, mid. with dat., is said of the woman, nubere viro, to marry, γάμος, ου, δ (polygamy, etc.), marriage; 7 άμοι, a wedding feast. γαρ, conj. for. This word can never begin-a sentence, generally it is second word. In answers, it must be translated, · Yes, for . . / or * No, for . . .' It adds force to questions, ris yap; = why who ? like quisnam, el ydp = would that, titinam. γαστήρ, rpos, ή (gastric), belly, (Latin venter); note the declen- sion. γ€, at least, — quidem; certainly, surely, in truth, indeed, etc. Often it is best translated by an em- phasis. €7), ήσω, to be a yeojpycs or husbandman; with acc. to till γεωργός, ου, δ (yrj, epyov, henceGLOSSARY. 177 George, georgic), a tiller of the earth, a husbandman. Ύή, yrjs, ή (geology, ^geography), the earth, land : που yrjs ; = ubi gentium t γήλοφος, ου, 0 (otherwise 7€α/λο- <£>os), a hill, from 777 and \6os, a crest, neck, or ridge. γηραιός, ά, ov (yrjpas), old. γήρας, cus, q,, τό (yipcw), old age. γίγας, ovtos, 0, whence our giant; generally in the pi. the giants, sons of Uranus and Gaia. γίγνομαι, y ενήσομαι, ytyevi]μαι, *^ζνόμην, 2 perf. 767 ova, (a verb redupl. like gi-gno, from */yev of yivos, genus, seen in our words queen and kin), to be born, to'become, to happen, γιγνώσκω,γι'ώσομαι, '4yνωκα, 'iyvcaν, (redupl. like ^ι^ομαι, the root is yvo-, as in Lat. ignotus, from in and (g)notus, (g)no-sco, cf. νοίω and ayvoia, and our words know, ken), to know. γλυκύς, €ia, υ (same root as dulcis), sweet to taste, delightful, comps. 7λυκίων, ι στ os, or regular, γλώσσα or γλώττα, ψ, ή (gloss, glossary and polyglot), the tongue, language. γνάθος, ου, ή (yews, gena), the jaw, cheek. γνήσιος, ία, ιον (yivos), genuine, real, legitimate. γνοίην, 2 aor. opt. yiyvoxJKto. γνώμη, ψ, ή (yiyvuaKO); the gno- mic poets, gnomon, physiognomy), mind, opinion, temper; resolution, decree; maxim. γνώναι, 2 aor. inf. of yiyv&ciKca. γνωρίζω, ιώ, kyvajpuca, ισα, ( λ/yvo), to investigate, discover, make known. γνωσ-, see yiyvooGKw. γονίύς, 4 a wife. Ν178 GLOSSARF. δανεί£ω, σω, εδάνεισα, to lend: mid. to have lent, to borrow, δαπανάω, ήσω, δεδαπάνηκα, εδα- πάνησα, to spend; to use up. Δαρείος, ον, δ (a Persian word, ' the mighty'), 4th king of Persia, b.c. 521-485, invader of Scythia and Greece. to, in the second place, and, but, now (introductive as in our * Now, Sir, etc.), often preceded by μεν = it is true .. . but still . . . like Lat. tamen after quidem. δ«5ια (δίω), to fear; perf. used as pres. δέδοικα (δείδω), I fear, perf. for present. Aor. is εδεισα. δέδωκα, perf, δίδωμι. δ€Ϊ, oportet, it behoves, with acc. δεΐ μ€ 7TOl€tV, I ought to do. δείγμα, tos, τό (δείκννμι), a sample, δείδω, σω, δέδια or δέδοικα, εδεισα, to fear. δείκνυμι, £ω, έδειξα (digitus, indico), to show, explain, prove. δειλία, as, ή (δείλοβ), cowardice, δειλός, f), ον (δέοβ), cowardly, δειμαίνω, only in pres. and impf., to be afraid of. δείνα, <5, ή, το, δεΐνοε, δεΐνι, δείνα, so and so; such an one; what's his name. δεινός, 7), ον (δέοε), ι. terrible, dan- gerous ; δείνα παθεΐν, to be ill- used ; δεινύν ποιεΐσθαι, aegreferre. 1. strange. 3. skilful, with inf. deivos λέ-γειν, a good speaker. δεΐ£αι, I aor. δείκννμι. δειιτνέω (Att. ω), ήσω, δεδείιτνηκα, εδείπνησα, to dine. δεΐιτνον, ον, τb (δάπτω; dapes; δαπάνη), dinner. δεισι-δαιμονία, as, ή, reverence for the gods; superstition ; see δεισι-δαίμων, ον (δείδω and δαίμων), fearing the gods, in good or bad sense ; religious — or — supersti- tious. Applied by St. Paul in no bad sense to the Athenians, when he addressed them from Mars' Hill. δέκα, ot, at, τά (decern, dec ad), ten. δέκατο*, η, ον, tenth. δέλτος, ον, ή (from the shape Δ), a writing-tablet. Δελφοί, ων, ol, a town in Phocis, on Mount Parnassus, famous for its oracle and temple of Apollo, and for the Pythian games. δένδρον, ον, τό, a tree. δε£ιά, as, ή (sc. χάρ), the right hand (or arm); δεξίαν διδόναι, to shake hands ; Germ, die Hand geben. δε£ιός, ά, bv, on the right hand; for- tunate ; adroit (dexterous), δέομαι, see δ4ω. δεον, see δεω: often as an acc. abs., see § 150. δέοντες, δέονσαι, δέοντα, part, δεω, used especially in expressing num- bers like 18, 19, 28, 29, etc. δέος, ovs, rb, fear. δεσμός, ον, ό (δεω), in plural, ot or τά, a bond. δεσμώτης, ον, δ (δεσμbs), (a bonds- man, hence) a prisoner, a captive, δεσπόζω, σω, to be master, or lord over. δεσπότης, ον, ο (ttSctis, despot, ποτ νια), a master, lord, owner, δεΰρο, adv. hither. δεύτερος, α, ον (comp. of δύο), se- cond. το δεύτερον, secondly, δέχομαι, £ομαι, δέδεγμαι, εδεξάμην, receive, entertain. δεω, δήσω, δεδεκα, εδησα, aor. pass. part. δεθεϊ$, to bind. δεω, δεήσω, δεδεηκα, εδέησα, to lack. ιτοΧΚον δεω, ' I am far from' with inf. δει μοί tivos, * I need some- thing.' τά δέοντα, what is needed. δεον, acc. abs., like δό£αν, etc., 4there being need' (see § 150). δέομαι, ήσομαι, εδεήθην, to need, with gen.; to beg, with two geni- tives. δή, indeed, then, pray {tandem), δτ), which cannot begin a clause, generally emphasizes the word it follows, τότε δή, then and notGLOSSARF. 179 till then, ab δή, you of all men. καϊ δή και, and more than that. δήλοι, fr. drj\os: δηλοί fr. δηλόφ. δήλος, η, ov, manifest, δήλος %v θανμάζων, ' he betrayed his admi- ration for.' δήλον οτι, evidently, δηλόω (Att. ω), ώσω, δ^δήλωκα, ϊδή- λωσα, to make clear, or known. Δημόκριτος, ov, 0, the famous ' laughing' philosopher of Ab- dera, lived B.C. 460-357. With Leucippus, his master, he ela- borated the atomic theory, popu- larized afterwards by Epicurus and Lucretius. δήμος, ov, 0, (1) the commons, the people; (2) a township, or local subdivision of a tribe. Δημοσθένης, ovs, 0, the greatest Athenian orator, and head of the opposition to Philip. δημόσιος, a, ov, public. δήτα (cannot begin a sentence), to be sure, indeed; τί δητα ; why then ? δηχθ€ΐς, εΐσα, \v, I aor. pass. part. from δάκνω. Δία, see Zevs. δια, prep, through ; (1) with gen. a. of place, through; b. of time, during, δ. -χρόνου, after an in- terval ; c. of manner, δι opyrjs, in anger. (2) with acc. of the rea- son, δίά ταύτα, for these rea- sons; see §§ 95 and 96. δια-βαίνω, βήσομαι, δι-ίβην, to stride, to cross over. δια-βάς, 2 aor. part, from δια- βαίνω. δια-βιόω (Att. ω), ώσομαι, βϊβίωκα, δΐ€βίων, to live through, pass one's life. διαβολή, 77s, ή, slander, or misrepre- sentation (διαβάλλω, hence δίά- βολοε, diabolical, diable, devil). δι-αγγέλλω, to give notice through (or by) a messenger, to notify. I aor. pass. subj. δι-α^^Χθώ. δια-γιγνώσκω, γνώσομαι, διί^νωκα, διάνων, (hence a doctor's dia- gnosis), distinguish, determine, δι-άγω, ά£ω, δί^γαγορ, to pass: with or without βίον, to spend life, to live. διαδραμ-, see δια-τρ£χω. δι-αιρέω (ώ), ήσω, διήρηκα, διαλον, to divide. δίαιτα, tjs, ή (diet), mode of life, διά-κειμαι, to be in a certain state, to be disposed, to feel; used as pass, of διατίθημι. διάκονος, ov, δ (deacon, diaconate), a servant. διακόσιοι, αι, a, 200. δια-κρίνω, ΐνώ, διέκρινα, to separate, decide. δια-κωλύω, to hinder, hamper, δια-λάμπω, ψω, to shine through, or forth: to be famous. δια-λέγομαι, £ομαι, διείλνγμαι, δι€- λεχθην, with dat., to converse with (dialogue). δια-λίχθήναι, I aor. pass. inf. used as mid. of δια-λέγομαι. δια-λυθ€ΐς, I aor. pass. part, from δια-λύω,ίο separate one from another, break, dissolve, put an end to. δια-νέμω, to distribute, apportion; mid. to divide with one another, δια-νοέομαι (Att. οΰμαι), ήσομαι, διζνοήθην, to be minded, to pur- pose. διάνοια, as, ή (cp. ayvoia, μετάνοια), thought, purpose, mind, meaning, δια-πονεω (Att. ω), ήσω, διβττόνησα, to work out with labour, like ela- borare, diligently to accomplish; often in the middle. δια-τάττω, ζω, to arrange ; especially to draw up (an army) in battle- array : Lat. instruere aciem. δια-τ€λεω (ω), fut. διατ€λω, διετί- λ€σα, to accomplish: διατ€λ€Ϊ λέ-γων, ' he continues speaking* δια-τίθημι, θήσω, arrange, manage. The pass, is διάκ^ιμαι. δια-τρ«χω, δραμονμαι, to run through, run about. Ν %ι8ο GLOSSARY δια-τρίβω, ψω, to rub away, to con- sume ; especially χρόνον, to spend time, employ oneself, διαφέροντας, adv. from pres. part, of δια-φέρω = conspicuously, emi- nently. δια-φέρω, διοίσω,to go through with, endure ; to differ from, to excel, gen. of person, dat. of thing; mid. to quarrel, with dat. δια-φεύγω, £ομαι, to escape, δια-φθαρ-, 2 aor. pass. part, of δια- φθείρω. δια-φθείρω, φθερω, διέφθαρκα, διέφ- θειρα, 2 aor. διέφθαρον, destroy, spoil, ruin. δια-φυλάττω, ζω, guard to the end, maintain ; also in mid. διδακτός, ή, ov, to be taught, τά δ., things that can be taught, (didac- tic). διδασκα\€ΐον, ov, τδ (διδάσκαλος), a school. διδάσκαλος, ov, ο (διδάσκω), a teacher, master, Lat. magister. διδάσκω, διδάξω, δεδίδαχα, iδίδαξα (disco, doceo, teach), to teach, with 2 accusatives. δίδωμι, δώσω, δέδωκα, έδωκα, Ζδων (redupl. from root of do, dare, Skrt. dadami), to give : in pres. , and impf. to offer, διδόναι δίκην, to give satisfaction = to be pun- ished ; see δίκη. Other aorists formed by -κα are ήκα, TjvtjKa, 'έθηκα. διεβαλ-, see δια-βάλλω. διέθεσαν, from διέθην, 2 aor. of δια- τί θημι. δι-εκ-ττεραίνω, ανω, δι-ςξ-ςπέρανα; to bring through and out of; to bring to an end : I aor. pass. subj. δκκπερανθω. διελεγ-. See δία-λεγομαί. διενειμ-, see διανέμω (i aor.). διενοούμεθα, see δια-νοέομαι, to be minded (impf.). δι-€|-ερχομαι, fut. διέξαμι, to go through and out of, to go to the end of, to recount (as we say; to go through). δι-ε£-ηλθ-, 2 aor. of δι-εξέρχομαι. διεταττον (or τασσον), impf. δια- τάττω. διέφερον, impf. δια-φέρω, διεφθάρην, 2 aor. pass. δια-φθείρω. διεφθαρκ-, or διεφθαρμ-, perf. act or pass, of δια-φθείρω. διεφθειρ-, impf. δια-φθείρω. δι-εφυγ-, ι aor. of δια-φεύγω. δι-ηγεομαι (Att. ονμαι), ησομαι, ηγησάμην, to set out in detail, to describe, narrate. δίκαιος, α, ov (δίκη), just, right; δίκαιος είμι τούτο ττοιεΐν, I have a right to do this. το δίκαιον, right; τα δίκαια, just claims. δικαιοσύνη, ηε, ή, justice. δικαίως, adv. justly. δικαστήριον, ov, τδ, court of justice, δικαστής, ου, δ, a judge, juror, dicast. δίκη, ηε, ή, justice, right; a suit at law ; compensation, punishment, δίκην διδόναι, to be punished, either with dat., or υπό and gen., the construction being assimilated to that of a proper passive, δίκην λαμβάνειν, to exact satisfaction, to punish, παρά with gen. δίκτυον, ov. το (δικεΐν, sometimes connected with jacio), a net. δι' δ = wherefore. Διογένης, ovs, δ, a Cynic philoso- pher of Sinope, resident at Athens in the time of Alexander the Great, δι-οικεω (Att. ω), ήσω, (diocese), to manage, govern. δι-όλλυμι, ολώ, to destroy utterly, διόπερ = δι' οπερ = wherefore. Διός, gen. of Ζεύ$. διπλάσιος, α, ov, double; twice as much (or, as many), with ή or genitive. δπτλοΰς, η, ovv, double ; see άπλον$. διττούς, ποδοε, δ, ή; n. δίπουν, biped, of two feet.GLOSSARF. ι8ι δίς (δυο, bis), twice. δίσκος, ov, δ (disc, dish, desk; Germ, tisch; δικεΐν), a quoit, (the statue of the Discobolus or quoit thrower). δισμύριοι, at, a, twenty thousand. δι-υιτνί£ω, ι aor. δι-νπνισα, to awake from sleep. δίχα, adv. apart, at two. διψάω (ά>), ήσω, inf. Βιψην (the other verbs in αω that contract to η being π€ΐνάω, ζάω, and χράω), to be thirsty, with gen. διωκτέος, α, ov, pass.; διωκτ4ον, act.; verb. adj. from διώκω, £ω, pursue; prosecute, acc. of person, gen. of charge. tvy€iv is used as its passive. διώρυξ, νχοε, ή (διορνσσω, to dig through), a trench, canal. δοκ4ω (ώ), δ<$£ω (poet, δοκήσω), 4'δο£α, to think, to seem, δοκεΐ impers. with dat. * it seems to me,' and 4 it seems good to me,' = * I resolve,' followed by infinitive, δοκός, ov, ή, a beam. δόλος, ov, o, (Lat. dolus), a trick; cunning. δόμος, ov, 6 (δέμω, * I build,' domus, dome, domestic), a house, or household. δό£α, ης, ή, (δοκέώ), expectation, opinion, fame, glory. δόρα, as, ή, (δέρω, to skin), a hide. δόρυ, aros, τ6 , spear, (5p0s, a tree, Druid). δός, 2 aor. impv. δίδωμι. δουλεία, as, η, slavery. δουλεύω, αω, δβδονλβνκα, έδονλενσα, to be a slave. δούλος, ov, δ, a slave : also adj. η, ov, slavish. δουλόω (Att. ώ), ώσω, δςδονλωκα, Ιδουλωσα, to make a slave, en- slave. 'δούναι, 2 aor. inf. δίδωμι. δούς, 2 aor. part, δίδωμι. Δράκων, ovros, δ, Draco, archon at Athens, and legislator b. c. 624. His laws ordained for all offences one penalty, death; hence they were said to be written in blood, δράμα, tos, το, (δράω, drama, dra- matic), an action, a play. δραχμή, tjs, ή, (δράττομαι, I grasp), 1. a handful, (hence drachm, dram). 2. a silver coin = 6 obols = τΐτο a mina = ^o of a talent> about a French franc. δράω (δρω), δράσω, 'έδρασα, 'έδραν, to do, act. δρόμος, ov, 6, (δραμ€ΐν), a course; a race, running. δρόμω, adv. at full speed. δρυς, δρνοϊ, ή, (δένδρον, tree, Druid), oak. δΰναμαι, ήσομαι, δεδννημαι, εδννή- θην, (dynamics; δννάστ€ΐα = do- minion, dynasty), to be able, δύναμις, ecus, ή, power, force, κατά δύναμιν, to the best of one's power. δυνατός, 7), ov, 1. act. able, with inf.; powerful; 2. pass, possible, δυνησ-, fut. δυναμαι. δύο, δνοΐν, {duo, two, zwei), two. δνοΐν δέοντα εϊκοσιν = ι8. Δυρράχιον, ov, prob. a local name, used as less ominous to Roman ears than Epidamnus. δύσκολος, ov, surly, opp. to €v- koXos. δυσμενής, es, evil-minded, (δυ« and μevos, mens, mitid), hostile, (cp. €l»/t€V77s). δυσ-σεβής, Is, (σέβομαι, σ^μνδε for , -πλευσομαι, -έπλευσα, sail into. €ΐστία, impf. έστιάω. €Ϊτα (ita), then, thereupon, straight- way ; (indignantly) then. €'ίτ€ . . . €Ϊτ€ . . ., either . ., or . .; whether . .; or . .; corresponding both to the utrum . ., an . . of Latin indirect questions, and to the sive , . sive .., of coordinates. €Ϊ ns, fi ή, if any, (si quis), often = οστis, whoever. «ΐχον, See., impf. of εχω, contr. for έσεχον, 4- εχον, V σβχ. €ΐωθα, &c., perf. from 'έθω, = 1 am accustomed. €ΐων, ι sing, or 3 pi. impf. of lacy. €K, see l£. €κα0€^-, impf. of καθίζομαι, aug- mented as if not a compound. Ικαλλυν-, see καλλνι'ομαι. 4καμ-, see κάμνω. «καστοβ, η, ov (superl. formed from exas, apart, secus), each; καθ1 €καστον = singly, one by one. Lat. quisque. licdT€pos, a, ov (compar. formed from kKas, see eKaaros), either, each of two. Lat. uterque. «κατόν (centum), a hundred: indecl. like the Latin centum. Ικ-βαινω, βησομαι, έκβέβηκα, e£ev- βη, to go out of, depart; to turn out. €κ-βάλλω, έξέβαλον, to cast forth, to banish. «κ-ττίτΓτω is used as its passive. έκ-βιβάξω, to make to go, or come out; esp. to disembark, «κ-βληθήτω, I aor. impr. pass, of έκ-βάλλω. (K-yovos, ov, 0, a descendant, έκ-δέχομαι, έξ-εδεξάμην, to take from ; to succeed to ; to await, «κ-δίδωμι, δώσω, δέδωκα, έξέδωκα, to give up, surrender; θυγατέρα, έκδουναι or έκδόσθαι to give a daughter in marriage. €Κ€Ϊ, adv. there.. cic€i0€v== from that place. €K€ivos, η, ο (poetic Keivos), that, Lat. tile, see § 36. Ik6K€\€VK€1, plpf. Κ€λ€ύω. Ικ€κτη-, see κτάομαι, plpf. ciceXcv-, see κελεύω. €Κ€ρδαν-, see κερδαίνω. €κ-καλύτττω, to uncover. έκκλησ-ία, as, ή (εκκαλέω, ecclesiastic, eglise), prop, a calling out, then a public assembly. Ικλβι-, impf. κλείω. «κληθη-, see καλέω, I aor. pass. €κ-μανθάνω, έξ-έμαθον, to learn thoroughly, to search out: in past tenses, to know well. Ικ-μαθ-, see εκμανθάνω, 2 aor. εκούσιος, a, ov (εκών), voluntary, εκούσιας, voluntarily. Ικ-ττεμιτω, ψω, εξ-έπεμψα, to send out. εκ-ιτεπληγμ-, see εκ-πλήττω. εκ-πεσ-, see εκ-πίπτω, 2 aor. Ικ-'ίΓεφευ-, see εκ-φεν^ω. Ικ-ττίιττω, πεσΌνμαι, πέπτωκα, ε£ε- πεσον, to fall out, to be banished, used as the passive of εκβάλλω. εκ-πλεω, πλενσομαι, πέιτλευκα, ε£ε- ιτλ€νσα, to sail out. εκ-πλήττω, £ω, εξέπληξα, to strike out, to amaze, astound. εκ-ττοδών, adv. (εκ ποδών) opp. to έμποδών, away from the feet, out of the way, aloof. εκ-πράττω, ι. to do completely, Lat. efficere. 2. to make an end of, kill, Lat. conficere. 3. to levy, exact: so too in mid. τινά τι. εκρατ-, see κρατέω. Ικ-ριτττω, ψω, to cast out. εκτησ-, see κτάομαι, I aor. cktos, I. adv. without, 2. prep. with gen. out of, beyond. «ktos, η, ov, sixth, (sextus). εκ-τρέχω, έξ'έδραμον, to run out from, to make a sally. εκυρησ-, see κνρέω. εκ-φευγω, φενξομαι, έξέφνγον, to escape; to be acquitted.GLOSSARY "185 «κ-χ4ω, χ*ω, *£έχ(α, to pour out. Ικών, ovcra, ov, willing. Ιλαθ-, see λανθάνω, 2 aor. «λαια (Att. Ιλάα), as, η, the olive- tree ; an olive. «λαιον, ου, το (oleum, oil), olive- oil. «λαλ-, see λαλέω. «λαττόω (Att. ώ), ώσω, to lessen: pass, to be worsted. Ιλάττων, ov (for ίλαχίων, from έλαχυε, levis, light), less : superl. έλάχιστοε. «λαυνω, ϊλω, Ιληλακα, ήλασα, to drive ; to march. Ιλάχιστοε, η, ov (see ελάττων), least, shortest. 4λ€γ-, see Xiyto. <λ€€ω (ω), ήσω, ήλέησα, (whence €λ€ημοσυνη, eleemosynary, alms), to pity. «fXios, ου, δ, pity, mercy. Ιλέσθαι, 2 aor. inf. mid. αίρέω. iXtvdepos, a, ov, {liber), free. Ιλβυθέρόω (ω), ώσω, ήλευθέρωσα, to set free, to release from. cXeuOcpcos, adv. freely. Ιλέφας, avros, 0, the elephant, ίλη-, 2 aor. αίρέω. 4ληλυθ-, see 'έρχομαι. see 'έρχομαι. €λκω, έίλκυσα (impf. €ΐλκον), draw, drag, (Lat. sulcus). Έλλάβ, a5os, ή, Hellas, the native name for Greece. νΕλλην, ηνο$, 6, a Greek, (Hellenic), ίλο-, see αίρέω, 2 aor. έλπί^ω, ϊλπιω, ήλπισα, to hope; from IXms, iSos, 77 (Lat. voluptas), hope; trap' έλπίδα, contrary to expecta- tion. €\υ<τ-, see λύω, I aor. 4λω-, η-, see αιρέω, 2 aor. έμαθ-, see μανθάνω. 4μαστιγωσ-, see μαστι^όω. έμαυτοΰ, ijs, of myself: pi. ημών αυτών, &c. «μαχβσ-, see μάχομαι, I aor. έμ-βαινω, kv-έβψ, to enter into. έμ-βάλλω, h-έβαλον, to throw in, or against. «μ-βήναι, see eμ-βαίνω, 2 aor. inf. «μ€, acc. sing, kyoj, me. έμειν-, see μένω, I aor. €μ-μ€λ.ή$, es (iv, μέλος), sounding in unison, in tune, opp. to ττλημ- μελήε ; fitting, graceful, witty. Ιμ-μένω, νώ, ένέμβινα, to abide in ; to be true to. «μνημον€υσ-, see μνημονεύω. «μοβ, 7), hv, my. έμπειρία, as, ή, experience. «μ-Ίτέφυκς, perf. intr. from έμ-φύω, exists naturally in ; see φύω. €μΐΓί(μ)ιτλημι, πλήσω, ένέπλησα, to fill; mid. to take one's fill, with gen. ίμ-ΐΓίττρημι, πρήσω, iv-έπρησα, to set on fire, to burn. «μ-ιτιιττω, ττεσονμαι, ιτέπτωκα, \νέ- ττβσον, to fall into, to fall upon, attack. Ιμ-ττνεω, πνεύσομαι, Ενέπνευσα, to breathe into; to breathe, to be alive. (μ-ιτοιέω, to engender, produce, «μττροσθβν, adv., and prep, with gen., before, of place or time, cv (Lat. and Engl, in), prep, with dat. I. of place; in, on, amongst. 2. of a state ; iv ά£ιώματι, in re- pute. 3. of the instrument; iv όφθαλμοΐβ έράν, to see with the eyes. 4. of time; iv τούτψ, meanwhile : see §§ 86, 87. €V, see (is, μία, 'έν. 'έν τι τούτο, this one thing; sometimes adv. in this one point. Ιναντίος, a, ov, opposite, contrary, εναντίον, prep, with gen. oppo- site. Ινδβήβ, €s (βέω), lacking, deficient, with gen. see § 63. €νδ€κα, οι, at, τά, eleven, (hendeca- syllabic,) eleven; ol tvheica, at Athens, the Commissioners of Prisons and Police. cv-δια-τρίβω, to spend, consume, sc. χρόνον; to linger over, with dat.ι86 GLOSSART. cv-δίδωμχ, to give in, to give up, to yield. cvSov, adv. within, in doors; some- times prep, with gen. ένδΰω, σω (induo), to put on. Mid. with 2 aor. ενεδνν and perf. ενδέδνκα, to put on oneself; to enter. Ινδωσ-, fut. of ενδίδωμι. cveip.1, έσομαι, ενην, to be in. ενεστι or ενι = it is possible. €ν€κα, prep, with gen., often after its case; on account of. «νενήκοντα, indecl., ninety. €V-6Trea-, 2 aor. εμ-πίπτω. €ν€ΐτλησα-, see εμπίπλημι. Ινβττρησ-, see εμπίπρημι. «νθα, adv. where. Ινθάδ€, here. €νθ«νδ€, from hence ; hereafter, ένθυμέομαι (Att. ονμαι), ήσομαι, εντεθύμημαι, ενεθνμήθην^θνμόε), to lay to heart, ponder, consider, «νικ-, see νικάω, impf. or I aor. cvioi, at, a {ενι 01, there are who) ; some. So too iviore {ενι ore), sometimes, (est ubi). cvvea, nine, {novem). (v-vo€o> (cu), ήσω, ενενόησα, {εν- vovs), to consider, perceive. Ιν-οικέω (Att. ώ), ησω, ενωκησα, {εν, oTkos), to inhabit. Ινομι.-, see νομίζω. ένοπτρίξομαι, (ενοπτρον, a mirror, Voir of οψομαι, &c.), to look in a mirror. ΙντΙΜομαι, ενετειλάμην, to com- mand ; εντέταλμαι, usually pass, hence !ντ€ταλ|Α6να, τά, the commands. IvtcvOcv, hence, thence, thereupon. Ιντιμοβ, ov {εν, τιμή), honoured, prized: opp. to άτιμοε, in full possession of a citizen's rights. Ιν-τυγχάνω, εν-ετ υχον, to meet with, with dat. cv-wimov, ov, το (in-somnium), a dream. Ινωπτρί^ίτο, impf. ενοπτρίζομαι. cj, before consts. εκ, prep, with gen. from out of. I. of place; 2. of time; 3. of any origin; e.g. θεόν εκ θνητού γενέσθαι, from a mortal to become a god: see § 82. indecl. {hexagon, Lat. sex), six. έξ-αγορβΰω, fut. εξ-ερώ, 2 aor. ε£- εΐπον, to tell out, utter, announce. c|aip€T^os, a, ov, verb. adj. from c£-aip£o> (Att. ω), ε£-εΐ\ον, to take out, select, remove. ' 4£άκις, sixtimes. 4£ακόσιοι, at, a, six hundred. Ig-αιταλλά,ττω, to set τινά free from tivos ; pass, to be set free from, -απατάω (Att. ώ), ησω, to deceive. εξεβιβασ·-, see ίκβφάζω, I aor. il-e Se£-, or -δεχ-, ι aor., or impf., from εκ-δεχομαι. €£-€δραμ-, 2 aor. εκ-τρεχω. €|-€ΠΓ€ίν, 2 aor. inf. εξαγορεύω. ί£-€λ£γχω, γ£ω, εζ-ήλεγξα, to exa- mine, convict. €ξ-€λθ€Ϊν, 2 aor. inf. εξ-έρχομαι. Ifeirca-, see εκπίπτω, 2 aor. efeirXdyir), 2 aor. pass, of εκπλήττω, εξεπλίνσ-, see εκπλίω, I aor. €|€ΐτρά|ατο, ι aor. mid. εκπράττω, έξέρριψα, see εκ ρίπ,τω, ι aor. έξ-έρχομαι, to go forth: fut. εξειμι. €|€στι, εσται, it is allowed, = Lat. licet. εξετάζω, σω, εξήτασα, to examine, test. e£-€vp€iv, 2 aor. inf. from €§-€υρίσκω, εξ-ενρον, to find out. ^«φυγ-, see εκφεύγω, 2 aor. 4|€χ€α-, see εκχεω, I aor. Ιξήκοντα, indecl. sixty. €|-ηλ€γχθ-, ι aor. ind. pass. l£- εΚεγχω. Φιλθ-, see εξέρχομαι, ι aor. ?£ην, see εξεστι, impf. «ξηττατ-, see εξαπατάω. (εχω), adv., in a row; in order. c|is, €ojs, ή {εχω), a habit.GLOSSARF. c|o8os, συ, ή (exodus), a way out. «Jov, neut. part. Qeari, = it being lawful. » 4|6ma0€v, behind. «|ορκ(£ω, or εξορκόω (Att. ω), ώσω, to administer an oath to a man, to swear him. «(■ω, adv. outside; prep, with gen. beyond. couca, as, c, perf. from εϊκω, to be like, with dat.; to seem likely, with inf. Ιορτη, 77s, 17, a feast, a festival. €ir'= before a vowel. Ιπφ'δουσαι, fem. pi. pres. part, from έττφδω (Attic for Ιπαβίδω), ασομαι* to sing, esp. as an incantation, to charm. Ιιταθ-, see πάσχω, 2 aor. «τταιανιζ-, see -παιανίζω. Ιπαιν€τός, τ), bv, to be praised, praiseworthy. έτταίρω, ορώ, ηρκα, ηρα, to raise, excite, elate. €παν€λθ-, 2 aor. from €ΐΓ-αν-€ρχομαι, fut. ςπάνειμι, to re- turn, to go up. Ιπασχ-, see πάσχω. Ιιτατα^-, see πατάσσω, or τύπτω. «τταυ-, see παύω. <ττ€βοη-, see ϊπιβοηθέω. ΙΐΓβγΙν-, see έπι^ίγνομαι, 2 aor. €ΐτ€θυμ-, see Ιπιθυμέω. iiret, conj. when, since. €ΐκ£ΐδάν, conj. with subjunctive, (Ιττ€ίδτ) αν), when, or whenever, έιτα,δή, conj. since, now that, be- cause. Ιιτ€ΐθ-, impf. πείθω. €ΤΓ€ΐμι, impf. επτ^ειν, see απέρχομαι. €ΐΓ€ΐν-, see πεινάω. ίΐτβιρ-, see πειράω. €ΐΓ€ΐτα, adv., then, thereupon, next; often, in answer to πρώτον μεν, = in the second place. έιτβλαβ-, επι-Χαμβάνω, 2 aor. «ττίλαθ-, see επιλανθάνομαι, 2 aor. Ιττ€ΐττωκ-, see πίπτω, plpf. Ιπέρχομαι, fut. hτ€ΐμι, to approach, attack ; part, επι&ν, succeeding, future. 4τγ€ ρωτάω (Att. ω,) ησω, η ρώτησα, to question, enquire. Ιττίσί-, or 4ιτ€σο-, 2 aor. πίπτω. €ΐτ€σθαι, inf. 'έπομαι. ΙΐΓ€στ€ΐ|/-, see επιστέφω. €ΤΓ€στη-, see βφίστημι. €ττ€«τχ-, see επέχω, 2 aor. επέχω, έφέξω, επεσχον, to hold out, hinder τινά; intrans. to pause, cease from twos ; to wait. €ΐτη-, see €πειμι. cirl, prep, upon, see §§ 112-114, and add the following:—επϊ %α\αμΓ- vos, towards Salamis; Irrl γήρω$, in old age; επί κακω τivbs, for some one's hurt; επϊ μισθψ, for hire; χαίρειν επί τινι, to rejoice at something; επϊ πολν, to a great degree; έπ' o\iyov, for a short time; επϊ βονν Ιέναι, to go after an ox; to 4it' 4/ze, as regards me. €Ίτι-βουλ.€υω, σω, to plot against, έπί-γαμοβ, ov (επϊ, γάμο$), mar- riageable. €πι-γίγνομαι, to come after, ensue, fall upon, come to pass. Έιτίδαμνος, a town on W. coast of N. Greece. Ime-, see επιον. έιτι-θυμέω (Att. at), ησω, (πεθύμησα, to set one's heart on, desire τ ivbs ; (θνμόε, cp. ενθνμέομαι). Hence Ιιτιθυμητίοβ, a, ov, verb. adj. «ττιθυμία, as, ή, desire. ΙπικαΛέω (Att. ώ), έσω, απεκάλεσα, to call on, invoke; to bring an accusation against. €7τικληθ€-, see foregoing, 1 aor. pass. part. έττι-κουρέω (Att. ω), ησω, επεκου- ρησα, to succour, remedy τινί. em-λαθ-, see επιλανθάνομαι, 2 aor. Έπικτητοβ, ου, δ, Epictetus the philo- sopher was a lame slave belonging to Epaphroditus himself a freed- man of Nero. The Encheiridion, or short manual of his doctrinesGLOSSARF. and sayings, was compiled by Arrian, his pupil. cm-λαμβάνω, Ητ-4\αβον, to seize, lay hold of; esp. in mid. έπιλανθάνομαι, λησομαι, kwe\a66- μην, to forget, twos. έπιμελέομαι (Att. ονμαι), ήσομαι, €π€μ€ληθην, to care for, pay heed to, twos. «ιnov, es, €, see πίνω, 2 aor. «ιτι-πλήττω, £<υ, to rebuke τινί. έπιρρέω, pets, pel, fut. ρβνσομαι, to flow against. «πιρρώννυμι, to encourage ; pass, to pluck up heart. €ΤΓΐσημο5, ov (σήμα, cf. insignis from signurn), notable, famous. Ιπίσταμαι, ησομαι, ήπιστήθην, impf. ήπιστάμην (prob. an old mid. form km and ΐστημι, treated as an independent word), to know; ttoicivti, how to do a thing; ποιών τι, that one is doing a thing. 6ΐΓΐστ€φω,ψω, βπέστεψα,ίο surround with, or as with a chaplet; to fill to the brim, with gen. €ΐτιστήμη, ηδ, ή, knowledge, science, ίττιστολή, rjs, ή (Ιπι-στίΧΚω, to send to; epistle, epistolary), a letter. Latin borrowed the word. €ττισχών, see Ιπίχω, 2 aor. part. «ΐΓίτίρττήε, es (τζρψιε, τέρπω), pleasing, delightful. 4ιτιτήδ€ΐ05, eia, ov, fit, serviceable : ol Ιπ. one's friends, necessarii: τά Ιπ. necessaries. im-τιμάω (Att. ώ), ησω, ϊπετίμησα, I. to lay honour upon. 2. to lay the value (or penalty) upon. 3. to censure, with dat. «ιτιτιμησιβ, ecys, 77, censure. €ττι-τρ€ΐτω; ψω, ϊπέτρ^ψα, to entrust to τινί: in pass, with ρ erf. €πι- rerραμμαι, to be entrusted with τι. «m-Tpotros, ov, a, one in charge, a steward, bailiff. «m-φβρω, to bring upon. cm-xcipecD (Att. ώ), ησω, Ιττεχβί- ρησα to set one's hand to, to under- take; attack τινί. €ΐτιχ€ΐρητ€ον, one must lay one's hand to, set about, τινί. €πι-ψηφί£α>, ιώ, 4π€ψήφισα, to put to the vote (the office of the chief president €πιστάτη$ in the Athenian ΙκκΧησίά); mid. of the assembly, to confirm or decree by vote. «ιτνίγτ), 2 aor. pass, πνί^ω. eiroi-, see ποιίω. «πομαι, eif/ομαι, Ισπόμψ, impf. ξίπόμην (Lat. sequor, socius, όπαδοβ &c.), to go with, follow, τινί. €iros, ovs, το (whence epic), a word, a saying ; (VVAK, Lat. voc, Gr. (/r)ew, cf€7iov = €€πον = έιπον ; vocs or vox, vocare, See.). ίττραττ-, see πράττω. Ιιτρια-, see ωνίομαι. ίτττά, οι, at, τά (heptarchy, septem), seven. €ττυθ-, or Ι-ττυνθ-, see πυνθάνομαι. ΙπωΧ-, see πωλύω. «ραστήβ, ov, δ, a lover τινό$. «ράω (Att. ώ), Ιρασθησομαι, ήρά- σθην, to love. Ιργαξομαι, άσομαι, €Ϊρ^ασμαι, €ΐρ- γασάμην, to work, make, trade, ί-ργον, ov, το (Germ, werk, our work, irksome; opyavov, &c.), a work, a deed, a reality, «ργω, adv. in reality, opp. to \6yq>, nominally. «ρ€ΐ, kpcb, See., see λβγω. 4ρ€υνάω (Att. ώ), ήσω, ήρςύνησα, to seek for. έρημος, η, ov (eremite, hermit), desolate, solitary, desert; destitute of, with gen. Ιρί£ω (βpis, Lat. rixari), to strive with, to rival, τινί. cpiov, ov, το, wool; pi. fleeces, «pis, i5os, ή, strife. Ιρμηνί^, ecus, δ (Έρμηε, hermeneu- tics), an interpreter. Έρμήβ, ov, o, son of Zeus and Maia. The herald of the gods, or the■GLOSSARY. 189 god who presided over gymnastics, eloquence, trade, roads, gain, and who led the shades down to the lower world. έρρει, impf. ρεω. ερυθρός, a, dv (ruber, rufus), red. «Ερχομαι, εϊμι, εΧήλυθα, §λθον, to come, go. ερως, euros, 0, love; (erotic), «ρωτάω (Att. ω), ήσω, ήρώτησα, or very commonly ήρόμην (prop, impf. of ερομαι), to ask τινά τι. Is = ds. εσει, 2 sing. fut. ειμί. Ισει-, impf. σείω. εσθίω, εδομαι, εδήδοκα, aor. €(f>ayov, to eat: (Lat. edere and ed\b\t). εσθλός, ή, ov, good. εσι/γ-, see σι^άω. εσοι-, see ειμί. εσιτεισ-, see σπενδω. εστάναι, pf. inf. for εστηκεναι, from ΐστημι. εστί, from εϊμΐ,— is, est. εστιάω (Att. ω), άσω, impf. ειστίων, as, a, to receive at one's Ιστία (cf. Vesta, vestal), or hearth ; to feast or regale one (τινά) on something (tivos). 4στρωμ-, see στορενννμι or στρών- ννμι. εστώ$, εστώσα (not εστνΐα), Ιστοί, intr. perf. part, of ΐστημι, for εστη- fcujs, εστηκνΐα, ϊστηκδε, standing. See καθ€στώ$. εσφα£-, see σφάζω. εσφραγι-, see σφραγίζω. ίσχaTOS, η, ov (superl. from 4£), extreme, last, worst. εσω, adv. within; after prep, with gen. εσω£-, or εσωσ-, impf. or 1 aor. σώζω. ετεμ-, see τέμνω. €t«pos, a, ov (alter, other), the other, one of two ; different, ετετειχ-, see τειχίζω, plpf. ετη, see eros. en, adv. (et, etiam), still, yet, fur- ther ; of time or degree. ετικτ-, see τίκτω.* ετλη-, see τλάω, τληναι. έτοιμο?, η, ov, or os, ov, ready, pre- pared. ετό£ευον, impf. τοξεύω. see φημί. έφ-ήμερος, ov, lasting but a day, ephemeral. «φθ-, see φθάνω. «τ'φ-ίημι, ήσω, to send upon, throw at, allow: mid. (impf. ϊφιέμην), to enjoin (τινί); to desire, aim at (riv6s). Ιφιλ-, see φιλίω. «φ-ίστημι, km-στήσω, Ιττ-έστησα, to set up, institute. Ιφοβ-, see φοβίω. c-o8os, ή, a way to; an assault: ϊφόδον, at the first onset. Ιφ-οράω (Att. ω), k-π-όψομαι, Ixr- €ΐδον, to oversee, supervise. Ιφρβν-, see φρ€νόω. «φυγ-, ι aor. φευ γα?. 4 φυλά-, see φνλάττω. «φυ-, see φύω. Ιχ', see €χω. Ιχαρ-, see χαίρω. £χφρα, as, ή, hatred. «χβράς, ά, δν, hated, hostile. 6 ίχθ., an enemy. «χρη-, see χράω. εχω, ίζω or σχήσω, Ζσχηκα, ίσχσν, impf. ίΤχον, ι. to have, hold, enjoy: χάριν, to be thankful. 2. to be able, ουκ %χω eiwetv, I cannot say. 3. intrans. with adv. to be in a certain state. Mid. to lay hold on riv6s. ίωρ-, see δράω. coos, ίω, ή, the dawn. ?ws, conj., until, while; ίωε with subjunctive. Z. £άω, (Att. ζω), fut. ζήσω or ζήσομαι, more commonly βιώσομαι, β(- βίωκα, Ιβίων, to live. For the contr. ζην, ζη, &c. see διψάω. ξδύγνυμι, £ω, <ίζςυ£α, (jugum, jungo, , yoke, Ο. H. G. jock), to yoke, to join, wed. ^efiyos, ous, τδ, a yoke: hut. jugum. Zeus, Aids or Ζηνσε (Jupiter, Diespiter, divus, deus, Jovis), son of Kronos, king of gods and men. 3rd sing. pres. indie, ζάω. £t)\os, ου, ό (zeal, jealous), rivalry, emulation. £ηλοώ (Att. ω), ω, ώσω, to rival, envy, admire τινά tivos. £ημία, as, 17, damage, = Lat. dam- num ; a penalty. £ημιόω (Att. ω), ώσω, eζημίωσα, to fine, amerce, acc. of person, dat. of penalty: often to punish.GLOSSARY,. $ήν, inf. ζάω, £ητίω (Att. ω), ήσω, Ιζήτησα, to seek, examine. ζήτει, impr.; ζητ€ΐ, ind. ξωγρέω (Att. ω), ήσω (ζωοε, living, and dyp€vw, to catch by hunting), to take alive. £ωή, fjs, 97, life. ί<ρη> opt. 3rd sing. (Attic form like τιμφη), from ζάω. £ωον, ου, το, an animal, a crdature possessed of life. In Rev. 4 the four beasts' should be 'the four living creatures.' ζώσα, part. pres. fem. of ζάω. Η. ή, conj. = or. ή..ή; either—or. After άλλο$, or a compar. =' than,' Lat. quam. ή, adv. of a truth, surely : especially μην, in oaths, followed by a fut. inf. ή = €<£77, aor. 2 of ήμϊ, ' to say; * mostly in the phrase 77 δ' 6s, * said he ;' cp. 'ην δ' eya' said I.' •p, 3rd sing. pres. subj.of €ΐμϊ, 'to be.' ή, fem. of article <5, ή, το, the. ή, fem. of rel. pro. 6s, ή, δ, who, which. η, dat. sing. fem. of rel. pro. bs, ή, δ, who, which. •p, 2 aor. subj. ϊημι. ηγαγ-, see ay ω, 2 aor. ήγ€-, see ayω, impf. ήγεΐτο, impf. 977έομαι. ήγίμών, ovos, δ, a leader. ήγέομαχ (Att. οϋμαι), ήσομαι, r}yv\- μαι, ^ησάμην, I. lead, go before τινί. 2. to command rivos,see § 69. 3. to regard, think, = Lat. ducere. ήγνο-, see άγτοέω. ήγο-, see ay ω, impf. ηδ€-, and ηδβσαν, see οΐδα. ήδεωβ, adv. (from ήδυε), gladly, pleasantly. ηδη, adv. already. ήδικ-, see άδικέω. ήδομαι, ήσθήσομαι, ησθην, to enjoy, 191 take delight, with dat. or with part, ήδομε'νφ μοι γιγνεται, I am well pleased at its happening, ηδονή, ψ, τ), pleasure, enjoyment, ήδύς, ήδ€ΐα, ήδυ, comp. ηδίων, ov, sup. ήδιστος, η, ov, sweet, pleasant, .friendly; (VSVAD seen by com- paring svavis ( = svadvis), ήδυ$ and sweet: for the loss of the initial, cp. vitvos, Skrt. svapnas, Lat. som(p)nus) : το ήδν, that which is sweet, pleasure. ήθελ-, see 40€λα>. ήκιστα, superl. adv., least, not at all, minime; the compar. is ήτ- τον. ήκουσ-, see ακούω. ήκω, ζω, impf. ήκον, to be come, to have arrived; see § 134, note, ήλγ-, see άλγεω. ήλευθ-, see έλενθϊρόω. ήλθ-, see 'άρχομαι. ήλιοβ, ου, ό, the sun. •fjXos, ου, δ, a nail. ήμαρτ-, see άμαρτάνω. ημείς, plur. nom. of Ιγώ. ήμερα, as, ή (ephemeral), day; καθ' ήμέραν, day by day. ήμετεροβ, a, ov, our. ημετέρα (yή), our land. ήμισυς, «α, ν (semi), half, το ήμισυ, the half. Sometimes the noun that follows is put in the , gen. but attracts ήμισυ to its own number and case. Thus 0 ήμισυς του χρονοΰ, at ήμίσ^ιαι των vecvv, half the time, half the ships, for tc> ήμισυ του, των, etc* ην, contr. for \άν. ήναγκα£-, or -κασ-, impf. or 1 aor. άvaytcάζω. ήνδραττοδ-, see άνδραποδίζω. ήνεγκ-, see φέρω. ήνεσχ-, see ανέχομαι, 2 aor. ήνίκα, conj. when. ή£ιωσ-, see άξιόω, I aor. ^Hireipos, ου, ή (prop, mainland), a district, on the west side of northern Greece.GLOSSARY ήπιστα-, see επίσταμαι, impf. ήττορ-, see άττορέω. Ήρα, as, ή, Hera, the Latin Juno, . queen of the gods, sister and wife of Zeus. Ήρακλ€ΐδης, ου, δ, a descendant of Herakles. Ήρακλ€ΐτο5, ου, δ, philosopher of Ephesus, c. b.c. 513. Called the weeping philosopher, in contr. to Democritus, the laughing philo- sopher. Ήρακλήβ (for Ήρακλέη»), €θυ$, ό, son of Zeus and Alcmena, the ideal of heroic strength and for- titude. The voc. is Ήpdx\€is, for Ήp&K\€f€s, from J K\tf, see k\4os. Lat. Hercules. ηρ^θη, see αΐρέω, ι aor. pass. ήρ€το, see ερωτάω, of which it is used as the aorist. ή'ρημαι, see αιρέω, pf. pass. ήρν-, see άρνέομαι. Ηρόδοτος, ου, δ, of Halicarnassus, the historian of the Persian wars ; lived e. c. 484-407. ήρρωστ-, see άρρωστέω. ήρωτη-, see Iρωτάω. ή ρ cos, ωο$, δ, a demigod, a hero, ής (gen. fem. of bs, ή, b), whose, ήσαν, impf. ύμ\ to be. •ησ0€ν-, impf. of άσθζνίω. -ησθ€τ-, τ)σθο-, 2 aor. αισθάνομαι. ήσθην, I aor. ήδομαι. ήατθι-, impf. Ισθιω. ήσσ-, a softened form of ηττ ήστραψ-, see άστράπτω. ησυχάζω, σω, ησύχασα, to keep still. •ήτησ-, I aor. αΙτ4ω. ήττάομαι (Att. ωμαι), ήσομαι, ηττψ μαι: to be inferior to, give way to, tiv6s. ήττων, ov, comp. of fcafcos (see ήκιστα), less, weaker than, twos. ήττον as adv. = less.% ήφαν-, see αφανίζω. Θ. θάκος, ου, δ, a seat. θάλαττα, ηε, ή (perhaps conn, with αλ$, salt: cp. αμα and θάμα), the sea. Θαλής, Θάλεω, Θαλτ■}, ην, δ, of Miletus, one of the seven wise men of Greece, b. c. 639-546, statesman, astronomer and philo- sopher. He taught that water is the origin of all things. θάλλω, ησω, τέθηλα, to be luxuriant, to bloom, to prosper. θάνατος, ου, δ (V θ αν, θνήσκω, 'ίθανον), death. θαττον, adv. quicker. See ταχνε. θαυμάζω, σω, τεθανμακα, (θαύμασα, to wonder at, τινά a person, tivos for a thing. θαυμάσιος, α, ov, wondrous, mar- vellous. θαυμαστός, τ), ov, wonderful, strange, θέαμα, tos, to, a sight, show, θΰάομαι (ωμαι), άσομαι, to behold: I aor. inf. θζάσασθαι. θ€ΐ, 3rd sing. pres. ind. θέω. θέατρον, ov, τδ, a theatre (θ*ά- ομαί). θ€ΐος, α, ov (0ebs), divine, sacred. θ€μιστοκλής, eovs, δ, Athenian statesman and general during the Persian wars, rival of Aristides, creator of the naval power of Athens. He fought at Marathon b.c. 490, commanded at Salamis b.c. 480, and fortified the city and the harbour; was banished b.c. 471, and died in exile. 0€os, ου, δ (α-, mono-, poly- theism), God, a god. θεραπαινις, idos, ή, a waiting maid, a servant girl. θβραπεία, as, ή, service, worship; tending; a cure. θεραπεύω, σω, to worship, court, care for, (therapeutics). θερμός, ί), ov (thermometer: 0kpos), hot; hasty.GLOSSARY. 193 θέρος, ovs, το (θέρω, ferveo, fever), summer. 0€paCrqs, ov, 0, the most impudent talker of the Greeks before Troy: see Pope's Homer's Iliad, Bk. II. θέσις, €ojs, ή (τίθημι), a setting, or placing, a laying down, θίω, θβυσομαι, δεδράμηκα, εδραμον, to run: (the root is 0ef, whence also βοηθίω, σ€ύω, &c.). θ€ωρέω (Att. α;), ήσω, (Θ4α, a sight), to behold, contemplate: (hence theorem). θ«ωρ(α, as, ή (theory), a spectacle, view of games. Θήβαι, ων, at, Thebes, the capital of Boeotia. θήρ, θηρos, δ (/era, thier, deer; treacle), wild beast, beast of prey, θησαυρός, ου, ό (τίθημι, tresor), a store, treasury. θίασος, ου, δ, a band of revellers, θιγγάνω, θίξομαι, €0tyov, to touch (lightly), with gen.: (for root cp. tetigi, touch; fingo, figura). θνήσκω, θανοΰμαι, τίθνηκα, 'ίθανον (νθαν, or by metathesis V6va), to die. In prose αποθνήσκω is used, except in the perf. and plup. θνητός, fj, ov (θαν or θνη), mortal, θορυβέω (Att. ώ), ησω, to make an uproar, applaud, interrupt. atcbs, o, a Thracian. θράσος, ovs, rb, boldness. θρασυς, €ia, if, bold, rash. Θραττα, ιjs, 17, a Thracian woman, θρέψω, fut. of τρύφω. θρίξ, τριχόε, ή, hair. θυγά,τηρ, ατpbs, ή (tochter, Skrt. duhita — the milk-maid), daugh- ter. θυμός, ου, δ (θύω), the soul, temper, spirit, courage, wrath. θύρα, as, ή (fores, thur), a door. θύω, σω, τίθυκα, ίθνσα, to offer, to sacrifice : I aor. inf. θϋσαι. I. ίασις, €ωε, ή, healing, a mode of healing. ιατρική, ή, sc. τέχνη, the medical art. ιατρός, o9, o, a surgeon, physician, ιδέα, as, ή, form, look, kind. Ιδ€ΐν, see δράω, 2 aor. inf. ΐδιος, a, ov, one's own, private, per- sonal : (hence, frfz'osyncrasy). Ιδιώτης, ου, δ, an individual; a private citizen, (opp. to one in office) : hence, an idiot. ιδρώς, ωτos, δ (sudor), sweat. Uvai, from €ΐμι, to go. tepevs, 4ω$, δ, a priest. icpov, ου, rb, a temple. ΐ€ρός, ά, bv, sacred, holy; (hence hierarchy). ΐ€ροσυλέω (Att. ω), ήσω, to rob a temple, commit sacrilege. Ιημι, ησω, €Ϊκα, ήκα, to send, dis- charge. Ικανός, ή, bv, sufficient, fit, capable, ίκανώς, adv. sufficiently. Ικέτης, ου, δ, a suppliant; from root of ϊκω and Ικνάομαι, which may be seen in άφικνέομαι. ΐκρια, ων, τά, a sort of deck; a platform. ΐ\€ως, ων, propitious, gracious. . Ίλιον, ου, τό, Troy or Ilium, a city in Troas, besieged for ten years by the Greeks. ίμ,άτιον, ov, τb, a cloak. Τνα, ι. conj. in order that, with subj. after principal, opt. after historic tenses. 2. Adv. where;' iv hv, wherever, with subj. Ιόνιος, α, ov, (Τώ), concerning Ιο; with κόλποε, or πόρος, the sea between Epirus and Italy across which she is said to have swum. Ιοντ-, see €ΐμι, to go. ιοστέφανος, ov, violet crowned, esp. epith. of Athens: ϊον, a violet. Ιουδαίος, ου, δ, a Jew. ΙττπΈυς, έωε, 5, % horseman, or rider. Ο194 GLOSSARF. Tiririas, ov, o, son of Pisistratus, sole despot 0f Athens after the assassination of his brother B.C. 514. See 'Αρμοδιος. tmriKoS, τ), ov, pertaining to a horse, equestrian, rb Ιπ. cavalry. Ιιτιτο-κόμοβ, ov, ό (κομεώ), the groom, Lat. equiso. urn-os, ov, 0 (equus), a horse: ή lttttos, cavalry. ίσθι, 2 sing. impv. ειμϊ, to be. ϊσθι, 2 sing. impv. οϊδα, to know, ϊσοβ, η, ov, equal, fair, even. ϊστημι, στήσω, έστησα (sto, sisto, stand), to set up, erect. Mid. with εστηκα and εστην, to stand. Ισταμένου του μηνό$, in the first decad of the month. ιστορία, as, ή, enquiry,· history. Ισχυροβ, ά, όν, strong. ΐσως, adv. equally, fairly; perhaps. txv°s, ovs, τδ, pi. 'ίχνη, a track, footstep. Hence ichneumon. K. κ&γα0- = καΙ dya6~, see fcaXos. καθ' = κατά, before a rough breath- ing. καθ-αιρέω (Att. ω), to take down; to destroy. καθαιρώ, αρω, εκάθηρα (καθαρδε), to cleanse. καθά/rrcp (κατά and ττερ = & and ττερ), just as. κάθαρμα, ατοε, το (καθαιρώ), prop, that which is thrown away in cleansing; scum, offscourings; a term of abuse. καθαρός, ά, ov (castus — cad-tus, chaste), pure, clean. καθαρότης, tos, ή, clearness, purity. καθέ£ομαι, or more generally καθψ μαι; fut. καθεδονμαι: impf. εκα- θεζόμην, as if the verb were not a compd. καθεΐσαν, 3 pi. 2 aor. καθίημι. καθ€<ττώς, τωσα, tos (see εστώε), intr. perf. part, from καθιστήμι = existing, established. τά καθε- στώτα = existing usages, &c. καθβύδω, δήσω, impf. καθ-ένδον, or εκά$ενδον, to sleep, to rest, κώθημαι, impf. εκαθήμην (augmented as if it were not compounded with a preposition; see too επίσταμαι, ήπιστάμην), to sit down; to sit idle. καθήρα., impf. καθαιρεω. καθΐ€σαν, 3 pi. impf. καθίημι. καθί£ω, καθιω, εκάθισα, impf. εκά- θιζσν, (as if the verb were not a compd.). 1. causal, to set, place. 1. intr. to sit: mid. = to sit. καθ-ίημι, καθήσου, to let down, to let fall. καθ-ίστημι, καταστήσω, κατέστησα, to set down, &c.: mid. with καθεστηκα and κατέστην, to be appointed, become ; in past tenses, to be in ά certain state. καθ-οράω (Att. ω), κατόψομαι, κα- τεΐδον, to look down upon, to observe, to sight. καθ-υλακτ€ω (Att. ω\ ήσω, to bark at τινά: see § 94, foot note, καΐ, and, even, also; τ€—καΐ, καΐ— Kal,both—and, not only—but also, καί 8ή καΐ, ay, and more than that. ποΚΚοϊ και a7a0oi = many good men. καίπ€ρ, although, always with a participle. καιρός, ov, δ, time, season, opportu- nity ; the nick of time. Καίσαρ, apos, o, Caius Julius Caesar, καίω, κανσω, κεκανκα, εκανσα {caustic), to set on fire, to burn, κακηγορία, as, ή, abuse, (κακοε, and αγορεύω). κακία, as, ή, badness, vice. Κακία, personified, Vice. κακός, ή, ov, bad, wicked, cowardly, τό κακόν, evil, τα κακά, suf- ferings. Comp. κακίων, κάκιστος, also ήττων and χειρών. κακούργος, ov, evil doing, ('ipyov). κακώς, adv. ill. κ. λβγαν τινά, toGLOSSARY. 19 5 speak ill of. κ. άκουαν, to be ill-spoken of. κ. «χβιν, to be in evil plight, κ. iroteiv τινά, to injure one. κάλαμος, ov, δ (calamus, Engl. haulm, Fr. chaume), a cane; used by children as a ' horse.' καλέω (Att. ω), fut. ω, κίκληκα, 6κάλ€σα, to name, call, invite, δ καλούμενος, the so-called, καλλίων, ov, see fcaXos, comp. κάλλος, ου®, τό, beauty. καλλΰνω (/ca\os), to beautify; mid. to pride oneself on, give oneself airs, καλλωπίζω, ίσω (ώψ, prop, to make the face beautiful, then) to beau- tify, embellish: mid. to adorn oneself, make a display of, take pride in. καλός, ή, ov, beautiful, fair, noble, good: καλός κάγαθός, fair and good, noble and virtuous, realising the ideal of a free-born, high-bred man. καλύβη, ηε, ή ' (καλύπτω), a hut, cabin, cell. καλύπτω, ψω, kκάλυψα (occulo, clam, κλέπτω; another form of κρύπτω), to cover, hide. Poetic, καλώς, adv. well: κ. «ίχβιν, to be in a good state, κ. πράττ€ΐν, to fare well: κ. λ^γ€ΐν τινά, to speak well of: κ. άκουαν, to be well spoken of. Καμβύσης, ου, δ, father of Cyrus, κάμηλος, ov, ή (generally), a camel: an oriental word. καμμύα-ας, a colloquial form for καταμύσαε, I aor. part, καταμύω, to close the eyes. κάμνω, καμοΰμαι,-κίκμηκα, εκαμον, to work oneself weary, to be weary, to be ill: κάμι}s, 2 aor. subj. κάν = καϊ kv. κάν (ι) = κα\ αν, (2) —και Ιάν. καπνός, ου, δ, smoke. καρδία, as, ή (Lat. cor, cordis; herz), the heart. Ο καρπός, ου, δ (herbst, harvest), fruit; produce. καρτβρός, ά, δν, strong, mighty; from V καρτ or κρατ : see κράτοε. κατά, prep. down. See §§ 93, 94, and add the following : νδωρ κατά χαρδε διδόναι, to pour water over the hand : δμνύναι kara tivos, to swear by, strictly, on the head of, some one: καθ' 'Ελλάδα through- out Greece: κατ άνθρωπον, hu- manly, as a man should, κατα-βαίνω, κατ-ίβην, to go down, καταγέλαστος, ov, ridiculous, κατα-γιγνώσκω, to condemn, with gen. of person, acc. of penalty: 2 aor. ind. κατ-eyνων; subj. &c., κατα-yv-. κατα-δικά£ω, άσω, to condemn τiv6s τι. κατα-δύομαι, σομαι, κατεδνν, to sink; καταδύσω, κατ έδυσα, to cause to sink. ' κατα-θβάομαι (Att. ωμαι), to survey, inspect. κατα-θνήσκω, κατ(α)θανουμαι, to die. κατα-καίω (see καίω), to bum up. κατα-κλίνω, ΐνώ, έκλινα, to lay down: mid. to lie down; 1 aor. pass. inf. κατακλιθήναι. κατα-κοιμάω, ησω, to lull to sleep, κατα-κρεμάννυμι, κρεμάσω, €κρέ- μασα, to hang up, suspend : κρ€- μασθηναι, I aor. inf. pass, κατα-κρίνω, to give judgment against, with gen. or acc. κατακυλίνδω, ισω, κατεκύλισα, to roll down; pass, to tumble, κατα-λαμβάνω, to seize, overtake, κατα-λβίπω, ψω, to leave behind, to bequeath. κατα-λύω, to undo, dissolve, destroy, κατα-μανθάνω, to learn thoroughly. καταπλαγ€ΐς, εΐσα, ev, 2 aor. part. pass, from κατα-πλήττω, (prop, to strike down, then) to astound: κατζ-πλαγ-, 2 aor. pass.GLOSSARY. καταρρακτή, rjs, ή, sc. Θύρα, a trap- door: (καταρρή'γνυμι, to break down, whence, through Lat. cata~ racta, cataract, a broken fall of water). κατα-σβέννυμι, σβέσω, κατ έσβησα, to quench, put out. κατα-σκέψασθαι, I aor. inf. mid. of κατα-σκοττ€ω (Att. ω), σκέψομαι, κατεσκϊψάμην, to view closely, spy out. κατα-στέλλω, στελω, έστ€ΐλα, to arrange, to quiet: καταστύΚαι, ι aor. infin. κατα-στρέφω, ψω, (to turn down, hence) to overthrow: mid. to subdue : (catastrophe). κατα-σχβΐν, 2 aor. inf. κατέχω, to hold back, to stop. κατα-φανής, έί ( α/φαν of φαίνω), clearly seen, discovered, καταφρονέω (ώ), ήσω, καταφρόνησα, to despise, see § 94, foot-note. κατα-φυτ€υω, σω, to plant, καταψηφίζομαι, κατ(ψηφισάμην, to vote against one twos. κατ€γ€\-, see «ατα-γ^λάω, to laugh at. κατ€γιγ- or κατ€^ν-, see /ταταγίγ- νώσκω. κατ€ΐδ-, see καθοράω. κατ-βίλημμαι, pf. pass, κατα-λαμ- βάνω. κατ«καυσ-, see κατακαίω, ι aor. κατεκριν-, see κατ α-κρίνω. κατ€κυλισθ-, ι aor. pass, κατα- κυλίνδω. κατζλαβ-, or λαμβ-, see καταλαμ- βάνω. κατδλθ-, 2 aor. not ind. κατ-έρχομαι. κατ€λιττ-, 2 aor. of καταλείπω. κατεργάζομαι, σομαι, to achieve, gain. κατ-έρχομαι, κάτ€ΐμι, to go down; to return. κατ-€σθία>, aor. κατίφα^ον, to de- vour. κατ-έστη, see καθιστή μι.. κατ€στρ€ψ-, see καταστρέφω. κατ€φαγ-, 2 aor. κατεσθίω. κατ-ίφυτβυσ-, ι aor. καταφυτ€νω. κατ-έχω, καθ έξω, κάτασχον, to hold back, control, seize: intr. to pre- vail. κατηγοράω (Att. ω), ήσω {κατά, ά-γορεύω), to accuse a man of something tivos t 1. κατηγόρημα, τos, το, a charge, accusation. κατήγορος, ου, δ, an accuser: (hence category, See.). κατ-ηλθ-, 2 aor. ind. κατέρχομαι. κατθα,ν-, see καταθνήσκω. κατ-οικέω (Att. ώ), ήσω, to colo- nize, inhabit. κάτοιττρον, ου, το, mirror: (οψομαι, optics). κατ-ορθόω (Att. ώ), ώσω, I. to set upright. 2. intr. to succeed, κάτω, downwards, below; under, with gen. κάτωθ€, from beneath. κεΐμαι, inf. κ€ΐσθαι, to lie, to be laid; used as perf. pass, of ri- θημι. κβΐνος, poet, for Ikcivos. Κ€Κοσμη-, see κοσμέω, perf. κβκρατηκ-, perf. of κρατέω. κ«κτη-, see κτάομαι. kcXcvOos, ου, ή, a path. κ€λ€υω, σω, κ€κέ\€υκα, εκέλευσα, to recommend, to command: ι aor. impr. κέλςυσον. (Lat. cello). kcvos, ή, ov, (cewotaph), empty; often with gen. see § 63. κίντρον, ου, το, an ox-goad, a spur, a sting; a point, a centre. κέρας, ατοε, ω$, το (Lat. cervus, cornu), a horn. Κ€ραυνόω (Att. ω), ωσω, to strike with a κ€ραυνοε or thunderbolt: (the kcxoceraunian mountains, or Headlands of Thunder). Κ€ρδαίνω, άνω, βκέρδάνα, to gain, κέρδος, ουε, τ6, gain, profit. κεύθω, σω (Germ, huten), to hide, conceal.GLOSSARF, 197 Κ€φαλή, rjs, ή, the head; (Lat. caput, Germ, haupt). Κ€χ€ρσω-, cf. χ(ρσόω, perf. κέχρηται, perf. χράω, χράομαι. κηδβύω, σω, to attend to, to attend to a corpse, to bury: pass, to be buried. κήπος, ov, o, a garden. κήρυ£, v/cos, (Att. ω), ησω, κικίνηκα, hκί- νησα, to move, to rouse. κίνησις, ea«, ή, any movement; a political movement. κίχλη, j;s, ή, a thrush. κλάδος, ov, ό (κλάω, to break), such a ftwg· as is broken off for graft- ing ; then a branch. κλάω, or κλαίω, κλανσομαι, έκλαυσα, to weep. κλ€ΐς, adds, ή, a key, a bolt; (clavis, claudo). κλ€ΐω, σα;, %κλ€ΐσα, to shut, to enclose; (close). Κλ«οβις, ό, see Βίτων. κλέος, ous, το, fame, repute: from a/K\ef or «λι;, whence Lat. cluo, inclutus, gloria, etc. κλέπτης, οι/, o, a thief; (shop-/*/3f- ing, c/^/omania). κλη0€-, I aor. pass. part, καλέω. κλήρος, ov, ό (clergy, clerical), a lot. κλΐμα£, atfos, 17 (κλίνω), a ladder; in Rhetoric, a climax. κλίνη, 77s, 77 (clinical), a couch, bed. κλίνω, κλίνω, εκλϊνα (incline, clivus), to bend, lay down : mid. to lie down. Κλυταιμνήστρα, as, ή, wife and murderess of Agamemnon. κλύω, €κλνον (Lat. inclutus, aus- culto), to hear tivos : to be called, κνήμη, 77s, ή, the leg from knee to ankle, the shin. κοιλαίνω, άνω, εκοίλανα, to hollow out; from κοίλος, η, ov (hole), hollow. κοιμάω (Att. ω), ήσω, to lull to sleep; see κεΐμαι. κοινός, r), ov, common, public : to «κοινόν, the commonwealth, the state. κοινωνέω (Att. ω), 'ησω, to share, with gen. of thing and dat. of pers. κοινωνία, as, 17, communion, fellow- ship. κολάζω, σω, κίκόλακα, e κόλασα, to chasten, punish. κολακεύω, σω, to flatter; from κόλα£, ακοε, 0, a flatterer, κολαστέος, α, ov, verb. adj. κο- λάζω. κόλπος, ov, δ (gulf), bosom, fold of a garment, pocket; bag. An- swers to all meanings of Lat. sinus. κολυμβάω (Att. ω), ησω, to dive, κομίζω, ιώ, κ€κόμικα, Ικομισα, to bring, lead, recover; bury: 1 aor. inf. pass, κομισθηναι. κόπος, ov, ό (κόπτω), weariness, trouble. κόπρος, ov, ή, dung; St. Cyprian was nicknamed Coprian. κόπτω, ψω, to beat; mid. to beat oneself for sorrow. κόρη, ηε, η, a girl, a maiden. Κορίνθιος, α, ov, of, or pertaining to Κόρινθος, ov, ή, Corinth, the chief commercial city of Greece: note its advantageous position. κοσμέω (Att. ω), ησω, κβκόσμηκα, εκόσμησα, to adorn, honour: (cos- metic). κόσμος, ov, δ (microcosm, cosmic forces), order, ornament; the world, so first named by Pytha- goras.198 GLOSSARY. κοτύλη, ^s, ή, a cup, a liquid mea- sure of about half a pint. κρατέω (Att. ω), ήσω, κεκράτηκα, εκράτησα, (/cpdros), to rule tlvus ; to defeat Tim. κρατήρ,.rjpos, δ (κεράνννμι, to mix; crater), a mixing bowl, like a punch bowl. κράτιστος, see ayaOos. κράτος, ovs, το, strength, might, κραυγή, ijs, ή, a crying, shrieking* κρείσσων or κρείττων, compar. of aya&os. κρεμά ννυμι, κρεμώ, εκρεμασα, to hang; pass, to be hanged, or hung; so κρεμασθήναι. κρήνη, ηε, ή, a fountain, spring; (Hippocrene). κρίνω, κρίνω, έκρινα (cerno, cribrum), to separate; judge, accuse. κριτής, ov, δ {critic), a judge. Κροίσος, ov, δ, Croesus, last king of Lydia, reigned b.c. 560-546, dethroned by Cyrus. -κροτέω (Att. ώ), ήσω, to clap, κρύπτω, ψω, 'έκρυψα, to hide, cover, κτάομαι, ησομαι, κεκτημαι, έκτη- σάμην, to acquire, get; perf. = I have got, I possess. κτείνω, κτενώ, εκτονα, εκτεινα, and εκτανον, to kill, άποθv. is gen. used in prose. κτήσασθαι, ι aor. inf. κτάομαι. κτήσις, ecus, 97, an acquiring, κυβερνήτης, ου, δ, a pilot; from κυβερνάω (Att. ω), ήσω, to steer; (guberno, govern). κύκλος, ov, δ (tcycle, encyclic), a circle, or round. Κύκλωψ, α>7tos, δ (κνκλοε, ώψ), one- eyed giants who dwelt in Sicily and forged thunderbolts for Jove. .Κυμαΐος, ου, δ, a man of Κύμη,.η$, ή, Cyme, in Aeolis, said to be over-stocked with fools, κύνες, &c., dogs, κνων. κυρέω (Att. ώ), ήσω, to possess, -κύριος, ov, δ, lord, master. κύων, κυνδ$, ό, and ή, a dog. κωλύω, σω, κεκώλυκα, εκώλνσα, to hinder. κώμη, η$, ή, a village ; the κωμο$ is the festivity of the κωμαι; see εγκωμιον. κωφός, ή, δν (κόπτω, cp. Lat. tusus), blunted; deaf. A. λαβή, rjs, ή (λαβείν), the part for grasping ; the handle. λαγχάνω, λήξομαι, €Ϊληχα, ελαχον, . to get by lot. λαγώς, ώ, δ (lepus, leveret), a hare, λαθέσθαι, 2 aor. inf. mid λανθάνω. λάθρα, adv. (λανθάνω), secretly; often with gen. = clam with abl. Λακεδαιμόνιος, ov, δ, a Lacedaemo- nian, i. e. an inhabitant of Sparta or Laconia. λακτί£ω, ιω, ελάκτισα, to kick, λακτίστης, ου, δ, a kicker. λαλέω (Att. ώ), ησω, (Lat. lallare; Germ, lallen·, our lull, lullaby), to talk, to chatter. λαλίστατος, η, ov, superl. of λάλοε, of, talkative. λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, εϊληφα, ελαβον, to take, seize ; λαβ. δίκην, to take satisfaction παρά rtvos, to punish, — sumere poenas. Mid. to lay hold of, with gen. λαμπάς, άδοε, ή (λάμπω, lamp), a torch. λαμπρός, ά, bv (λάμπω), bright, clear, illustrious. λαμπρότης, ^ros, ή, brilliancy, splendour. λανθάνω, λήσω, λεληθα, ελαθον (lateo), to escape notice, see § 145 ; mid. to forget. λεγω, λέ£ω, ελεξα; and λεγω, ε ρω, ε'ίρηκα, ειπον, (Lat. lego), I. to choose. 2. to say, speak ; ευ λεγ. τινά—to speak well of, (d$ ακουειν is the passive); in com- pounds αγορεύω is generally used, τά λ€γόμ€να = current sayings,GLOSSARY. 199 τά €*ιρημkva = what has been said. λειμών, ώνοε, o, meadow. λ€ΐπω, ψω, λέλοιπα, ελιπον, to leave, desert; intr. to fail: (hence Iat- λ(ίττω, eclipse). λ€ΐτουργια, as, ή (liturgy, fr. Xciros, or λ€Ϊτο$, an old adj. formed fr. Accta, = public, and epyov), a burdensome public office or duty, which the richer citizens discharged at their own expense, usually in ro- tation, often voluntarily. One was the τριηραρχία, or furnishing a man-of-war in case of need to the state, as our merchants did in the time of Elizabeth. λ€ληθ-, see λανθάνω. λ€λοιιτ-, seeXcnro;. Xt£is, €o;s, ή (λ€7<ϋ; Xcgi/cbs per- taining to words, hence τδ λβξι- κόν βιβλίον), diction, style : a phrase. λευκός, ή, oV (luceo), white. λβχθ-, see λ€7s, ό (μαίνομαι), a prophet or seer : hence necro-mancy. Μαραθών, covos, o, a village on the E. cdast of Attica, Ν. E. of Athens, famous for defeat of Persians under Datis and Artaphernes by the Athenians and 1000 Plataeans under Miltiades, b. c. 490. The sepulchral mounds are still trace- able. Μαρδόνιος, ov, o, Persian general, son-in-law of Darius Hystaspis, slain in the battle of Plataea, b. c. 479; Μάρκος Άντωνΐνος, see Άντωνΐνοε. μαρτυρέω (Att. ω),ησω, k μαρτύρησα, to be a μάρτν$, or witness, to bear witness. μαρτυρία, as, ή, testimony, deposi- tion. μάρτυς, vpos, ό and ή (martyr), a witness. μαστιγόω (Att. ω), ώσω, kμαστί- γωσα, to whip, to flog. μάστιξ, Tyos, ή, a whip. μάταιος, α, ov, or os, ov, vain, idle, wanton. μάτην, adv. in vain, at random, falsely. μάχη, ψ, ή (logomachy), a battle, μάχομαι, ονμαι, μ€ μάχη μα ι, εμαχ- €σάμην, to fight, (macto, macel- lum). μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα (michle, mighty, magnus,mahaT2L]ah), great, mighty; compar. μεί£ων ( = μ ty-ιων) superl. μέγ ιστοε. μεθ' = μετά before a rough breath- ing. μεθ* ών, with whom. μεθείς, €Γσα, kv, 2 aor. part, μίθίημι. μεθίασι, 3rd. pi. pres. of μεθ-ίημι, ήσω, €ΐκα, ήκα, to let loose, drop; forgive; mid. to let go one's hold of tivos. μεθ-ίστημι, μεταστήσω, μετ έστησα, to transpose, remove; mid. with perf. and 2 aor. μεθεστηκα and μετεστην, to change one's place or state. μείζων, see μεγαε. μειράκιον, ου, το, a stripling. μείων, ov, see μικρό$, comp. μέλαθρον, ου, ο, a house, mostly in plur. μέλας, αινα, μελαν, black, dark; comp. and superl. μελάντεροε, TaTos. μέλει, μελήσει, it is a care to, with dat, of pers. τουτό μ οι μέλει — this is a care to me. μελέτη, 77s, ή, care, attention, prac- tice. Μέλητος, ου, ό, a feeble tragicGLOSSARY. ZOI poet, and one of the accusers of Socrates. μίλι, ros,το (mel, mulsum), honey, μέλιττα, ή (μελί), the honey bee. μέλλω, ησω, to be about to do, fol- lowed by future, or (rarely) pres. inf. : to be destined, τb μέλλον, the future. μεμαθηκ-, perf. μανθάνω. μ€μνη-, perf. of μιμνήσκω. Μέμνων, ovos, ό, son of Tithonus and Eos (Aurora). μέμφομαι, ψομαι, εμεμψάμην, to blame τινί. μέν, a suspensive conjunction, see §§27 and 28 : generally followed by δε. Sometimes μίν . . . δέ, = quidem . . . tamen, it is true,—but still; as well, as also ; ό μ\ν . . . ό δέ = the one—the other. Some- times μεν is untranslateable. μέντοι, (μ\ν and Tot), still; to be sure, μένω, μενω, μεμενηκα, εμεινα (maneo), to remain, await, abide, μέρος, ovs, το, a part, share, turn: ανά μέρος, or έν με'ρει, by turns; κατά μέρος, severally. μεσημβρία, as, ή (μέσοε, ήμερα: for the parasitic β, cf. chambre, nombre, fr. camera and numerus), I. midday, Lat. meridies (for medidies). 2. the south. μίσος, t], ov (Meso-potamia, medius, mid), middle, in the midst, of place, time, or state; τό μ. the mean. μεσότης, ι-jtos, ή, a mean, (medio- critas). μεστός, ή, ov, full τivos. μ^τ^μετά before a vowel. μετά, prep, among, with, after : see §§ 116 and 117, and add ot μετά tivos, one's companions, μετα-βαίνω, to pass from one place to another, change one's position, μετα-βάλλω, λώ, to change, to turn about; mid. to exchange. μ<ετα-βολή, ή$, ή, change. μετα-γιγνώσκω, μετ-^νων, to re- pent. μετα-δίδωμι, δώσω, to give a share, τινί tivos. μετ-αλλάττω, μετ-ήλλa£a, to ex- change, to take in exchange, μετα-μέλεια, as, ή, change of mind, repentance. μετα-με'λει, μετεμελε, μεταμελήσει, it repents me. μετά-νοια, as, ή, after-thought, re- pentance. μεταξύ, adv. (μετά), meanwhile, μεταξύ λε^ων, while speaking, cp. § M3. μετ-έχω, μεθέ£ω, to share a thing tivos with some one τινϊ; or else Tt τινι. μετοικέω (Att. ω), ήσω, to change one's abode; to be a μέτοι/cos or settler. μετοίκησις, εωε, ή, a change of abode, migration. μετόν, neut. part, of μετεστί μοί tivos, I have a share in a thing; see § 150. μετρητής, ov, δ, = αμφορέα, at Athens, the common liquid mea- sure, of 12 χοεί, or 144 κοτνλαι =about 9 English gallons. The Roman amphora held about § of' a μετρητή. μέτριος, ία, ov, moderate, tolerable, μέτρον, ov, το {metre, Lat. metior), a measure. μετωπον, ov, τ6, the forehead or face, μέχρι, and before a vowel μεχρϊε, (μηκο$), I. prep, with gen. until. 2. conj. until. μή, not, lest; a dependent negative particle, used in conditional and final clauses, with imperative, with subj. in prohibitions; and generally with infinitive. ει μή = unless. !Ινα μή, ώ$ μή, onus μή — lest, see §§ 215-223. μηδαμώς, adv., in no way. μηδε, but not, and not, nor yet, not even = Lat. ne—quidem.20% GLOSSARV. μηδ€ΐς, μηΰςμία, μηδέν; μηδ€νοε, &c„ (μηδϊ, efs), no one ; μηδέν, nothing, not at all. μηδ&ιτοτβ, adv. never. μήκος, ovs, τό, length, size. μηκυνω, ϋνώ, έμήκϋνα, to lengthen, extend, protract. μήν, in asseverations, surely, of a truth, άλλά μήν, atqui, how- ever ; well, but. ή μήν, used in oaths, of a surety, και μήν, and yet, moreover; why (intro- ductive) ; well. μήν, μηνός, 6 (Lat. mensis; moon, month; μήνη, the moon), a month; Ισταμένου, or αρχομένου or daiovTOS του μηvds, = in the first decad of the month (Att. calendar) ; μεσοΰντο$ r. μ. = in the middle, i.e. the second decad; dmovros or φθίνοντοε, in the last decad. μηνύω, σω, € μήνυσα, to reveal, betray. μήποτί, adv. never, μήποτε : οΰποτ* : : μτ) : ου, see § 215, sqq. μήπω, adv., not yet. See § 215, sqq. μήτ€ . . . μήτ€, neither—nor, see § 215 sqq. μήτηρ, Tpos, τpi, τipa, μήτ€ρ, ή, a mother; cp. Skrt. mata; Lat. mater; Germ, mutter. μηχανάομαι^ ώμαι, ήσομαι, εμηχα- νησάμην, to construct, devise, plan; from— μηχανή, rjs, ή, a contrivance, device, engine; hence Lat. machina, and machine. μία, see els, μία, ev, one. μιαρός, ά, δν, stained, defiled, μικρός, ά, ov (microscope), small, petty. Comp. and superl. regular or μ€ΐων, έλάττων, Ιλάχίστο«. Μιλτιάδης, ου, δ, the Athenian commander at Marathon, B.C. 490. μιμέομαι (Att. οΰμαι), ήσομαι, (mimic, pantomime), to imitate, to act. μιμνήσκω, μνήσω, to remind: mid. to remember, esp. perf. μέμνημαί tivos, cp. memini. Μίνως, gen. Mivaos or Μίνω, dat. Μίνψ, acc. Μίνω, δ, Minos, King of Crete, one of the judges in the world below. μισέω (Att. ω), ήσω, έμίσησα, to hate: wi'sogynist, misanthrope), μισθός, ου, δ, pay, reward. μισθόω (Att. ω), ώσω, to let = locare : mid. to hire = conducere. μνα, as, ή, (Lat. mina), = 100 drachmae = about \l. 60 μναΐ= a talent. μνημβίον, ου, το, a memorial, or monument; from— μνήμη, ^s, ή, a remembrance, memory. μνημονβύω, σω, έμνημόνζυσα, to mention, to remember: (mne- monics). Μνημοσύνη, 7)S, η, Mnemosyne, or Memory, mother of the Muses; because, before writing was in- vented, memory was the poet's excellence. μοίρα, as, η, a portion; one's lot, destiny. Personified, the goddess of Doom. μολ-, 2 aor. of the Epic βΧωσκω. μόλις, adv. hardly, scarcely. μόνος, η, ov, alone, single : μόνον, adv. only : μόνον ού = tantum non\ ού μόνον . . . άλλά καΙ = non solum—sed etiam. μορφή, rjs, ή (anthropomorphic, amorphous), form, kind, appear- ance. Μούσα, ης, ή {Musa, Museum), one of the nine daughters of Zeus and Mnemosyne, who presided over poetry and song, and all the arts and all learning. Μουσηγβτης, ου, δ (τ/δέομαι), Apollo, the leader of the Muses, μουσική, ijs, ή (sc. τέχνη), music and song, education : the fem. of— μουσικός, ή, ov, scholarlike, ac- complished ; well-bred.GLOSSARY. 203 μοχθέω (ω), ήσω, to be weary with toil; to toil at. μυθολογέω (Att. ω), ήσω, (my- thology), to tell or invent legends; to recount. μΰθοβ, ov, 6 (myth, mythical), a speech, story, legend. μυρίος, a, ov (myriad, more), numberless, infinite. μυβ, μυο$, δ, a mouse; Lat. mus. μύω, σω, μεμνκα, \μναα, to shut the eyes. μωρία, as, ή, folly. μώροβ, α, ov (Lat. morus, morio), dull, foolish. * N. ναι, adv. (Lat. ne /), yea, verily: vai μά Δία, yes, by Zeus! νάρθη|, 77/cos, δ fennel-giant, Lat. ferula. In the tinder-like pith of its stalks fire is still carried about by the Greeks. Prometheus was said to have brought the first spark of fire from heaven to earth in this plant. Its stalk furnished the Bacchanalian wand (θνρσοε) ; hence— ναρθηκο-φόροι, ol, bearers of the νάρθηζ, i. e. those who only fol- lowed in the procession of Bacchus, opposed to Βάκχοι, those who were under his inspiration, ναύ-κληροβ, ov, o, a ship-owner, shipmaster: the skipper, ναυ-μαχία, as, ή (μάχη), a sea-fight. vaGs, veus, νη'ϊ, ή (navis, navy, Skrt. fiavas), a ship. vatmjs, ου, δ (nauta, navita, nauti- cal), a sailor. ναυτικόβ, ή, ov, nautical, naval: το ναυτικόv, the fleet. vcavtas, ov, o, a young man. V€ucos, ovs, τό, a quarrel, strife. NeiXos, ov, 0, the river Nile. V6icp0s, ov, δ (iVecropolis), a corpse. ν€μ«σις, ecus, ή (νέμω), resentment, vengeance: Nemesis. νέμω, νεμω, ν^νίμηκα, <ίνπμα, to distribute, to hold, possess. Mid. to graze. V€0$, a, ov (for vtfos, like Skrt. navas, novus), young, new. ν€φέλη, 77s, ή (nebula, Germ, nebel), a cloud. νεών, gen. pi. of vavs. vcebs, gen. sing, of vavs. vecoa-oiKos, ov, δ (vavs, oTkos), a dock. ν€ωστι, adv. for vias from vios = lately. ν€ωτ€ρί£ω, ιω, kvewr έρισα, to make changes; especially of political movements, to innovate, to make a revolution: Lat. res novas tentare. v€toT€pos, a, ov, comp. from vios, younger. νή, a particle of asseveration; νή Δία, by Zeus! vfjcs, nom. pi. of vavs. νηΐ, dat. sing, of vavs. νή trios, a, ov, (νη- 'iiros), infant; childish, foolish. νήσοβ, ov, ή (Peloponreese, Cher- sonese), an island. νί£ω, νίψω, 'ivixpa, to wash, especially of hands or feet. νικάω (Att. ώ), ησω, νινικηκα, ϊνίκησα, to conquer, to win: 'Ολύμπια v., to be conqueror in the Olympic games. νίκη, 77s, ή, victory. NiKias, ov, o, an Athenian com- mander and aristocratic leader in the Peloponnesian war: sur- rendered in the luckless Sicilian expedition, B.C. 413. Νιόβη, 7ys, ή, daughter of Tantalus; because she boasted of the number of her children, they were slain by Apollo and Artemis, and she was herself turned into stone, νίπτω, a later form for νίζω. νο€ω (Att. α)), ησω, ενόησα, to perceive, intend, conceive. νοητβον, verb. adj. one must con- ceive..304 GLOSSARY. νομίζω, ιω, νενόμικα, ίνόμισα (νόμοε), to use customarily: to regard or think. νάμιμος, η, ov, customary, lawful: τά νόμιμα, usages. νόμισμα, ατοε, τδ (νομίζω, numis- matics), currency, coin. νόμοβ, ου, ό (νέμω; Deuteronomy), law, custom. νοσέω (Att. ω), ήσω, ένόσησα, to be ill, diseased. νόσημα, tos, τό, a sickness, disease, νόσοβ, ου, η, disease. votos, ου, δ (Notus), the south wind. νου-0€Τ€ω (Att. ω), ήσω, Νουθέ- τησα, (vovs, τίθημι), properly to put in mind; then to warn, advise, admonish. νουμηνία, as, ή (contr. from veo-μηνία), the new moon, or the beginning of the old lunar month. vo€s, νου, δ, mind, intellect: 4v vcp €χ€ΐν, to have in mind, νουε is contr. for v6os. νύμφη, tjs, ή (nubo, nupta), a nymph, a bride. νύ£, νυκτός, ή (nox), night: νυκτόβ, by night. νώτον, ου, τb, the back; surface, ridge. S. (jcvos, ου, δ, a guest-friend, a guest, host, stranger, foreigner. £evos, η, δν foreign. Ιηρόβ, ά, ov (χέρσοε, seresco, se- renus, Engl, sere), dry. ουε, τδ, a sword. £υ-, or £υν-, see συ-, or συν-, £υλλ-, &c., see συλλ-, &c. |ύλον, ου, τδ, wood, timber, a piece of wood. £υν€ΐχ-, &c., see συνπχ-, See. £υν-ίφυγ-, 2 aor. συμ-φεύ^ω, to flee with: see σύν. Ο. ό, ή, τδ, the definite article, the: ο μ«ν . . ό δ« = hie—Hie, the one— the other; oi μέν. .'ol 8^ = some —others. ογδοος, η, ov {οκτώ), eighth. όγκόω (Att. ω), ώσω, ώγκωσα; ι aor. pass. part, δγκωθύε; to enlarge in bulk: pass, to be puffed up. δδ€, ηδ€, τοδε, = hie, haec, hoc, this. Often to be translated by here, δρω Κρέοντα τovde, I see Creon. here. oSos, ου, ή (exodus, method), a way, road, journey. οδούς, δδόνχοε, δ (Lat. dens, dentis; Germ, zahn; Engl.), tooth. οδύνη, ηε, η, pain, grief. ο£ω, δζήσω, δδωδα (odor, olere), to have or emit a smell, to smell of a thing τινόε. o0€v, = Lat. unde, from "whence; wherefore. o0€VTT€p, more emphatic than oOev, from which place; wherefore, ol, nom. pi. masc. of the article ο, ή, τό. οι, nom. pi. masc. of the rel. pron. bt, ή,'6. ot, adv. (originally a dat. from bs), whither. οιδα, rj$€LV (plf.), dUvai, (inf.), to know: from VVID, fib, or id, seen in our wit, Lat. vid-eo, &c. χάριν €ΐδ^ναι, = ίο be grateful. οΐδα θνητδ$ ών, I know that I am mortal, ουκ οιδα όστις, = nescio quis. Οιδίπους, οδοε, or ου, δ, Oedipus, of Thebes; solved the riddle of the Sphinx. His subsequent mis- fortunes were the theme of many tragedians. οικάδβ, adv. home, homewards. oik€co (Att. ω), ήσω, ψκησα, to inhabit, settle in ; to manage, οικία, as, ή, a dwelling-house, a household. οικί£ω, ιω, φκισα, to found, to colo- nize, to settle. οίκο-δομέω (Att. ω), ήσω, ψκοδό-GLOSSARY. 205 μησα, (δέμώ), properly to build a house; and then, like aedijicare, generally, to build. οικο-νόμος, ov, ό {economy), one who manages a household; a house-steward. οίκος, ov, δ (Lat. vicus, Engl. -wick, in Berwick, Norwich &c., Viking), a house. οίκουμένη, 17 (sc. 777; the pres. part. pass, of οϊκέω), the inha- bited world: (hence ecumenical). οικτρός, ά, ov, pitiable, piteous, οΐμαι, contr. from ο'ίομαι, to sup- pose, think. οΐμοι, alas = hei mihi! οιμώ£ω, £ομαι, φμω£α, to cry οϊμοι, to lament. οίνος, ου, δ (vinum, Germ, wein, the ν or ρ being lost in the Greek, as in oTkos for vicus), wine, οιομαι, see οΐμαι. olos, a, ov, such as, = Lat. qualis: in indirect questions, what kind of. olos τ€, with inf. such as to, able to; hence ofos τ' η μι = δννα- μαι; οίον τ€ Ιστϊ — it is possible, οίσ-, fut. of φέρω. ols, olds, oil, oiv, δ and 17, ( = ofiS, Lat. ovis, Skrt. avis), a sheep, ols, masc. dat. pi. of Ss, ή, ο. οίσθα, 2 sing, of οϊδα. οΐχομαι, οίχήσομαι, impf. φχόμην, to have gone, to be no more, όκνέω (Att. ω), ήσω, ώκνησα, to shrink from, with inf. όλβίξω, ιώ, ώλβισα, to make happy; especially to deem happy = €vbai- μονίζω. όλβιος, a, ov, happy, blest, especially with worldly goods; cp. beatus. ολβος, ου, δ, happiness, wealth, έλβθρος, ov, δ (δλλνμι), destruction, ολίγος, η, ov, few, little, small, κατ* ολίγον, by little and little, imp* ολίγον = within a little, όλιγωρέω (Att. ω), ησω, ώλι-γώρησα, to be oXiyojpos, to think little of, with gen. όλίγ-ωρος, ov (ώρα, care), little- caring, scornful. oXiyupcos %χ€ΐν = to be careless, heedless. ολλυμι, όλω, δλώλεκα, ώλ€σα, to destroy, ruin. Mid. with ολωλα, to be ruined. δλοιντο, 2 aor. mid. opt. from ολλυμι. ολος, η, ov (Lat. so/-lus, for sol-vus = totus; so/-idus, whence soldier), whole. όλοφύρομαι, ρουμαι, ώλοφνρό,μην, to lagient. Όλυμττία, as, ή, a plain in Elis. 'Ολύμπια, ων, τά (sc. hpd), the Olympic games held in the plain of Olympia every 4th year in honour of the Olympian Zeus. Όλ. νικαν, to conquer in the Olym- pic games. 'Ολυμπιάς, ados, ή, the space of 4 years between two celebrations of the Olympic games. The first Olympiad began 776 b.c., the 293rd and last 391 a.d. 1 Perf· ολλνμι. ολωλεκ-, trans. ) r δλως, adv. wholly, in general. ομβρος, ov, δ (imber), a shower, rain. όμιλέω (Att. ω), ήσω, ώμίλησα, (ομιλοε, an assembled crowd), to associate with τινί. ομιλία, as, 17, intercourse, society, instruction, (hence homily, homi- letics). ομμα, ros, το (for οπ-μα, cp. οψομαι, δπωπα; and for the assimilation, cp. τάτνμμαι for τέτνπ-μαι), an eye. ομνυμι, δμουμαι, δμώμοκα, ώμοσα, to swear, to swear by. ομοιος (also δμοΐos), a, ov, or os, ov, (ό/xos: homoeopathy), like, the same, common, with dat. δμοιότης, τητοε, ή, similarity, like- ness. άμοιόω (Att. ω), ώσω, ώμοίωσα, to make like; pass, to be made like, to conform.GLOSSARY. όμοίωβ, adv. in like manner, alike, ομολογέω (Att. ω), ήσω, ώμολό- *γηκα, ώμολό^ησα, {homologous; o/-tos, \6yos), to agree with, to admit, allow. όμοΰ, adv. (prop. gen. of όμό$, cp. ου), in the same place; at once, together with tlvL ομωβ, adv. (prop. abl. of όμο$, cp. o;s), still, nevertheless; like our all the same: often answers to καϊ el, See. ο να ρ, τό, a dream; used in Λ acc. as an adv. = in a dream, in sleep, opp. to ϋπαρ. όνειδί£ω, Χω, ώνβίδισα, to reproach τινί Τί. oveiSos, ovs, rd, reproach, abuse. ov€ipov, aros, το, a dream. δνησιβ, ecus, ή, use, benefit. όνίνημι, δνήσω, ώνήσα, to profit, help. ονομα, ros, το (^ι^νωσκω, nomen, owomaiopoeia), a name. ονομάζω, αω, ώνόμασα (όνομα), to name, give a name to τινά. Pass, to be called. ovos, ου, δ, an ass. όντ-, from ών, part. preS. of €Ιμί. o£os, ovs, το, some wine, or vinegar, (see o£vs). όξύ-θυμοβ, ov, quick-tempered. ο|ύς, πα, ν (oxy-gen, acid begetter; ώκυ$, dfepos, acer), sharp, quick, nimble. οιτλίτηβ, ου, ό (οττλον), a heavy- armed soldier, a hoplite. οττλον, ov, το, armour, esp. the large shield of the heavy infantry, oiroi, adv. (prop. loc. of obsolete ottos), whither. oiroios, a, ov, of what sort, = Lat. qualis, in dept. questions. οπόταν, rel. adv. whensoever; al- ways with subj. όττότ€, rel. adv. when, since. δττου, adv. (prop. gen. of place from obsolete ottos), where, when. δπωβ (prop. abl. from obsolete ottos), I. rel. adv. as, like as. 2. conj. in order that, followed by subj. with or without hv, and by future indie, after principal tenses, and by opt. after past tenses, όράω (Att. ώ), οψομαι, εώρακα, eidov; I aor. pass, ώφθην; (V fop as in vereor; V ok or oir, as in oculus, όπ-μα = δμμα ; -J fiS or Ιδ, as in video), to see, behold, ορα μή = vide ne — take heed lest, διπλούν opav = to see double, οργή, rjs, ή, temper, anger, οργίζομαι, ωϋμαι, ώρψσάμην, to be angry, τινϊ, with some one. ορέγομαι, £ομαι, ώρεξάμην, and ώρέχθην, to seek after, desire: (prop, to reach after, being akin to rego, our reach, Goth, raihts, our right; from it comes όργυιά, a fathom, the length of the out- stretched arms). δρη, τά, see opos. 6p0os, ή, ov, upright, straight, true, ορθώβ, adv. rightly. όρί£ω, ιω, ώρισα (opos; δ ορίζων κύκλθ8, the horizon), to divide, mark out, appoint. opKOs, ov, δ, an oath. όρκόω (Att. ω), ώσω, ώρκωσα, to make one swear, bind by an oath, ορμάω (Att. ω), ήσω, ώ ρ μη σα, to spring forward, start: mid. and aor. pass, to set out. όρμέω (ω), to lie at anchor: only pres. and impf. used. ορμή, rjs, ή, an assault, onset. όρμί£ω, ιονμαι, ώρμισα, to bring to anchor, to moor. Mid. = δρμέω. ορμιστέοβ, α, ov, verb. adj. δρμίζω. opveov, ov, το, a bird. όρνις, i0os, ό or oftener ή, acc. ιθα or iv (ornitho-logy), a bird, omen, opos, oi»s, το, a mountain. opos, ov, δ (sors : δρίζω) a bound- ary, a rule. ®Ορφ€ύδ, tecs, o, son of Calliope, whose music drew animals and trees after him, and procured theGLOSSARF. release of his wife Eurydice from Hades. δρφ'η, &c., see δραω, opt. pres. os, δ, rel. pron. who, which: used demonstratively in the phrases καϊ hs, and he, 77 δ' ts, said he. οσήμβραι = οσαι ήμίραι = as many days as (are) = daily: Lat. quo- tidie. So oak^ — quotannis. ocrios, a, ov, holy, sacred. οσμή, fjs, ή ('όζω), smell, odour, δσοβ, η, ov, (quantus), as great, as much, as many as. οσον ού = tantum non = all but. δσιτ€ρ, ηπ€ρ, οττβρ, rel. pron. stronger than ds, just the one that. όστις, tjtis, οτι, rel. pron., whoever, whatever: in indirect questions = who, what. For ovScls Sorts ού see under ovSeCs. δστισοΰν, ητισονν, δτιονν, whoso- ever, any one whatever, οσφραίνομαι, δσφρήσομαι, ώΰφρο- μην, (akin to οζω), to perceive a smell, to scent, or track, with gen. όταν (οτ€ άν), conj. with subj., whenever. ore, when, ίίστιν ore = est ubi, some- times. δτι, neut. of offTis. OTl, conj. χ= that, or because ; esp. after verbs of saying. It never means so that, or in order that, like the Latin ut. οτι τάχιστα= as fast as possible. δτου, gen. of οστιε. δτω, dat. of oerrts. ού, ουκ, ούχ, (ούχι), (according as consonant, vowel, or aspirate fol- lows it), is the direct negative = non, not. ού §r\\jX = nego. ov κβλβύω = I forbid. For ού μή and μή ού see §§. 215-223. ού μήν Y€ = not however, ού γαρ &v = for, had it been otherwise, (I) would not —. ού μόνον and ούχ οτι -non solum, and are both followed by άλλα και = verum etiam, but also. ού, adv. (orig. gen. of 6s), where ; ού yr\% = ubi terrarum, or ubi gentium, where in the world, ού €τυχ€ν = any where, where it chanced. ούδαμώ$, adv. in no way, by no means. ούδέ, nor yet, not even, = ne—quidem, see § 32. ούδ€ΐς, ούδ€μία, ούδϊν, no one, no- thing, no : = Lat. nullus (ne-ullus, n-one). ούδειβ octtis ov, ovdevos ovtivos (or οτον) ού, See., lit. (there is) no one who . . . not . . . —everyone. Then when the relative became an oblique case the antecedent was attracted into it and ovdcls (εστίν) ovtivos ούχ ακούει became ovSevos οτον ούκ clkovu, he listens to everyone. ούδΙιτοτβ, adv. never. ούδ&ττω, adv. not yet. ούδ' ότιούν, adv. not even at all. ovQ\ = ovt€ before an aspirate, nor! ούκ, see ού. ούκετι, adv. no longer. οΰκουν, adv., 1. in direct statements = non ergo, itaque non, and so not. 2. in questions = nonne ergo, (is it) not then, expecting answer yes. ούκούν, adv., has lost all the force of ούκ, and become simply itaque, and so, then, therefore. ούν, so, then, accordingly. ούΐϊΌτβ, adv. never. ούπω, adv. not yet. ούπώιτοτί, adv. never yet at any time. ovpavios, a, ov, heavenly, of heaven; from ούρανός, ου, δ, heaven, the sky; never pi. in classic writers, ovs, ojtos, rcx (auris), the ear. ov)s, masc. acc. pi. of os, ή, ο. ούσα-, or ονση-, or ούσων, fem. of ών. ουσία, as, ή (ών), property, wealth, one's being.208 GLOSSARY. οΰτ€ .. οΰτ€, neither—nor : before a vowel οΰτ. ovtos, αντη, τούτο, this, καΐ ταΰτα, and that too. μ€τά ταύτα, after this, ούτοσϊ, emphatic form by the addition of a demonstrative suffix. ούτοσί, αντηϊ, τουτϊ, this one here : cp. celui-ci. ουτωβ, before a const, οντω, adv. thus, so, so greatly. ούχ, ονχΐ, see ού. οφείλω, ησω, 2 aor. ώφελον, to owe, be in debt, be bound, = debeo. ώφ€λον, would that, = utinarn, of past wishes, followed by inf. όφείλημα, ros, to, that which is owed, a debt. 5φελος, ovs, το, advantage, help: (from δφέλλω, to strengthen, not from δφύκώ). όφθ-, I aor. pass, δράω: δφθίϊε, &c., part.; δφθηναι, inf.; όφθω, &c., subj.; δφθ€ίιjv, opt. οφθαλμός, ov, δ (οψομαι; ophthal- mia), the eye. όψλισκάνω, λήσω, ώφληκα, ωφλον, to be adjudged to pay, to incur, to bring on oneself, e.g. γέλωτα. όχέω (Att. ω), ήσω, to uphold, to carry: mid. to ride, to drive; like vehi. οχλοβ, ov, ό (ochlocracy), a crowd, the populace; trouble. δι|/€, adv. late. o\pe τή$ ήμέρα$, late in the day. όψιμαθήβ, €S (μαθ of μανθάνω), late in learning. δψον, ov, rb (<Εψω, to boil), prop, boiled meat ; anything eaten as a relish with bread; seasoning, sauce, ^ish. Π. πάθημα, aros, r,b, a suffering, mis- fortune. πάθος, ovst το (pathos, antipathy, sympathy, Lat. patior, patient), a njisfortune; passion. παιαν, avos, o, a choral song of thanksgiving for deliverance from evil, addressed to Apollo as the god of healing. παιανίζω, σω, to chant the poem, to sing triumphantly. παιδεία, as, ή (παΐ$), training for children, education. From έγκύ- kXlos π., the round of education as opposed to the business of life, comes the erroneous formation encyclopaedia. παίδευμα, ατο$, rb, a lesson, παιδεύω, σω, πεπαίδευκα, ίπαίδενσα, to train, to educate. παιδίον, ov, to, a little child. τταίζω, παίζομαι, (n. b. παίσω is fut. of παίω, Lat. pavio, I strike), €7ταισα, to be like a child, to play. •παίζων, &c., playfully, j παις, naidds, o, a child, boy, slave- lad ; ή π., a girl, l/c iraidos, or Ικ παίδων, a pueris, from child- hood. Hence (with άγω) comes naid-ayarybs, the origin of both pedagogue and page, the latter of which is nearer the old mean- ing of a servant in charge than the former. From naibayuybs, also, through a late Latin form, comes pedant. πάλαι, adv. long ago. πάλαι «χω =jampridem habeo — \ have long had. oi πάλαι, the ancients, πάλιν, adv. back ; again, παλιν-ωδία, as, ή, a recantation; the name was iirst given to an ode by Stesichorus in which he recanted his attack upon Helen, παν ποιεΐν, to be unscrupulous; παν see 7ras. παν-άθλιοβ, a, ov, all-wretched, παν-δημβΐ, adv. (δήμοε), in a body, en masse. παν-δοκεΐον, ov, το (δέχομαι), an inn. παν-ήγυρις, €, σω, to prepare, to provide: mid. to procure, παρα-στάτηε, ου, 6 (παρίσταμαι), one who stands by or near, a comrade. παρα-τίθημι, θήσω, to set before, serve up, (of dishes at table) ; to propose. παράκαμαι is used as pass, παραχρήμα, adv. (παρά το χρήμα)» on the spot, forthwith. παρ-€βαλ-, see πα pa-βάλλω. lrap€"y€V-, 2 aor. παραδίδομαι. παρ-€δωκ-, I aor. παρα'-δίδωμι. πάρ-€ΐμι, ίσομαι, to be present, to aid: τά παρόντα, the present state of things. Inf. παρτΐναι. πάρ-€ΐμι, (εΐμι), used in indie, as fut., in the moods as pres. and impf., of παρέρχομαι, to pass by ; to come forward. Inf. παρ- ikvai. παρ€Ϊναι, see πόρ^ιμι, to be present. παρ-€Κ€λ€υ-, impf. or 1 aor. παρα- Κ€λ€νομαι. παρ-ελαβ-, 2 aor. παραλαμβάνω. παρίληΧ-, perf. παρέρχομαι. παρβλθ-, 2 aor. παρέρχομαι, ο παρελθών χρόνος, the time that has passed by. παρέλκω, to lead by one's side, as one leads a horse. παρ-€μ-φαίνω, φάνω, to shew by the side, give a side view of, to glance or hint at. παρ-€£-«ρχομαι, to go out beside, to go beyond. πάρ€ργον, ου, το, a bye-work: cv παρ^ργψ, as a secondary thing, Lat, obiter. παρέρχομαι, πάρ-€ΐμι, παρ-€ληλυθα, παρ-ήλθον, to pass by, pass away; to come forward. παρ-αττι, with dat., it is in one's , power. παρ-ίστώβ, waa, bs, pf. part. intr.GLOSSARY (see Ιστάκ) of ira/)-tVn7/«, = Lat, praesens, τά ir. present circum- stances. παρέχον, neut. acc. part, of παρέχω, there being a chance, it being in one's power. παρέχω, ζω, to furnish, to offer. ίτάρ€σχ€ tovs οφθαλμοί Ικκοπ- T€iv, he offered his eyes to be ■ gouged —praebuit oculos ejfodien- dos. πράγματα π. τινί, to cause trouble to ; mid. to produce. παρ-Uvai, inf. of πάρειμι, to pass by: and also, of Ίταρ-ίημι, to admit, allow. Πάριε, t5os, 6, son of Priam, caused the Trojan war by carrying off Helen, the wife of his host Mene- laus. παρ-ίστημι, παρα-στήσω, τταρ-ecr- τησα, to place beside, to present to the mind: pass, with pf. ιrape·* στηκα and 2 aor. παρ-ίστην, to stand by, to defend, τά παρ€- στώτα ~ present circumstances, παρ-οικέω (Att. ω), η<τω, to dwell beside, live near. παρόν, neut. acc. part, of πάρεστι, it being allowed one, see § 150. παροντ-, or ιταρουσ-, from παρών, ούσα, ov, pres. part, of πάρει μι, ad-esse. iras,Tτασα, παν (pantheism, panoply), all, every, whole. πάσχω, πζίσομαι, πέπονθα, Ίπαθον (Lat. patior, see πάθοε), to suffer, to be done to: with €u or κακω$ υπό, to be well or badly treated by. πατάσσω; £w, Ιπάταξα, to beat, to strike: used mostly 111 the aor., other tenses being supplied by τύπτω, τταίω, πίπλη^α, πβπλη'γ- μαι, €πλτ)Ύην, πΚη^ησομαι. ΐΓατ«ω, ήσω, πεπάτηκα, απάτησα, to tread, walk, trample. πατήρ, rpos, τρι, τέρα, δ (Skrt. pita; Lat. pater; Germ, vater; Goth. . fadar), father. Hence patristic, patriarch. πατριβ, i5os, ή (sc. 777), a country, fatherland. πατρφοβ, α, ov, or os, ov, descending from father to son, hereditary, native, family. παυροβ, ov (paucus, pauyzx, parvus), little; plur. few. Poetic, παύσαι, ι aor. opt. act. παύω. παυσαι, I aor. inf. act. or impv. mid. from παύω, σω, πέπαυκα, 'έπαυσα, to check, to stop τινά tivos or τινά ποιοϋντά τι: mid. to cease, leave off, Tivbs or ποιων τι. παχύς, efa, ύ {pachyderm), thick, fat; dull. π€ΐθ(ύ, ,σω, πίππκα, en€iaa, to per- suade : mid. with perf. πάποιθα, to obey, believe, trust in, with dat. πίπασμαι, I am convinced. I aor. pass. €πςίσθην. π€ΐνάω (Att. ω), ησω, €π€ΐνησα: inf. πανήν, (see διψάω); to suffer hunger; to crave for tivos. π«ΐρα, as, ή (peritus, periculum; peril, expert), a trial, proof. π€ΐράομαι (Att. w/xat), άσο μαι, (less commonly in the active), to try, attempt. π€ΐρατ«ον, verb, adj., one must at- tempt. π€ΐ.σθ-, I aor. pass. πάθω. π€ΐστέθ5, α, ov, verb, adjective πεί- θω. πέλ€κυς, ep4vos, η, ον, fated, ή ιγ€ιγ- ρωμένη, destiny. Said to be from i obsolete πόρω akin to pars, porlio, and parare. ir€pacri|Aos, ov, that may be crossed, passable, from ττβράω, άσω, to pass over, to cross. 7rcpi, prep., around, about, concern- ing: see §§ 118, 119. The only prep, that retains its final vowel before another vowel in compds. 9Γ€ρι-βαίνω, βήσομαι, περι-εβην, to bestride. ιτ€ριγ€γο-, perf. περιγίγ/ομαι. irepi-γίγνομαι, to overcome, to master, to conquer, with gen.: to result, survive. ΊΓ€ρι-δ€ω, δήσω, to bind, or tie around. irepw-e-ycv-, 2 aor. περι-ηίηνομΛί. ττ€ρι-€δησ-, ι aor. περι-δεω. ΐΓ€ρί-€ΐμι, περι-ην, (είμϊ), to be around, to be superior, to outlive. wcpi-€fi€v-, see περι-μ ενω. irepi-ήσαν, impf. περί-ειμι. Ρ ιτ€ρι-ιδοι-, 2 aor. opt. περι-οράω. irepi-ίστημ,ι, with fut., impf. and 1st aor. to bring round: in mid. with - 2 aor. and perf. = to stand round* Περικλής, €Ofs, ει, εα, voc. Τίερί- κ\ει$ (περί as in περιχαρής and: κλέος for Kkcfos) the great states··, man of Athens b.c. 461-429. ιτ€ριμ€Ϊναι, I aor. inf. περιμενω. Ττερι-μενω, νω, περι-έμεινα, to wait, await. irepi-opdoa (Att. ω), to overlook, to look on without regarding. 7Γ€ρι-σταντ-? 2 aor. part, of περί* ίστημι. ττβρι-χαρήβ, (χαρά), exceeding glad. Π«ρσης, ου, δ, a Persian. Περσικός, ή, δν, Persian, τά Π., the Persian affairs, and so to a Greek the Persian wars. iT€Tpa, as, ή, a rock; sharply dist. from ircTpos, ου, δ, a piece of rock, a stone. πέφυκα, intr. perf. of φύω = I am naturally, see § 135. ιτηγή, fjs, ή, a spring, well, source, ιτήμα, aros, to, woe, suffering. ττήρα, as, ή (Lat« pera), a wallet; : translated scrip in Ν. T. matvco, άνω, έπιανα, to fatten. mOavos, ή, δν (V πιθ of πείθω, επιθον), permissive, plausible, ττίμιτλημι, πλήσω, επλησα (-pleo, plebes; folk), to fill τινός. ττινακΐδιον, ου, τδ (fr. 7τινακις, a tablet, fr. πίνα£, a board, plank, tablet), a little tablet. Πίνδαρος, ου, δ, of Thebes, lyric poet; B.C. 522-442. ττίνω, πίομαι, πεπωκα, επιον {potus, bibo, winebibber), to drink. ττίτττω, πεσοΰμαι, πεπτωκα, ε πεσόν, to fall. For πι-πετ-ω. ττιστ€υω, σω, ε πίστευσα, to trust or believe in τινϊ; to entrust: pass, to be believed. τηστ05, ή, δν, trusty, sure. %%x% GLOSSARF* πίττα, ψ, ή, pitch. Πλαταιαι, ων, αϊ, a city of Boeotia, between Helicon and Cithaeron, famous for the defeat of the Per- sians* b.c. 479· Πλαταιασι(ν), at Plataea. Πλαταΐίύβ, ecus, o, a Plataean. Πλάτων, owos, o, the great disciple of Socrates, and founder of the Academic school of philosophers; b.c. 429-348. tfXcicrros, η, ov, superl. of πολί/s, most, πλέίω for πλείονα, η. pi. πλ«ίων, πλέων, δ and ή, neut. πλεΐον, πλέον, or πλεΐν, comp. of πολνε, more* 1repl irXeiovos 7τοιεΐσθαι, to reckon of greater value. πλ«ω, πλεύσομαι, or πλευσουμαι, πέπλευκα, ςπλευσα (fluito, float)* to sail. πληγή, fjs, ή (πλήττω, plague), a blow, a stroke. πλημμ€λής, es (πλήν, μέλοε), out of tune, discordant, wrong. πλήν (prop, for πλέον), prep, with ^ gen., and adv. more than, beyond; except, than. πλήρης, €s, full of τipSs. πληρόω (Att. ω), ώσω, πεπλήρωκα, 4πλήρωσα, to fill full. πλησίον, adv. (πέλα$), near, tivos : δ πλησίον, a neighbour: comp. πλησιαίτερον. πλησμονή, ψ, ή, a filling, satiety, surfeit. πλήττω, only used in Attic in perf. ' πίπλη-fa and in the passive, e. g, νέπληΎμαι, Ιπλή^ην, πλη^ήσο- μαι : (plaga, plango). πλοίο ν, ου, τb (πλέω), prop, any- thing that floats; then a merchant ship, or transport, as opp. to vavs, a man-of-war. πλους, ου, δ (contr. for πλο/^οβ, fr. πλέω), a Voyage. πλούσιος, α, ov, rich. Πλούτων, ωνοε, ό (πλοΰτοε), a euphemistic name for^Aιδηε, god of the Hether world, son of Kronos and Rhea, and husband of Perse* phone. The name is derived from his wealth in corn and mines* Similar euphemisms are the Eut menides, Euxine, Euphrone, etc. πν€υμα, aros, το (πνέω, pneu- matics), wind, breath, spirit. πνέω, ττνευσομαι, Ζπνευσα, to blow, to breathe. πνίγω, πνίξω, έπνιξα, to choke, suf- focate ; pass, πνΐγησομαι, έπνιγαν, to be drowned. πόα, as, ή, grass. ποδαπός, ή, bv (πόθεν, avo), from what country ? = Lat. cnjas. π<506ν, adv., = whence ? wherefore ? ποθ^ν, enclitic adverb, from some place or other. ποθάο (Att. ώ), ήσω, to long for, to miss = desidero; with inf. ποΐ, adv. whither? ποι, enclit. adv-. somewhither. ποιέω (Att. ήσω, πεποίηκα Ιποί- ησα, to make, compose, celebrate: mid, to make for oneself, con- sider, think. ποίημα, aros, τδ, anything made, a work; a poem. ιίοιητής, ου, 6 (Lat. poeta), a poet, ποικίλος, η, ov (pingo), many- coloured, manifold. ποιος, a, ov, of what kind ? = qualis, πολεμέω (Att. ώ), ήσω, επολέμησα, to be at war, to fight; aor. to make war, τινϊ or πράε τινσ, upon one, μετά τivos or σύν nvi, in conjunction with one. πολ*μητ€θν, verb, adj., oiie must make war. πολέμιος, a, ov, hostile, ό π. an enemy. πόλβμος, ου, δ (polemic), war. πόλις, εω$, ή, a city, the state, πολιτικός, ή, ov (politics), belong- ing to citizens, political, public, πόλλ-, see πολνε. ttoMclkis, adv. many times, often, πολύευκτος, ov, much prayed for,* much desired.glossary πολυ-κοι,ρανία, as, ή, the rule of many; (κοίρανο$ *= a king). Πολυ-κράτηβ, ovs, o, tyrant of Samos, 530-522 b.c., famous for his long train of successes (witness the story of his ring), followed by signal reverses. πολυ-μαθήβ, *s (J μαθ of μαν- ' θάνω), knowing much, πολυ-μαθία, as, ή, much learning, ττολύξ, πολλή, πολυ (plus, pleri* que, νίμπλημι), many, great, oi πολλοί, the multitude, πολύ, or ιτολλα), μείζων = far, or by far, greater. Comp. irXeiwv, or πλ&ον, more, greater: superl. ιτλβίtrros, 17, op, most, ircpi νολλον ποίΐσθαι, to set a high value on. πολυ-σαρκία, as, ή (σάρ£), fleshi* ness, plumpness, embonpoint, πολυ-τίλήβ, expensive, extra va* gant, sumptuous. ποvla> (Att. ω), ήσω, Ιττόνηϋα, to toil, to suffer. πονηρία, as, ή, worthlessness, • wickedness. τ πονηρόβ, ά, bv, wicked, cowardly, πόνοβ, ov, ό, toil, labour, trouble, pain. Ίτορβύομαι, σομαι, «πορίύθην, to walk, march, go. Ποσ€ΐ$ών, ωνos, 6, son of Kronoe and Rhea, god of the sea. πόσιβ, tctis, ό (πότνια, δεσπότη*, potestas), a husband. πόσος, η, ov (quot, quotus), how much ? how great ? how many ? ποταμόβ, ov, ό, a river; (hippo- potamus). πότ€, adv. when ? ποτέ, enclitic adv. at some time^ ever, once, ris ποτ€;=? who in the world ? whoever ? πότίρον, neut. pron. as adv. whe- ther ? « utrurr\ ? Often only a sign of a question. «τΟτόν, ov, rb (prop. n. of ttotos), what is drunk; drink. πον, adv. (prop. gen. of ir<5s), where? 7τον yrjs j = ubi terrarum ? πού, enclitic adv. somewhere; per» haps; I suppose. iroOs, irofibs, ό (pes, octopus, anti- podes), a foot. πράγμα, aros, rb (pragmatical), an act, a thing: pi. affairs. Often omitted with τά . . , πρα£-, &c., see πράττω. ττράξαε, ασα, αν, ι aor. part, πράττω. Πραξιτίληβ, ovs, ό, a famous sculp* tor of Athens, 400-350 b. c. πράος, ov, in fem. πραεΐα, mild, gentle. πράττω, ιτρά£ω, elrpa£a; pf. pass. κάπρα-γμαι, I aor. (πράχθην; I. to acqomplishj be busy with. 2. with c$, fca/cuis, &c., seemingly intransi- tive, to fare well, ill, &c., but really with an ellipse of τά iavrovL 3. to exact, esp. in mid. with two accusatives. irp€ap€vrr|s, ov, 6, an ambassador : pi. πρέσβ€^} (rarely πρεσβενrat). πρ€σβύτη$, qv, 0, an old man (poet, irpkafivs), pi. npiafieis, elders, princes. ττριαι-, see ώνίομαι. Πριαμίδηβ, ov, 0, a son of Priam; , (cp. Dardanidae). πριν, adv. before: oi πριν άνθρω- ποι, the men of old: conj. see § 209 sqq. προ (pro, prae, fore), prep, with gen., before: see § 84. προ-αιρέομςα (Att. ονμαι), ήσομαι, Ίτρο-τΙρημαΛ, προ-€ΐ\όμην, to choose deliberately, to resolve. προ-αίρ€σις, ecus, ή, a preferring, a purpose, resolution, προ-απο-σβίννΰμαι, σβήσομαι, προ- αττΑσβην, to be extinguished first, to go out first. πρόβατα, ων, τά, sheep. προγ€γ€νη-, perf. of προ-γίγνομαι,, to be before, to live or happen before. arpiS-yovQSi QVj 0 (Vyw> of 71-GLOSSARY *γ(€)ν-ομαι, yovcvs, &c.), an an* cestor. *π·ρθδ€δωκ-, perf. of * ιτρο-δίδωμι, δωσω, ϊ aor. -c5oma and προύδωκα, to betray, forsake. Πρόδικοβ, ου, 6, of Ceos, a sophist, contemporary with Socrates, best known as the author of the allegory of-the Choice of Her- cules, told by Xenophon. προδότης, ου, δ, a betrayer, traitor, ΐτρο-βδωκ-, i aor. ηρο-δίδωμι. ττρο-€ΐλ-, 2»aor. ind. 7τροαφέομαι. προ-βλ-, 2 aor. προ-αιρίομαι; see αίρέω. ττρόθ€σις, (ojs, ή, a placing before * a purpose. πρόθυμος, ov (Θυμο$), eager, zealous. ιτροθύμωβ, adv. readily. ;rrpoiT)jn, ησω, to send forward, give up. ^τρόικα, adv. (acc. of 7τρόΐζ, a gift), freely, gratis. *!τρό·Κ€ΐμαι, κπσομαι, to be laid out, Set forth: used as a pass, of ττροτίθημι.: ϋΐρομηθβύβ, ecus, & (forethought), who was punished for giving men fire by being chained on Caucasus, with an eagle gnawing at his liver, till Hercules freed him. #τρομηθία, as, ή, forethought, far- sightedness. «flrpo-νόια, as, ή, forethought, pro* vidence. »»rpo-oίμιον (Att. ψροίμιον), ov, r£, (of/ios, a path), an opening to a thing, a prelude, a preface. (For the contr. see φρόνδοε). προ-π«μπω, ψω, ττρονπ€μψα, to send in front. irpos* prep, from, at, or towards, according as it is followed by gen., dat., or acc. See§§ 110-11i; προσ-αγορ€υω, προσ-€ρω, ττροσ- (ΗΊτόν>, to address, to call. Used as compd. of \iyω. ιτροσ-άγω, ήγαγομ, rare 1 aor; 1τροση£α, to bring to or up0n: I aor. pass, ττροσ-ήχθην. προσ-γ€λάω (Att. cD), άσομαι, to smile upon one τινά; laugh at one TLvi, προσ-δέομαι, δίήσομαι, ίδεήθην, inf. προσ-δεΐσθαι: to need be- sides. ττροσ-δοκάω (Att. ω), ησω, to expect. ιτρόσ-€ΐμι, inf. προσ-tivai, part. ττροσ-ίων, used in ind. as fut., and in other moods as pres. of προσ-έρχομαι. προσέρχομαι, πρόσ^ιμι, προσήλθον, to go to, approach, attack, προσ-βχω, £ω, to bring to; with or . without τ ok vovv, to pay attention to ; impf. 7τροσ-€ΐχον. ττροσηγορ€υσ-, ι aor. vpoa-ayo- ρ€νω. προσ-ήκω, to belong, to be related to; impers. προσήκει, it belongs, it is fit. oi προσήκοντββ, re- lations. τά προσήκοντα, one's duties. πρόσθβν, prep, with gen. befoie: adv. in front. " · * - ττροσ-θ-, 2 aor. ιτροσ-τίθημι. προσ-ιοντ-, part. πρόσ-€ΐμι. προσ-κυν€ω (Att. ω), ήσομαι, to worship, make obeisance to. ττροσ-λαμβάνω, λήψομαι, to take beside, take to oneself, προσ-ποιβω (Att. ω), ησω, to make over to : mid. to claim, pretend, ττροσ-τάττω, ζω, ττροσίταζα, to enjoin, command. ίτροσ-τίθημι, θησω, I aor. sing. ττροσίθηκα, 2 aor. pi. ττροσίθϊμίν, to put to, add; to bestow, πρόσ-τρέχω, 2 aor. ττροσ-εδραμον, to run towards. προσ-φδρήβ, h, approaching, hence like. προσφιλώς, dearly, adv. from προσφιλί)s, dear. πρόσωπον, ov, to, the face, the front. wGLOSSARF* ττρότασιβ, ή, in grammar, see § Τ 90 , from προ-τείνω, (νω, προΰτεινα, to stretch out. πρέτ^ρον, adv., followed by gen. or ή, before, ol π. φίλοι, one's former friends. πρότερος, α, ov (comp. from trpd, like prior from prae), former, previous. ττρο-τίθημι, θήσω, προνθηκα, to set before (especially of meals), to lay out, publish, propose, προ-τιμάω (Att. ω), ήσω, to prefer, honour above, τινά tivos. ιτρο-τρ€χω, 2 aor. προΰδραμον (ττροίδραμον), to run before, out- strip, TIV0S. Ίτρου-, see irpo-e-. Πρωταγόρας, ov, δ, philosopher of Abdera (q. v.), living in the fifth century B. c. irpwTOS, 77, ov (superl. from irpb, cp. πpoTcpos), first. τττώσις, €, ττίτ-νω, to fall), a falling; in gram, a case. πτωχός, ή, δν, beggarly, δ π. a beggar. Πυθαγόρας, ov, <5, bf Samos, a famous philosopher of the sixth century B.C. ιτυθοι,-, see πννθάνομαι. ττΰλη, η*, ή, a gate, a door ; a pass, (hence Thermo-pylae). ^ιτυνθάνομαι, ιτ€νσομαι, πέπνσμαι, ϊπνθόμην, to learn by enquiry; {Buddha). iri)p, irvpos, rb (pyrotechnics), fire, heat. πυρόω (Att. ω), ώσω, to burn with fire. πώγων, ωνοε, S, the beard. ττωλέω (Att. ω), ήσω, άποδώσομαι, πέπρακα, air ^δό μην, (monopoly), to sell: in pass, πιττράσκομαι, 7Γ €πράσομαι, πάπραμαι, |ττράθην supply the tenses. φώττοτε, adv. ever yet. πώς, interrog. adv. how ? πώς, enclitic adv. somehow. P. ράβδος, ου, ή, a rod, or switch, βρδιος, a, ov, or os, ov, easy, ready: comp. p^tav, superl. βφστοε. βφδίωβ, adv. easily. βςίστοβ, η, ov, superl .of patiios, most easy, cbs βαστα, as easily as we can, sc. δυνατόν Λστι. Ρ$ων, βαov, comp. of βάδιοε, more easy. pa ov, adv. more easily. ov, pq.ov = it is not so easy. pet, 3rd sing, of βίω. f>«o, β€υσομαι οτβνήσομαι, Ιρρνηκα, (ρρνην; impf. tppeov, eppeis, &c. J to flow, to run, to stream. From VSRU, the σ having been assi- milated to the ρ when preceded by the augment, and having weakened down to a mere as- pirate when initial. Hence come rheum, catarrh (for κατά-ppovs); akin are ruo, ruin, &c. Observe that dissyllabic verbs in ecu only contract when the result of con- traction is ci: thus ρέω (never βω), but βπ. £ήγνυμι, βή£ω, ίρρηζα, scarcely used in good Att. prose save in the pass., 2 aor. kpp&yqv, and intr. perf. eppaya. To break, , to burst. From the same root are fra(n)got fregi, our break, wreck; Germ, brechen. βηθείς, I aor. pass. part, (ρω, to say. το βηθίν, that which has been said, an utterance, a saying, ρήτωρ, opos, δ (l/>cD), an orator: transliterated into Latin as rhetor, hence rhetoric. , βιγόω (Att. ω), ώσω, inf. βι^ων^ by an irreg. contraction, which also gives βι^γω for βι^οΐ in subj. ρ(ζβ, η$, ή, a root; (>liquorice=s 7Κύκλια βίζα). ρ\ΐ, βινο8, ή, the nose; henceGLOSSARY {avo-Kipoos, euros, o, the rhinoceros = Nose-horn. 'Ρωμαίος, ov, ό, a Roman: not connected with ρώμη, strength, βώμη, η$, ή, strength, force, βώννυμι, βώσω, ίρρωσα, to . strengthen: gen. in pass. I aor. έρρώσθήν, pf. Ιρρωμαι, plpf. ςρρώμην, impr. Ζρρωσο, (be strong, i. e.) farewell; cp. vale in Latin. 2. σάββατα, των, τά, the Hebrew -·. Sabbath. σαγήνη, η$, ή, a large drag net for taking fish, a net: hence Ital. sagena, Fr. seine. ϋ£αλαμΙς, tvos, ή, an island, city, and harbour, opposite to Athens, famous for the defeat of Xerxes B.C. 480, a battle in which Aeschylus fought, and of which he gives an account in hk Persae. See Byron's ' Isles of Greece.' ΣαΧαμϊνν, loc. adv., at Salamis. 2άμο$, ov, ή, now Samo, one of the largest islands in the Aegean archipelago. ccw, at, the capital of Lydia. σάρ|, aapKos, ή, flesh. Hence σαρκο~ v (Lat. cum), prep, with dat., with, together with, see § δδ. συν-άπτω, ψω, to join together : mid. to lay hold of. συν-δβδίμ-, perf. pass, of συν-δ!α>, δήσω, to bind together. - συν-€γνω-, 2 aor. avy-yiyvuaKoj. συν-€γ«ν-, 2 aor. of ovy-yiyiΌμαι. συν-€γνω-, 2 aor. of cvy-yiyvcuafcca. συν-€γρα-, 2 aor. of (Tvy-ypacpcu. συνετόβ, r), δν (συν-ίημι), I. intel- ligent. 2. intelligible. σύν-€ΐμι (€ΐμϊ), to be with; to attend, as a pupil, τινί. συν€ΐχόμην, impf. pass, συνέχω. συν-βχω, to hold together: pass, to be distressed by. συν-ίχώβ, adv. of συνεχή* (συνέχω}, keeping together, continuously, συνίημι, to perceive, to- understand; (see 177 μι). σΰν-οιδα, σνν-ίίσομαι, ffvv-rfdetv, to be privy to. σ. δ«ιν' Αργασ- μένος, I am conscious of having committed fearful deeds. % guepe), a wasp,GLOSSARY* 2φΙγ|, ijybs, a mohster, with the body of a lion and a woman's head, which destroyed all Thebans who could not solve her riddle; when Oedipus solved it, she threw herself headlong from her rock, σφόδρα, adv. exceedingly. σφραγίς, idos, ή, a seal, signet ring, σχήμα, aros, rb {Ζχω, scheme), figure, form, kind. σχησ-, fut. Ix, ψω, to delight: mid. to take delight in. Τ€σσαρ€β, α, see τίτrapes, τ€ταγμ.€-, perf. τάττω. T€tapTatos, a, ov, adj., on the fourth day. τίταρτοβ, η, ov (πηρ€Τ€ω (Att. ω), ήσω, υπηρέτησα, to do a service τινϊ; lit. to be a ΰπ-ηρίτηδ, ου, δ (έρέτης, a rower), an assistant, a servant, ύιτ-ισχνίομ,αι (Att. οΰμαι), υπο- σχήσομαι, νπεσχόμην, to pro- mise ; with fut. inf. v*irvos> ου, δ (Skrt. swapnas, Lat. somnus-, for sopnus-, and sopor), sleep. ύιτό, prep. (sw6), under ; with gen. from under, by (of cause) ; with dat. under, in power of; with . acc. of motion to under, up to, about: cp. § 115. ύιτο-δείκνυμι, or νυω, ξω, impf. -ςδείκνυν or -€δ€ΐκνυον, to show secretly, give a glimpse of. ύττο-δεξόμενος, fut. part, of υπο- δέχομαι. ύπο-δέχομαι, £ομαι, prop, to receive beneath; receive kindly; to ad- mit ; abide the attack of. νπο-Βέω, ήσω, δέδεκα, έδησα, to tie under; mid. to put one's shoes on. υπό-δημα, aTos, τό (ύπο-δέω), a sandal, a shoe. , _QLOSSARr, a*3 υπο-δύομαι, δύνομαι, with perf. νποδίδνκα, and aor. vniSvv : part. « virodvs: to go under; to put on. νττο-£ύγιον, ov, το (ζνγον), a beast for the yoke, a beast of draught or burden. ύπο-λαμβάνω, νπ-ελαβον, 2 aor. opt. ύπο-λάβοιμι, to take up, to reply; to suppose; understand, ύιτόληψις, €s τάχιστα, sc. (δυνατό= as (he could) most quickly: as quickly as possible. 2. conj. after verbs of saying and the like, with indie. = that, how that, where acc. and inf. might be substituted. 3. in final clauses, with subj. or opt. = in order that. 4. since, when. 5. with persons, as if a prep., but really with ellipse of a preposition, after a verb of motion = to, into the presence of. ώσιτ€ρ, adv. just as. ώστί, conj. with inf., so that, for to,GLOSSARY. like Fr. pour; with ind., to ex- press the actual result with em- phasis, so that; wherefore. ώτα and cotos, see ovs, an ear: τά ώτά km. των ώμων Ζχων, crest- fallen. ώφέλαα, as, ή, help, profit, gain, ώψβλέω (Att. ω), ήσω> ώφέλήσα, (o